VISUAL ART BOOKS

Epica Book 27

Contemporary Crafts

Creative Communications Epica Awards

Imogen Racz

"[Sets] standards for new thinking, for intelligent problem solving and for refreshing insights... Enjoy!" Amir Kassaei, Chief Creative Officer, DDB Group, Germany (praise for Epica Book 25)

"The author's knowledge of contemporary and recent makers is impressive and readers are likely to come across objects which are both fascinating and unfamiliar." The Journal of William Morris

The Handbook of Sociocultural Anthropology presents a state of the art overview of the subject – its methodologies, current debates, history and future. Divided into fi ve core sections, the Handbook examines the changing theoretical and analytical orientations that have led to new ways of carrying out research; presents an analysis of the traditional historical core and how the discipline has changed since 1980; considers the ethnographic regions where work has had the greatest impact on anthropology as a whole; outlines the people and institutions that are the context in which the discipline operates, covering topics from research funding to professional ethics.

Contemporary Crafts explores craft practices in both North America and Britain, revealing an astonishingly rich and diverse picture of artisanal work today.

JAMES G. CARRIER is Hon. Research Associate at Oxford Brookes University, UK and Adjunct Professor of Anthropology at the University of Indiana, USA. DEBORAH B. GEWERTZ is G. Henry Whitcomb Professor of Anthropology at Amherst College, USA.

The book ranges across both urban and rural crafts and analyses how the country/city dichotomy creates differing approaches, practices and objects. Analysed in the context of their environment and its localised history, crafted objects are shown to embody or critique particular urban/rural myths and traditions.

Covering both traditional and cutting-edge crafts from the small-scale domestic to large outdoor works, Contemporary Crafts demonstrates how craftspeople today are responding to the changing creative contexts of culture and history.

Dr Imogen Racz is Senior Lecturer at Coventry University, England, teaching contextual studies across the Fine and Applied Arts.

Created in 1987, the annual Epica Awards recognizes outstanding creativity in all main communication disciplines, including: TV and radio, poster design, direct marketing, branded content, PR, design, packaging, interactive and integrated campaigns. Having originally focused on Europe only, the awards became worldwide in 2012. The best work is brought together in the stunning Epica Book.

UK September 2014 • US November 2014 HB 9781472528452 • £45.00 / $78.00 Library eBook 9781472589828 • £135.00 / $217.00 400 pages • 950 colour illus Series: Epica Bloomsbury Visual Arts World English

UK December 2008 • US December 2008 PB 9781845203092 • £18.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845203085 • £55.00 / $99.95 224 pages • 37 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

Contemporary Crafts

Basics Photography 01: Composition

Imogen Racz "The author's knowledge of contemporary and recent makers is impressive and readers are likely to come across objects which are both fascinating and unfamiliar." The Journal of William Morris Contemporary Crafts explores craft practices in both North America and Britain, revealing an astonishingly rich and diverse picture of artisanal work today.

The book ranges across both urban and rural crafts and analyses how the country/city dichotomy creates differing approaches, practices and objects. Analysed in the context of their environment and its localised history, crafted objects are shown to embody or critique particular urban/rural myths and traditions.

Covering both traditional and cutting-edge crafts from the small-scale domestic to large outdoor works, Contemporary Crafts demonstrates how craftspeople today are responding to the changing creative contexts of culture and history.

Dr Imogen Racz is Senior Lecturer at Coventry University, England, teaching contextual studies across the fine and applied arts.

UK December 2008 • US December 2008 PB 9781845203092 • £18.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845203085 • £55.00 / $99.95 224 pages • 37 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

David Präkel "Superlative book on a subject often too lightly dismissed but of the utmost importance. Clearly written, cleverly illustrated, thorough but straight to the point.

A must for... well, everyone!" Armando VilasBoas, IADE, Portugal Strong images only come about through a combination of technical excellence and thorough composition. While there is plenty of technical advice, photographers often turn to fine-art sources for the so-called 'rules of composition'. This book, however, acknowledges photography's quite different dynamic and offers a contemporary approach to composition more suited to the medium.

The second edition of Basics Photography 01: Composition offers a contemporary approach to composition. Its six core chapters cover historical background and personal motivation, formal elements, space and time within the photographic frame and composition in real-world situations.

The Basics Photography series, originally published by AVA Publishing, comprises a collection of titles including: Lighting, Composition, Capturing Colour, Post-Production Black & White, Post-Production Colour, Working in Black & White and Exposure. Easily accessible and highly readable, the books clearly explain and explore fundamental photographic concepts; they are fully indexed and illustrated with clear diagrams and inspiring imagery, building to provide an essential introduction to the subject.

David Prakel runs photographic training workshops in Northumberland, UK July 2012 • US August 2012 PB 9782940411771 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447411 • £69.00 / $111.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Photography AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

1

The Fundamentals of Creative Photography

Art/Porn A History of Seeing and Touching Kelly Dennis

David Präkel "From an educator's perspective, this is probably the best book on photography I've come across ... This title covers everything that photographic students need from production and distribution to critical analysis (and everything in between)." Dave Caton, Swindon College, UK The Fundamentals of Creative Photography offers a comprehensive introduction to the world of applied creative photography. It is concerned with photography in a professional context – images that are to be used in the fulfilment of a brief, rather than those created solely for self-expression. Creativity is important, but must be focused on meeting the client’s needs.

The book explores the principles that underpin the discipline, guiding the reader though the practical considerations involved in executing the perfect shot. It includes guidance on acquiring and developing new skills, the practice of self-promotion and self-administration, and a discussion of the image workflow.

David Prakel runs his own photographic training workshops in Northumberland, UK. He has enjoyed a successful and diverse career in journalism, photography and education and has taught at all levels in universities, colleges, schools in both the UK and the US as well as the prestigious Kodak Imaging Training Centre in Harrow, London.

Do we really know pornography when we see it? Pornography is condemned for being "too close" whilst erotica is defended as "leaving room for the imagination." And the art of the nude is treated as something much more special, located even further away from the potential of arousal.

Art/Porn argues that these distinctions are based on an age-old antithesis between sight and touch, an antithesis created and maintained for centuries by art criticism. Art has always elicited a struggle between the senses, between something to be viewed and something to be touched, between visual and visceral pleasure.

Images compel the senses in ways that are both taboo and intrinsic to art. Contemporary responses to images of the nude embody this longstanding tension. Our fears about the materiality of art when in close proximity to our own bodies exist alongside a regulation of sensory response which dates back to Antiquity.

Art/Porn reveals how - from fondling statues in Antiquity to point-andclick Internet pornography - the worlds of art and pornography are UK March 2009 • US March 2009

UK August 2010 • US September 2010 PB 9782940411139 • £24.50 / $36.95 Library eBook 9782940439508 • £72.00 / $116.00 208 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Fundamentals AVA Publishing

PB 9781847880673 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847880574 • £60.00 / $109.95 264 pages • 75 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

Art/Porn

Art Rules

A History of Seeing and Touching Kelly Dennis

Pierre Bourdieu and the Visual Arts Michael Grenfell & Cheryl Hardy

""This is a daring and provocative study of the historical conception of "pornography" and, in particular, of its relation to questions which have helped define art since its beginnings: the antagonism between painting and sculpture, the representation of female sexuality, the deeper implications of sexuality and subjectivity for art and its history, and the struggle between art and photography.

Reading Art/Porn clarifies why we often are so moved and impassioned by art. After it, we may never again view art or pornography in the same way.'" Eduardo Cadava, Princeton University Do we really know pornography when we see it? Pornography is condemned for being "too close" whilst erotica is defended as "leaving room for the imagination." And the art of the nude is treated as something much more special, located even further away from the potential of arousal.

Art/Porn argues that these distinctions are based on an age-old antithesis between sight and touch, an antithesis created and maintained for centuries by art criticism. Art has always elicited a struggle between the senses, between something to be viewed and something to be touched, between visual and visceral pleasure.

Images compel the senses in ways that are both taboo and intrinsic to art. Contemporary responses to images of the nude embody this longstanding tension. Our fears about the materiality of art when in close proximity to our own bodies exist alongside a regulation of sensory response which dates back to Antiquity.

Art/Porn reveals how - from fondling statues in Antiquity to point-andclick Internet pornography - the worlds of art and pornography are UK March 2009 • US March 2009 PB 9781847880673 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847880574 • £60.00 / $109.95 264 pages • 75 bw illus Berg Publishers

"This is a daring and provocative study of the historical conception of "pornography" and, in particular, of its relation to questions which have helped define art since its beginnings: the antagonism between painting and sculpture, the representation of female sexuality, the deeper implications of sexuality and subjectivity for art and its history, and the struggle between art and photography.

Reading Art/Porn clarifies why we often are so moved and impassioned by art. After it, we may never again view art or pornography in the same way." Eduardo Cadava, Princeton University

"This book will change the ways in which Bourdieu is used in cultural studies and the sociology of aesthetics - it makes The Rules of Art and Bourdieu's books on photography as important as Distinction in those fields.

Offering a clear and concise analysis of Bourdieu's works on aesthetics and sociology, Art Rules goes beyond to provide Bourdieuinspired assessments of cultural production and consumption." Dan Schubert, Department of Sociology, Dickinson College, USA Pierre Bourdieu is now recognized as one of the key contemporary critics of culture and the visual arts. Art Rules analyses Bourdieu's work on the visual arts to provide the first overview of his theory of culture and aesthetics.

Bourdieu's engagement with both postmodernism and the 'problem of aesthetics' provides a new way of analysing the visual arts. His interest is in how artistic fields function and the implications their processes have for art and artistic practice.

Art Rules applies Bourdieu's theory of practice to the three fields of museums, photography and painting. These practical examples are used as a springboard to address visual arts in the 21st Century and to establish Bourdieu's 'Rules of Art'.

Michael Grenfell is Professor in the Faculty of Law, Arts and Social Sciences, University of Southampton.

UK January 2007 • US January 2007 PB 9781845202347 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845202330 • £58.00 / $109.95 256 pages • 18 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

2

The Fundamentals of Digital Photography

A History of Video Art Chris Meigh-Andrews

Tim Daly "This is an interesting mix of the technical and the ideas around projects. The explanation of technical aspects is clear and concise. The projects are interesting and provide suggested references ... I think this would cement learning within a practical context. This would be a good accompanying book for level 3 for both A level and BTEC" Daniel Lee, New College Stamford, UK By embedding the text within project themes rather than presenting it as a complex data processing activity, this book takes a different view of the relationship between technology and practice in digital photography, synchronising simple and efficient digital workflows with inspirational practical projects. Readers will become confident software users, while developing all-important visual and conceptual skills.

TIM DALY teaches Photography at the University of Chester, UK, and leads practical workshops for the Royal Photographic Society in Bath.

Tim Daly is a well-known writer on digital photography. He currently teaches Photography at the University of Chester, UK, and leads practical workshops for the Royal Photographic Society in Bath.

UK December 2013 • US January 2014 PB 9782940496068 • £26.99 / $49.95 Library eBook 9782940447626 • £81.00 / $130.00 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Fundamentals Fairchild Books

A History of Video Art is a revised and expanded edition of the 2006 original, which extends the scope of the first edition, incorporating a wider range of artists and works from across the globe and explores and examines developments in the genre of artists’ video from the mid 1990s up to the present day. In addition, the new edition expands and updates the discussion of theoretical concepts and ideas which underpin contemporary artists’ video.

Tracking the changing forms of video art in relation to the revolution in electronic and digital imaging that has taken place during the last 50 years, A History of Video Art orients video art in the wider art historical context, with particular reference to the shift from the structuralism of the late 1960s and early 1970s to the post-modernist concerns of the 1980s and early 1990s. The new edition also explores the implications of the internationalisation of artists’ video in the period leading up to the new millennium and its concerns and preoccupations including postcolonialism, the post-medium condition and the impact and influence of UK November 2013 • US January 2014 PB 9780857851789 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9780857851772 • £70.00 / $120.00 Individual eBook 9780857851895 • £22.99 / $34.99 Library eBook 9780857851888 • £69.00 / $111.00 408 pages Bloomsbury Academic

Oral History in the Visual Arts Edited by Matthew Partington & Linda Sandino Interviews are becoming an increasingly dominant research method in art, craft, design, fashion and textile history. This cutting-edge text demonstrates how artists, writers and historians deploy interviews as creative practice, as 'history', and as a means to insights into the micro-practices of arts production and identity that contribute to questions of 'voice', authenticity, and authorship.

Through a wide range of international case studies, this interdisciplinary volume maps how oral history interviews contribute to a relational practice that is creative, rigorous and ethically grounded. It is essential reading for students, researchers and practitioners across the visual arts.

Linda Sandino is the CCW/V&A Senior Research Fellow at Victoria & Albert Museum, London, UK. Matthew Partington is the V&A Museum Senior Research Fellow (Applied Arts) at the University of West England and a Research Fellow at the Victoria & Albert Museum, London, UK.

UK February 2013 • US April 2013 PB 9780857851987 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857851970 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857852007 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851994 • £60.00 / $96.00 224 pages • 32 bw and 24 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

"Meigh-Andrews views his history through the lens of technological development, whilst never losing sight of the many artists' creative and subjective visions, which he covers through representative case studies of significant works. The extensive new picture research offers resonant images that evoke memories for some and discovery for new readers. This book is essential reading for all students, scholars, artists and curators who are interested in the subject." Professor Stephen Partridge, artist and Principal Investigator for REWIND | Artists' Video in the 1970s & 80s, Duncan of Jordanstone College of Art and Design, University of Dundee, UK

A History of Video Art Chris Meigh-Andrews "Meigh-Andrews views his history through the lens of technological development, whilst never losing sight of the many artists' creative and subjective visions, which he covers through representative case studies of significant works. The extensive new picture research offers resonant images that evoke memories for some and discovery for new readers. This book is essential reading for all students, scholars, artists and curators who are interested in the subject." Professor Stephen Partridge, artist and Principal Investigator for REWIND | Artists' Video in the 1970s & 80s, Duncan of Jordanstone College of Art and Design, University of Dundee, UK Superbly illustrated, this revised and expanded edition of the 2006 original text incorporates a wider range of artists and works from across the globe, exploring and examining developments in the genre of artists’ video from the mid-1990s up to the present day. The new edition expands and updates the discussion of theoretical concepts and ideas which underpin contemporary artists’ video.

CHRIS MEIGH-ANDREWS is Professor of Electronic and Digital Art and Director of the Electronic and Digital Art Unit at the University of Central Lancashire, UK.

Chris Meigh-Andrews is Professor of Electronic & Digital Art and Director of the Electronic and Digital Art Unit at the University of Central Lancashire. He studied Fine Art at Goldsmiths and has a PhD from the Royal College of Art. A practising artist specialising in electronic & digital UK November 2013 • US January 2014 PB 9780857851789 • £22.99 / $39.95 HB 9780857851772 • £70.00 / $120.00 Individual eBook 9780857851895 • £22.99 / $34.99 Library eBook 9780857851888 • £69.00 / $111.00 408 pages Bloomsbury Academic

www.bloomsbury.com

3

Collaboration Through Craft Edited by Amanda Ravetz, Alice Kettle & Helen Felcey

Collaboration Through Craft Edited by Amanda Ravetz, Alice Kettle & Helen Felcey

"Collaboration Through Craft is a groundbreaking book. It sets out what we have known for some time but nobody has yet articulated – that the crafts are distinguished by their collaborative nature and the willingness of makers to share experience, knowledge and skills. From its insightful introduction, which eloquently sets the context for craft as a collaborative process and experience, this book’s collection of essays maps the hugely diverse territory of contemporary crafts via the framing mechanism of collaboration." Matthew Partington, V&A Museum Senior Research Fellow, University of West England, UK

"Collaboration Through Craft is a groundbreaking book. It sets out what we have known for some time but nobody has yet articulated – that the crafts are distinguished by their collaborative nature and the willingness of makers to share experience, knowledge and skills. From its insightful introduction, which eloquently sets the context for craft as a collaborative process and experience, this book’s collection of essays maps the hugely diverse territory of contemporary crafts via the framing mechanism of collaboration." Matthew Partington, V&A Museum Senior Research Fellow, University of West England, UK

Offering a challenging new argument for the collaborative power of craft, this ground-breaking volume analyses the philosophies, politics and practicalities of collaborative craft work.

A rich and exciting set of case studies and first-hand accounts from industry professionals bring key debates on the theory and practice of collaboration in contemporary craft up-to-date.

The book is accessibly organised into four sections covering the cooperation and compromises required by the collaborative process; the potential of recent technological advances for the field of craft; the implications of cross-disciplinary and cross-cultural collaborations for authority and ownership; and the impact of crafted collaborations on the institutions where we work, learn and teach.

AMANDA RAVETZ is Senior Research Fellow at MIRIAD, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK. ALICE KETTLE is Senior Research Fellow at MIRIAD, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK. HELEN FELCEY is Programme Leader for MA Design at Manchester School of Art, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK.

With cutting-edge essays by established makers and artists such as Allison Smith (US) and Brass Art (UK), curator Lesley Millar, textile designer Trish Belford and distinguished thinker Glenn Adamson, Collaborating Through Craft will be essential reading for students, artists, makers, curators and scholars across a number of fields.

Amanda Ravetz is Senior Research Fellow at MIRIAD, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK. Alice Kettle is Senior Research Fellow at MIRIAD, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK.

UK September 2013 • US November 2013 PB 9780857853929 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857853912 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857854346 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472520104 • £60.00 / $96.00 280 pages • 38 bw & 8 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK September 2013 • US November 2013 PB 9780857853929 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857853912 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857854346 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472520104 • £60.00 / $96.00 280 pages • 38 bw & 8 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

History of Photography

Visual Culture in the Built Environment

A Bibliography of Books, Volume 4 Laurent Roosens & Luc Salu ""Though it remains selective, the current four-volume set stands as the most extensive resource of its kind, providing 26,000 citations to books and other monographs, published throughout the world on all aspects of the history, theory, criticism, and technology of photography. Even the most ambitious bibliographies of photographic literature published in past decade...lack Roosen and Salu's chronological and geographical breadth....Only the catalogs of such major photographic libraries as that of the International Museum of Photography at George Eastman House provide coverage as current and comprehensive as Roosen and Salu's."--Art Libraries Journal"

A Global Perspective Susan M. Winchip Visual Culture in the Built Environment: A Global Perspective provides an integrated survey of global interior environments and architecture, explaining significant design styles and movements from the mid19th century to the present day. In addition to learning the characteristics and designers of a particular style or movement, students will learn how and why interior environments and architecture develop, including the impact of cultural and political events. In reflecting the emerging field of Visual Culture studies, this textbook expands upon traditional approaches to studying the history of interior environments and architecture by presenting content within the global interdisciplinary context of the arts, politics, technology, business, and economics.

Susan M. Winchip is a professor of interior and environmental design in the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences at Illinois State University.

UK November 1999 • US May 1999 HB 9780720123548 • £195.00 / $420.00 449 pages Mansell

UK April 2010 • US February 2010 PB 9781563676796 • £60.00 / $110.00 Individual eBook 9781628924503 • £57.99 / $98.99 Library eBook 9781628924008 • £202.00 / $308.00 480 pages • Full colour Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

4

Images

Contesting Art

Critical and Primary Sources Edited by Sunil Manghani

Art, Politics and Identity in the Modern World Edited by Jeremy MacClancy

Images: Critical and Primary Sources is a major multivolume work of reference that brings together seminal writings on the image. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, the essays range across the domains of philosophy, history, art, aesthetics, literature, science, anthropology, critical theory and cultural studies. The essays reveal a wide set of perspectives, problematics and approaches, helping to frame a rich, encompassing view of what we can broadly term 'image studies'. The four volumes are arranged thematically, each separately introduced and with the essays structured into specific sections for easy reference.

"'Here we have an interesting collection of new ethnographic studies examining the nexus between art, politics and cultural identity.'. . . 'Economically priced, well indexed and adequately illustrated, 'Contesting Art' makes a fine contribution to the growing literature in this field.'Canberra Anthropology'[This book] finds its unity by focusing on the use of art as a means of creating and affirming identity in multicultural contexts. . . [an] excellent book.'American Anthropologist'Contesting Art is written in a lucid style which makes it accessible and useful. It is also noteworthy for examining Western art anthropologically, not only focusing on societites outside the West.'Ethnos'The range of questions raised here is astonishing and the controversies are endlessly provocative.'Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute'Important and interesting issues of art,empowerment,and advocacy in a changing and increasingly interconnected world....Contesting art is wri"

Sunil Manghani is Reader in Critical and Cultural Theory at Winchester School of Art, University of Southampton (UK). His publications appear in Theory, Culture & Society, Film International, Parallax, Journal of Visual Art Practice, and Culture, Theory and Critique. He is the author of Image Critique (2008) and co-editor of Images: A Reader (2006), an anthology of writings on the image from Plato to the present.

UK January 2013 • US March 2013 0 pages Bloomsbury Academic World English

Art is a major political weapon of our times. Today, peoples around the world use art to boost their own identity and to attack the ways others represent them. At a time of increasing intercultural exchange, art has become a primary means through which groups reinforce their challenged sense of culture.This pioneering book breaks with the tradition of the anthropology of art as the depoliticized study of aesthetics in exotic settings. Transcending artificial distinctions between the West and the Rest, it examines the increasingly significant relations among art, identity and politics in the modern world.Among the themes investigated by the contributors: - how African painters undermine racist stereotypes yet remain dominated by the Western art market the role of anthropology museums in the perpetuation of the Western market in 'tribal art' - the internal and external political disputes underlying the 'repatriation' of cultural property.

UK September 1997 • US September 1997 PB 9781859731390 • £19.99 / $37.95 HB 9781859731345 • £53.00 / $109.95 256 pages • illustration, bibliography, index Series: Ethnicity and Identity Series Berg Publishers

Exhibiting Maori

Exhibiting Maori

A History of Colonial Cultures of Display Conal McCarthy

A History of Colonial Cultures of Display Conal McCarthy

"'A landmark history of how indigenous art and culture was exhibited at world's fairs and in museums. McCarthy is in an ideal position to trace the ways in which Maori objects have figured in New Zealand's self-fashioning from 1865 to the present. What sets this work apart is the unique perspective that emerges from historical sources in the Maori language.'Barbara Kirshenblatt-Gimblett, author of Destination Culture: Tourism, Museums, and Heritage'. . .[Exhibiting Maori] is written in a direct and engaging style. . . .[W]hat it will do, or should do, is encourage a reassessment of colonial relations in New Zealand--a mere modest, but non-the-less very considerable achievement.'

Jeffery Sissons'Exhibiting Maori takes us on a thoughtful and meticulously documented journey that charts the changing role of Maori in the exhibition of their culture from one of dispossession and resistance, through active participation to eventual possession.' Tristram Besterman"

"'A landmark history of how indigenous art and culture was exhibited at world's fairs and in museums. McCarthy is in an ideal position to trace the ways in which Maori objects have figured in New Zealand's self-fashioning from 1865 to the present. What sets this work apart is the unique perspective that emerges from historical sources in the Maori language.'Barbara Kirshenblatt-Gimblett, author of Destination Culture: Tourism, Museums, and Heritage'. . .[Exhibiting Maori] is written in a direct and engaging style. . . .[W]hat it will do, or should do, is encourage a reassessment of colonial relations in New Zealand--a mere modest, but non-the-less very considerable achievement.'

Jeffery Sissons'Exhibiting Maori takes us on a thoughtful and meticulously documented journey that charts the changing role of Maori in the exhibition of their culture from one of dispossession and resistance, through active participation to eventual possession.' Tristram Besterman"

This title cannot be sold by Berg to customers in Australia and New Zealand. Customers in these countries can purchase this title from Te Papa Museum Press in New Zealand.This richly illustrated book presents a comprehensive assessment of the display of Maori culture from the nineteenth century to today. In doing so, Exhibiting Maori traces the long journey from curio to specimen, artefact, art and taonga (treasure). Drawing on extensive and groundbreaking research, Exhibiting Maori reveals for the first time the remarkable story of Maori resistance to, involvement in, and eventual capture of the display of their culture.Ranging across museums, world fairs, fine art and tourism, Exhibiting Maori fuses museum studies, anthropology, and visual and material culture to uncover a history of active Maori engagement with the colonial culture of display.

This title cannot be sold by Berg to customers in Australia and New Zealand. Customers in these countries can purchase this title from Te Papa Museum Press in New Zealand.This richly illustrated book presents a comprehensive assessment of the display of Maori culture from the nineteenth century to today. In doing so, Exhibiting Maori traces the long journey from curio to specimen, artefact, art and taonga (treasure). Drawing on extensive and groundbreaking research, Exhibiting Maori reveals for the first time the remarkable story of Maori resistance to, involvement in, and eventual capture of the display of their culture.Ranging across museums, world fairs, fine art and tourism, Exhibiting Maori fuses museum studies, anthropology, and visual and material culture to uncover a history of active Maori engagement with the colonial culture of display.

UK March 2007 • US March 2007 PB 9781845204754 • £20.99 / $36.95 HB 9781845204747 • £58.00 / $109.95 264 pages • 80 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

UK March 2007 • US March 2007 PB 9781845204754 • £20.99 / $36.95 HB 9781845204747 • £58.00 / $109.95 264 pages • 80 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

5

Basics Creative Photography 01: Design Principles

Basics Photography 02: Lighting David Präkel

Jeremy Webb "Very good ... Very clear and well presented.

The standard I have come to expect from AVA. Basics Creative Photography 01: Design Principles fills a gap that we have had up until now." Peter Savage, Reading College, UK Basics Creative Photography 01: Design Principles introduces photographers to a more considered approach that can add dynamism and impact to imagery, whatever the style or genre - something that today's editors, curators and publishers are all crying out for. In an age over-saturated with photographic imagery, this book demonstrates how design awareness can add a new level of depth to your images.

Featured topics: Basic design theory; the use of space; positional decisions; the elements of design; line; shape or form; space; texture; light; colour; pattern; rhythm; contrast; scale and proportion; abstraction; movement and flow; containment; emphasis and emotion; justaposition; incongruity; mood and emotion

"Exceptional. A number of students I know have bought this and so they should.

Informative and inspiring." (Praise for the first edition) K. J. Shepherdson, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK Understanding light is fundamental to good photography. How any image is lit will change how the viewer sees and interprets the content. The second edition of Lighting teaches the theory and background of how light works, the different types of light and the rules it obeys.

The book gives guidance on how to measure, control and use light for the best photographic exposure. With new images and case studies, this edition encourages a bolder and more innovative approach to the use of light in photography.

David Präkel has enjoyed a successful and diverse career in journalism, photography and education. He has taught photography at all levels in the UK and America, at the prestigious Kodak Imaging Training Centre and in his own training workshops in Northumberland.

Jeremy Webb is a photographer and tutor with over 25 years' experience. He has travelled extensively throughout Europe, shooting stock for agencies; joined a team of cruise ship photographers based in Florida; and was an expedition photographer with an environmental charity based in Tanzania. More recently, his work with 'light painting' has received much attention, and has been featured in the British Journal of Photography, as well as numerous published portfolios and websites.

UK November 2010 • US December 2010 PB 9782940411368 • £21.95 / $32.95 Library eBook 9782940439713 • £60.00 / $96.00 192 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Creative Photography AVA Publishing

UK February 2013 • US March 2013 PB 9782940411955 • £23.99 / $39.95 Library eBook 9782940447558 • £72.00 / $96.00 192 pages • 200 illus Series: Basics Photography AVA Publishing

Basics Photography 07: Exposure

Reading Photographs

An Introduction to the Theory and Meaning of Images Richard Salkeld

David Präkel "A really well-laid out book explaining the basic elements of exposure. Excellent examples and easy to read." Julie Brown, University of Bolton, UK Basics Photography 07: Exposure is a comprehensive guide to the theory of exposure, explaining the fundamental relationship between the photographic image and the effects of light intensity and duration.

It describes the use of lens aperture and depth of field in relation to exposure and also outlines the principles of in-camera and hand-held light meters: their strengths, limitations and correct use in a wide variety of lighting situations.

The book is a detailed guide to using exposure for expressive purposes, making it an invaluable reference tool to all students and practitioners of photography.

David Prakel runs his own photographic training workshops in Northumberland, UK. He has enjoyed a successful and diverse career in journalism, photography and education and has taught at all levels in universities, colleges, schools in both the UK and the US as well as the prestigious Kodak Imaging Training Centre in Harrow, London.

UK October 2009 • US November 2009 PB 9782940411054 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439423 • £51.00 / $82.00 176 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Photography AVA Publishing

aesthetics.

Striking visual examples, engaging case studies, and brief activity points make this a clear and inspiring introduction to theories of representation and visual analysis and how they can be applied to photography. Introducing the development of photography as well as different approaches to reading images, the book looks at elements such as identity, gaze, psychoanalysis, voyeurism, and

RICHARD SALKELD is Senior Lecturer in the Art and Design department at the University of Gloucester, UK.

Having held the posts of course leader on both the Visual Arts and History of Art and Visual Culture courses at the University of Gloucestershire, UK, Richard Salkeld is now senior lecturer in the university's Art and Design department, teaching undergraduate students of photography.

UK November 2013 • US March 2014 PB 9782940411894 • £23.99 / $44.95 Library eBook 9782940447619 • £72.00 / $116.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Creative Photography Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

6

Basics Creative Photography 02: Context and Narrative

The Visual Dictionary of Photography David Präkel

Maria Short "Context and Narrative is a really accessible and practical way to tackle some of the more conceptual and non-tangible parts of creating photographs. I really wish I had read it while in college, but no harm, it will benefit me now anyway!" Emma O’Brien, Dublin­based photographer Throughout this book, Maria Short guides you through the ideas and methods behind creating meaningful, communicative images. With case studies and dozens of examples from some of the world's most engaging photographers, this is a beautiful introduction to a fascinating aspect of photography.

Featured topics: The function of photographs; What is narrative?; Choosing your subject; Concept; Intention and interpretation; The single image; Series of photographs; Signs and symbols; Using text; The response of the audience.

Featured photographers: Berenice Abbott; Eve Arnold; Tina Barney; Robert Capa; Henri Cartier-Bresson; Jill Cole; Gregory Crewdson; Paul Fusco; Stuart Griffiths; Britta Jaschinski; Seba Kurtis; Jem Southam; Tom Stoddart; Newsha Tavakolian and Weegee.

Maria Short is a photographer, educator and writer. She currently runs photographic workshops in schools and colleges and is a part-time lecturer in photography at the University of Brighton. She has an MA in UK July 2011 • US August 2011 PB 9782940411405 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447121 • £69.00 / $111.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Creative Photography AVA Publishing

The Visual Dictionary of Photography provides clear definitions of key terms and concepts, backed up by hundreds of illustrative examples. Covering practical terms, it deals with the terminology of both digital and traditional photography.

David Präkel has produced an invaluable resource for anyone interested in photography, lens-based media and related visual arts. This book serves not only to explain terms and words but also acts as a source of inspiration, encouraging exploration through understanding.

Over 250 terms are explained and contextualised, with concise definitions accompanied by illustrations and examples taken from historical and contemporary photography.

The dictionary covers analogue terms still in current usage as well as modern digital terminology such as Raw format and High dynamic range.

It also defines a wide variety of practical terms, including ISO speed, Backlighting and Noise, as well as conceptual terms and photographic styles, ranging from Photojournalism to Distortion.

David Präkel runs his own photographic training workshops in Northumberland, UK. He has enjoyed a successful and diverse career in UK December 2009 • US January 2010 PB 9782940411047 • £14.95 / $24.95 Library eBook 9782940439355 • £42.00 / $67.00 288 pages • 250 colour illus Series: Visual Dictionaries AVA Publishing

Outdoor Photography: Portraits

Basics Photography 03: Capturing Colour

Cathy Joseph

Phil Malpas

The use of daylight in photography is all too often overlooked. How it is used, controlled, blocked or reflected can materially change how a photograph will look. Combine it with artificial light, be it tungsten or flash, and a whole variety of possibilities will open up.

When taking photographs outdoors, light is just one of the many factors that the photographer has to take into account. This image-led book features superb outdoor portraits by top international photographers. Clear text and easy-tofollow diagrams reveal both the physical steps and the initial thought processes involved from brief to finished image.

Cathy Joseph began her career as a feature writer for Camera Weekly and Photo Technique before moving on to the UK's leading photography magazine, Amateur Photographer. She is currently a freelance contributor to various photographic publications and websites, and author of three previous books on wedding photography, location portraiture and outdoor photography.

UK July 2005 • US August 2005 PB 9782884790611 • £24.95 / $34.95 160 pages • 200 Series: Outdoor Photography AVA Publishing

"The book is well laid out - easy to understand and nice to hold. I like how the author has included other pages to look at that are relevant to what you have just read." Jill Enfield, Parsons The New School of Design, USA

Basics Photography 03: Capturing Colour gives readers a comprehensive introduction to the subject of colour and how to master its use in the process of photographic image-making.

The topics discussed range from basic colour theory to the colour temperature of light and how to use colour to maximize the impact of compositions. A full and intimate understanding of colour is vital to the creation of dramatic, emotive and powerful photographic images.

The way we choose to use colour will greatly influence the success of our image-making.

Phil Malpas is a freelance photographer and writer based in Swindon. He was previously a director of Photofolio, a commercial gallery in the north of England, and is a regular contributor to various magazines. Working with both large-format and digital cameras, Phil teaches photographic techniques both locally and with photographic tours around the world.

UK November 2007 • US November 2007 PB 9782940373062 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439164 • £54.00 / $87.00 176 pages • 200 Series: Basics Photography AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

7

Basics Photography 06: Working in Black & White

Photography FAQs: Black and White David Präkel

David Präkel "Highly relevant and far more up-to-date than what was in use. Accessible, with useful exercises well laid out." Mary Ann Kennedy, Edinburgh Napier University, UK Basics Photography 06: Working in Black & White, by David Präkel, provides a comprehensive guide to the basic theory and practice of black and white photography, from the relationship between colour and greyscale tones to the art of seeing in black and white.

Black and white, the book argues, has been the soul and conscience of photography since its conception. Black and white is not a lesser colour image - it is, in many ways, more powerful. It gets to the core of what is important in an image, leaving behind the distractions of colour.

This is an inspiring text which enables students to make the most of the opportunities offered by black and white photography.

David Präkel runs his own photographic training workshops in Northumberland, UK. He has enjoyed a successful and diverse career in journalism, photography and education and has taught at all levels in universities, colleges, schools in both the UK and the US as well as the prestigious Kodak Imaging Training Centre in Harrow, London.

Photography FAQs: Black and White covers every aspect of black & white photography, from capturing the image to filtration, to developing and printing an image and successful presentation.The title offers detailed responses to the key, reader-defined questions drawn from photographic workshops, consumer press and internet forums, and, as such, is an invaluable and handy reference.

The Photography FAQs series is a comprehensive, pocket-size reference for the amateur photographer in the field (or the studio).

Each title is formulated as an encyclopaedia of 50 questions and answers covering every aspect of the key photography subjects that come up again and again, including genres such as landscape, portraiture and travel and shooting in monochrome. Each topic is supported by lively, accessible text, inspirational images and clear, easy-to-navigate design that makes this series a quick-and easy reference.

David Präkel has enjoyed a successful and diverse career in journalism, photography and education. He has taught photography at all levels in the UK and America, at the prestigious Kodak Imaging Training Centre and in his own training workshops in Northumberland. He is the author of several books on photography.

UK November 2008 • US December 2008 PB 9782940373857 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439195 • £51.00 / $82.00 176 pages Series: Basics Photography AVA Publishing

UK December 2008 • US January 2009 PB 9782884791052 • £8.95 / $9.95 144 pages • 150 Series: Photography FAQs AVA Publishing

Photography FAQs: Portraits

Train Your Gaze: A Practical and Theoretical Introduction to Portrait Photography

Duncan Evans Photography FAQs: Portraits is an introduction to the school of photography concerned with the most engaging of subjects: other people.

Formulated as an encyclopaedia of questions and answers across 50 topics, this book covers every aspect of portrait photography, from hardware to lighting, composition to software.

It offers detailed responses to key, reader-defined questions drawn from photographic workshops, consumer press and Internet forums. As such, it is an invaluable and handy reference.

The Photography FAQs series is a comprehensive, pocket-size reference for the amateur photographer in the field (or the studio).

Each title is formulated as an encyclopaedia of 50 questions and answers covering every aspect of the key photography subjects that come up again and again, including genres such as landscape, portraiture and travel and shooting in monochrome. Each topic is supported by lively, accessible text, inspirational images and clear, easy-to-navigate design that makes this series a quick-and easy reference.

Duncan Evans is an author and photographer living in the most northerly part of the UK. He edited Digital Photo User for over four years, and his pictures have been published in magazines and newspapers such as The Daily Mail and The Scotsman. He is a member of the Royal Photographic Society, currently with a licentiateship distinction (LRPS). Duncan has written several photography books including the hugely popular A Comprehensive Guide to Digital Portrait UK December 2008 • US January 2009 PB 9782884791045 • £8.95 / $9.95 144 pages • 150 Series: Photography FAQs AVA Publishing

Roswell Angier "A very nice collection of the "best of" in historical and contemporary photography."

Kathleen Parzych, University at Buffalo, USA What is common to all portrait photographs is a situational element. In portrait photography, the presence of the photographers gaze also becomes an integral part of what the picture is about: the activity of one person looking, manifested in a moment that can feel like the blink of an eye or a small eternity. This book offers for the first time a complete text that combines the theoretical with the practical.

Roswell Angier has enjoyed a rewarding career as both a photographer and educator. He has worked as a freelance magazine photographer, been a partner in a co-operative photographic agency in New York and is currently a faculty member at the School of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Many of his images are held in prestigious collections, including the Museum of Fine Arts in Boston, the Smithsonian Museum, the Addison Gallery of American Art and private collections around the world.

UK May 2007 • US May 2007 PB 9782940373376 • £37.50 / $49.95 Library eBook 9782940447039 • £111.00 / $178.00 224 pages Series: Required Reading Range AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

8

American Visual Culture

Becoming Art Exploring Cross-Cultural Categories Howard Morphy

Mark Rawlinson "Rawlinson's American Visual Culture serves as a strong introduction to the primary theories, materials, and concerns that animate this interdisciplinary field." K. A. Schwain, CHOICE Magazine Visual culture - art, advertising, architecture, cinema, television, cartography, video, the internet, and images of science - has shaped American national identity more than that of any other country. Covering the period from the late nineteenth century to the present day, the book explores how visual culture has at once transformed and consolidated the image of the United States.

American Visual Culture presents both an analysis of the diversity of American visual media and a critical introduction to the study and interpretation of visual culture.

Thematic chapters - on American urban and rural landscapes, icons, popular culture, art and photography, as well as on crime, anxiety and sex - describe the cultural, intellectual and historical context.

Throughout, these themes are discussed in conjunction with clear and concise explanations of key visual theories and methodologies.

Thirty years ago Australian Aboriginal art was little more than a footnote to world art. Today, it is considered to be an important contemporary art movement, often promoted as being connected to a deep cultural past. Becoming Art provides a new analysis of the shifting cultural and social contexts that surround the production of Aboriginal art.

Transcending the boundaries between anthropology and art history, the book draws on arguments from both disciplines to provide a unique interdisciplinary perspective that places the artists themselves at the centre of the argument.Western art history has traditionally regarded Aboriginal art as distanced from time and place.

Becoming Art uses the recent history of Aboriginal art to challenge some of the presuppositions of western art discourse and western art worlds.

It argues for a more cross-cultural perspective on world art history.

Howard Morphy is Director, Centre for Cross-Cultural Research, The Australian National University.

Mark Rawlinson teaches in the Department of Art History at the University of Nottingham and is author of Charles Sheeler: Modernism, Precisionism and the Borders of Abstraction.

UK July 2009 • US July 2009 PB 9781845202170 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845202163 • £60.00 / $109.95 248 pages • 40 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

UK December 2007 • US December 2007 PB 9781845206574 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845206567 • £58.00 / $104.95 256 pages • 50 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding Australia/New Zealand)

Becoming Art

ART

Exploring Cross-Cultural Categories Howard Morphy

Histories, Theories and Exceptions Adam Geczy

Thirty years ago Australian Aboriginal art was little more than a footnote to world art. Today, it is considered to be an important contemporary art movement, often promoted as being connected to a deep cultural past.

Becoming Art provides a new analysis of the shifting cultural and social contexts that surround the production of Aboriginal art. Transcending the boundaries between anthropology and art history, the book draws on arguments from both disciplines to provide a unique interdisciplinary perspective that places the artists themselves at the centre of the argument.

Western art history has traditionally regarded Aboriginal art as distanced in time and place. Becoming Art uses the recent history of Aboriginal art to challenge some of the presuppositions of western art discourse and western art worlds. It argues for a more cross-cultural perspective on world art history.

Howard Morphy is Director of the Research School of Humanities, Australian National University.

UK December 2007 • US December 2007 PB 9781845206574 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845206567 • £58.00 / $104.95 256 pages • 50 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding Australia/New Zealand)

"Adam Geczy is one of the most gifted art writers in years. Thoughtfully, humorously, and with tremendous insight, he traverses a whole range of intellectual disciplines to explore the uses and purposes of art and what distinguish it from other phenomena. An original book and highly readable." Benjamin Genocchio, Art Critic, New York Times Our understanding of art has undergone several major upheavals in the past thirty years. Postmodernism and mass media began the process of disruption in the 1980s. The explosion in the use of digital technologies since the 1990s has radically altered the way in which art is now created, perceived and made available. The recent shift towards regarding art as part of a broader "visual culture" has torn art theory from its roots in art history and placed it in the context of anthropological, cultural and media theory.

Art: Histories, Theories and Exceptions confronts these different ideas by examining a range of different approaches to art - as ritual, as a form of diagrammatic writing, as a symptom of a cultural moment, as a commodity, and as an agent of change.

Art: Histories, Theories and Exceptions explores what art in its broadest sense - from Aboriginal work to the Western art market, from the role of museums to new media interactivity, from the mainstream to the radical - means today. This provocative book will be invaluable to students, practicing artists and general readers alike.

Adam Geczy is an artist and critic and co-editor of What is Installation?

UK June 2008 • US June 2008 PB 9781845207014 • £17.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845207007 • £60.00 / $109.95 224 pages • 50 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

9

A History of Visual Culture

Inventing van Eyck

Western Civilization from the 18th to the 21st Century Edited by Jane Kromm & Susan Benforado Bakewell "This is the only treatment of visual culture with a broad temporal reach across a range of Western art practices that emphasizes the historical specificity of the visual experience.

The approach - to highlight the key themes in visual culture and to illustrate these themes chronologically through carefully chosen case studies - is very effective." Kathleen Stewart Howe, Art and Art History, Pomona College, USA A History of Visual Culture is a history of ideas. The recent explosion of interest in visual culture suggests the phenomenon is very recent. But visual culture has a history. Knowledge began to be systematically grounded in observation and display from the Enlightenment. Since then, from the age of industrialisation and colonialism to today's globalised world, visual culture has continued to shape our ways of thinking and of interpreting the world.

Carefully structured to cover a wide history and geography, A History of Visual Culture is divided into themed sections - Revolt and Revolution; Science and Empiricism; Gaze and Spectacle; Acquisition, Display, and Desire; Conquest, Colonialism, and Globalization; Image and Reality; Media and Visual Technologies. Each section presents a carefully selected range of case studies from across the last 250 years, designed to illustrate how all kinds of visual media have shaped our technology, aesthetics, politics and culture.

The Remaking of an Artist for the Modern Age Jenny Graham Van Eyck is now seen as the artist who bridged the gap between the medieval and the modern. His story is the story of modern art - the turbulent clash of ideologies, the shifting and making of taste, the perfect timing of historical event and technological change, the politics of the art world and the cult of celebrity. The Enlightenment had quietly placed van Eyck in the Gothic tradition. Then Napoleon looted panels of his masterwork, the Ghent Altar-piece, and took them back to the Louvre. With his work centre stage in the greatest art gallery of the time, interest in van Eyck exploded across Europe. The nineteenth century saw the arrival of van Eyck mania, with ever-more fanciful tales in the art press of his life as inventor of oil painting, monkish painter, even arsonist and murderer; with scenes from his life, cheap colour prints and van Eyck carpets and mirrors vying for popular consumption; and with the claiming of van Eyck as the first Pre-Raphaelite. Today, van Eyck is regarded as the first realist painter, with popular and scholarly attention shifted from the Ghent Altar-piece - also looted by Hitler and stored in an Austrian salt-mine during the Second World War to the riddle of his celebrated Arnolfini Portrait. Inventing van Eyck tells the extraordinary story of the making of an artist for the modern age.

Jenny Graham is Senior Lecturer in Art History at the University of Plymouth and an expert on the rediscovery of Renaissance artists.

UK December 2009 • US December 2009 PB 9781845204921 • £22.99 / $42.95 HB 9781845204938 • £70.00 / $130.00 480 pages • 120 bw illus Berg Publishers

UK December 2007 • US December 2007 PB 9781845207779 • £16.99 / $26.95 HB 9781845207762 • £60.00 / $99.95 272 pages • 70 b&w and 16 colour illustrations, biblio, index Berg Publishers

Art as Far as the Eye Can See

Dressing the Elite Clothes in Early Modern England Susan Vincent

Paul Virilio Translated by Julie Rose "An exceptional, even visionary mind."

Leonardo Digital Reviews Paul Virilio puts art back where it matters - at the centre of politics. Art used to be an engagement between artist and materials. But in our new media world art has changed, its very materials have changed and have become technologized.

This change reflects a broader social shift. Speed and politics - what Virilio defined as the key characteristics of the twentieth century - have been transformed in the twenty-first century to speed and mass culture. And the defining characteristic of mass culture today is panic.

This induced panic relies on a new, all-seeing technology. And the first casualty of this is the human response. What we are losing is the very human 'art of seeing', one individual's engagement with another or with an event, be that political or artistic. What we are losing is our sense of the aesthetic. Where art used to talk of the aesthetics of disappearance, it must now confront the disappearance of the aesthetic.

Paul Virilio is one of our foremost cultural critics. Architect and urban planner and former director of the Ecole Speciale d'Architecture in Paris, he has written widely on film, architecture, art, war and technology.

Translated by Julie Rose, a freelance translator and winner of the PEN Medallion for Translation.

UK October 2007 • US October 2007 PB 9781847885401 • £11.99 / $19.95 HB 9781845206116 • £19.99 / $34.95 Previously published in HB 9781845206116 128 pages • index Berg Publishers World English

"This will be a very important publication.

Susan Vincent uses techniques of historical and literary analysis to move beyond the conventional narratives of clothing history. It is a significant contribution and should be read by more than those with an existing interest in Early Modern England." Evelyn Welch, University of Sussex Clothing occupies a complex and important position in relation to human experience. Not just utilitarian, dress gives form to a society's ideas about the sacred and secular, about exclusion and inclusion, about age, beauty, sexuality and status. In Dressing the Elite, the author explores the multiple meanings that garments held in early modern England.

Clothing was used to promote health and physical well-being, and to manage and structure, life transitions. It helped individuals create social identities and also to disguise them. Indeed, so culturally powerful was the manipulation of appearances that authorities sought its control.

Laws regulated access to the dress styles of the elite, and through less formal strategies, techniques of disguise were kept as the perquisites of the powerful. Focusing on the elite, the author argues that clothing was not just a form of cultural expression but in turn contributed to societal formation. Clothes shaped the configurations of the body, affected spaces and interactions between people and altered the perceptions of the wearers and viewers. People put on and manipulated their garments, but in turn dress also exercised a reverse influence. Clothes made not just the man and the woman, but also the categories of gender itself. Topics covered include cross-dressing, sumptuary laws, mourning apparel and individual styles.

Susan Vincent Independent Scholar UK November 2003 • US November 2003 PB 9781859737514 • £19.99 / $37.95 HB 9781859737460 • £58.00 / $120.95 240 pages • 26 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

10

The Fashion Intern

The Fairchild Directory of Fashion Schools

Michele Granger This comprehensive and easy-to-read new edition of The Fashion Intern first guides students in preparing to search for and secure an internship, and then challenges the student to critique the internship organization from the perspective of a business analyst. In this way, the student may primarily work in one area of the business, but must be exposed to the business in its entirety in order to complete the text, gaining a holistic view of the company. Text includes information on emerging fashion career options in communications and entrepreneurship, international internship opportunities, and the role of technological tools as today’s job seeker’s marketing package. Interns in fashion merchandising, retailing, design, product development, promotion, and production will end up with a polished and professional product for their portfolio.

One of the most important decisions a student will make is their selection of an educational institution to fit their needs. The Fairchild Directory of Fashion Schools provides an accurate, comprehensive and credible resource for students and professionals interested in learning more about educational programs and opportunities related to the fashion industry including design, merchandising, marketing and retailing.

As the leading publisher of fashion and interior design textbooks, and as a further commitment to higher education in these areas, Fairchild Books has compiled this directory to address the specific needs of prospective fashion students, educators and professionals.

Profiles of over 150 schools include: - Program Description & philosophy - Admission requirements - Student demographics - Tuition, financial aid, and scholarships - Facilities & student organizations - Internship & study abroad opportunities - Faculty experience - Notable alumni - Courses of instruction

Michele M. Granger is a full professor at Missouri State University.

A special section of articles provide tips and insights for prospective students, such as: - Career opportunities in fashion and interior design - The importance of a portfolio - Choosing the right internship - Advantages of design schools and university programs - The value of accreditation

UK May 2010 • US March 2010 PB 9781563679100 • £40.00 / $75.00 Library eBook 9781609012076 • £141.00 / $215.00 400 pages • 12pp full colour Fairchild Books

UK February 2011 • US December 2010 PB 9781609011826 • £50.00 / $39.95 Library eBook 9781501305696 • £78.00 / $120.00 512 pages Fairchild Books

The Business of Fashion Designing, Manufacturing and Marketing Leslie Davis Burns, Kathy K. Mullet & Nancy O. Bryant Revised to keep up with the quickly evolving landscape of the fashion industry, the fourth edition of this authoritative text offers updated information on the design, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution of fashion products within a global context. Research-based content provides insight on the organization and operation of textiles, apparel, accessories, and home fashion companies, as well as the effect of technological, organizational, and global changes on every area of the business.

Leslie Davis Burns, Kathy K. Mullet and Nancy O. Bryant are all based at Oregon State University.

A Practical Approach to Merchandising Mathematics Revised First Edition Linda M. Cushman A Practical Approach to Merchandising Mathematics, Revised 1st Edition, is dedicated to helping students master the mathematical concepts, techniques, and analysis utilized in the merchandise buying and planning process. Students will review basic maths concepts; learn how to use typical merchandising forms; become familiar with the application of computerized spreadsheets in retailing; and recognize the basic factors of buying and selling that affect profit. This peer-reviewed new edition of the text brings together assortment planning, vendor analysis, markup and pricing, and terms of sale into one comprehensive resource for students who will be involved with the activities of merchandise buying in the retail industry.

Linda M. Cushman is an associate professor of Retail Management in the Department of Marketing at Whitman School of Management, Syracuse University. Her research appears in journals such as the Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management, Customer Relationship Management, and the Journal of Shopping Center Research.

UK October 2011 • US August 2011 PB 9781609011109 • £60.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781609017811 • £210.00 / $321.00 640 pages • 8 pp full color Fairchild Books

UK May 2011 • US March 2011 PB 9781609013004 • £55.00 / $105.00 Individual eBook 9781628924459 • £54.99 / $93.99 Library eBook 9781628923643 • £202.00 / $308.00 320 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

11

Essentials of Exporting and Importing

The Fashion Intern Michele Granger

US Trade Policies, Procedures and Practices Harvey R. Shoemack & Patricia Mink Rath International business, especially export–import trade, is no longer an option, but a necessity in today’s global apparel industry. Essentials of Exporting and Importing provides merchandising, marketing, and business students with a basic, practical guide to importing and exporting products, services, or technology while maintaining compliance with government policies. Calling upon the knowledge and expertise of industry professionals and government officials, the authors focus on the policies, procedures, and practices essential for success in the dynamic and expanding field of international trade.

The Fashion Intern is intended for the student employed in any segment of the textile and apparel industry. Drawing on her experience with students and her earlier edition of Guide to Analyzing Your Fashion Industry Internship,Granger provides information for any organization along the channel of distribution. This guide, with accompanying CD-ROM, is intended for the student employed in any segment of the apparel, accessories, soft goods and home interior industries. It is written to accommodate interns in fashion merchandising, retailing, design, product development, promotion and production. It encourages interns to view the fashion industry from a marketing perspective.

Harvey R. Shoemack is an instructor at the Illinois Institute of Art-Chicago and Oakton Community College.

Patricia Mink Rath is a faculty member emerita at the International Academy of Design and Technology, Chicago.

Michele Granger is department head and an associate professor in the Consumer and Family Studies Department at Southwest Missouri State University in Springfield, Missouri. Her involvement in business and fashion outside of the college includes membership in The Fashion Group International and the International Textiles and Apparel Association, for which she was a recipient of the Special Recognition of Outstanding Fashion Merchandising Education Award. She is also the co-author of Fashion Entrepreneurship.

UK January 2010 • US November 2009 PB 9781563675737 • £53.00 / $105.00 352 pages Fairchild Books

UK February 2004 • US December 2003 PB 9781563672729 • £20.00 / $51.50 400 pages Fairchild Books

Creative Fashion Presentations 2nd edition

Fashion Forecasting, 2nd Edition Research, Analysis, and Presentation Evelyn L. Brannon

Polly Guerin This brand new edition of Creative Fashion Presentations provides an insider's look into how creative presentations impact the introduction or sale of fashion and other products at the trade and consumer levels. The entire spectrum of professionals who use creative presentations is covered, including fashion forecasters, fibre/fabric companies, promotion associations, designers, manufacturers, retailers and apparel marts. Forms of presentations discussed range from visual boards to couture and pret-a-porter fashion shows. Guerin's chapter on fashion show production is in effect a mini course on how to organise and develop themes and methods for trade or consumer shows.

Polly Guerin is an adjunct professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology where she has taught creative fashion presentations, introduction to the fashion business, product knowledge and consumer motivation. She is a professional fashion consultant whose first job was as reporter for Women's Wear Daily. In addition to Creative Fashion Presentations, Guerin has published articles in magazines such as Art and Antiques, Doll World and Doll House Miniatures and is host and creator of a radio show, The Daily Candy, for FIT's radio station. She is a member of The Fashion Group International, Trends and the Art Deco Society of New York and is involved with the High School of Fashion Industries.

UK October 2004 • US August 2004 PB 9781563672507 • £40.00 / $70.00 496 pages • illustrations, 4 pp colour section Fairchild Books

A textbook for fashion professionals interested in improving forecasting abilities, this book combines the theories of fashion changes with the process of organising and analysing the information for presenting and implementing the forecast. It integrates traditional and electronic approaches to the process of forecasting at each stage of research, organisation, analysis, interpretation and presentation.

Evelyn L. Brannon received her Ph.D. in 1989 and is associate professor of fashion forecasting, apparel design, entrepreneurship, research methods and consumer preference at Auburn University. Her professional memberships include the International Textile and Apparel Association, the Association for Consumer Research and the Computer Integrated Textile Design Association.

UK October 2004 • US August 2004 PB 9781563673504 • £60.00 / $100.00 456 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

12

Ethics in the Fashion Industry

Merchandising Mathematics

V. Ann Paulins & Julie L. Hillery Knock-off designer handbags, shoplifting, sweatshop labor, provocative advertising, these are just a few examples of complex ethical issues in the fashion industry today. Ethics are about making good decisions, and in the fashion industry—where it is essential to work cooperatively with many different people—understanding ethics is key to being an honest, informed, and effective employee. Ethics in the Fashion Industry provides readers with the tools they need to develop and practice ethical decision-making skills.

Ann Paulins is a professor and Director of Retail Merchandising at Ohio University.

Julie L. Hillery is the Kohl's Professor of Retailing and Merchandising and faculty at Northern Illinois University

Jikyeong Kang-Park & Antigone Kotsiopulos Beginning with markups and markdowns and ending with profit-and-loss statements, the text covers concepts of increasing difficulty. Easy-to-follow presentations explain the derivations of the formulas, step-by-step. The primary formulas are highlighted.

Jikyeong Kang-Park is professor of marketing and director of the MBA programme at the Manchester Business School.

Antigone Kotsiopulos is professor of apparel merchandising at Colorado State University, where she also serves as Associate Dean of the College of Applied Human Sciences.

UK May 2009 • US March 2009 PB 9781563675331 • £48.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781628927757 • £181.00 / $277.00 288 pages Fairchild Books

UK January 1994 • US September 1994 PB 9781563670374 • £36.00 / $58.00 288 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Merchandising Mathematics Revised 1st Edition

Making Buying Decisions 2nd edition

Antigone Kotsiopulos, Joan Anderson & Jikyeong Kang-Park Merchandising Mathematics, Revised 1st Edition, is a practical and easy-to-use text and software package.

The book covers everything from methods for maximizing profit using basic markups and markdowns through the elements involved in developing and monitoring the success of six-month business plans.

Also covered are calculating and adjusting open to buy and the developing and monitoring of profit and loss statements.

Using the Computer as a Tool Richard Clodfelter This text, written for students who wish to plan a career in merchandising, includes a CD-ROM with Windows-based Microsoft Excel data. Designed for use in a buying course with a heavy math emphasis, activities involve the student solving merchandising problems by using computerized spreadsheets. This manual is designed to accompany the text Retail Buying, 2nd edition, also by Richard Clodfelter.

Antigone Kotsiopulos, Colorado State University Joan Anderson, Washington State University Jikyeong Kang-Park, Manchester Business School in England

Richard Clodfelter is associate professor with the College of Hospitality, Retail and Sport Management at the University of South Carolina. His articles and papers have received awards from several retailing and educational associations.

UK July 2008 • US May 2008 PB 9781563676758 • £48.00 / $95.00 240 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK October 2002 • US August 2002 PB 9781563672231 • £30.00 / $48.00 192 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

13

Making Buying Decisions 3rd Edition

Mathematics for Retail Buying, 5th Edition

Using the Computer as a Tool Richard Clodfelter

Bette K. Tepper

This text is designed for use in a buying course with a heavy math emphasis. The book first presents merchandising concepts in a simple, understandable way and shows students how they can use computerized spreadsheets to perform related merchandising math operations. Activities then ask the student to apply what they've learned by solving merchandising problems using spreadsheets that are included on the enclosed CD-Rom. Students will learn how the computer can help minimize the time it takes to perform repetitive calculations. By constructing and using spreadsheets for each mathematical operation, they will develop a better understanding of the merchandising concepts they're studying. This manual is designed to accompany the text Retail Buying, also by Richard Clodfelter.New to this Edition -- New and revised mathematical assignments -- Blank assignment forms included on the CD-Rom -- Increased coordination with companion text Retail Buying: From Basics to FashionCD­ROM Features­­ Microsoft Excel® spreadsheets containing formulas -- PC and Mac compatible -Instructor's Guide includes teaching suggestions, goals, & lecture outlines

This popular textbook/workbook meets the needs of students who will be directly or indirectly involved in the activities of merchandising and buying at the retail level. Tepper continues to delineate the essential concepts, practices, procedures, calculations and interpretations of figures that relate to the many factors that produce profit.

Bette K. Tepper was the Assistant Chairperson for the Business and Technology Division at the Fashion Institute of Technology for 30 years, where she remains a part-time associate professor in the fashion merchandising management department.

Richard Clodfelter is at the University of South Carolina.

UK September 2008 • US July 2008 PB 9781563676994 • £50.00 / $90.00 192 pages Fairchild Books

UK November 2001 • US September 2001 PB 9781563672934 • £46.00 / $75.00 360 pages Fairchild Books

Merchandise Buying and Management 3rd Edition

Merchandise Buying and Management, 2nd Edition

John Donnellan

John Donnellan

Merchandise Buying & Management, 3rd Edition, has been redesigned from top to bottom. Now in full color with all new illustrations, the text also has a brand new array of pedagogical features. This best-selling, comprehensive text covers the most current information on merchandising and retailing. Written for college-level courses dealing with retail buying and the management of retail inventories, the text covers topics relevant to future buyers and store-management personnel. The material is presented within the context of a contemporary retail environment.

The second edition of this best-selling, comprehensive text has been updated to contain the most current information on merchandising and retailing. Written for college-level courses dealing with retail buying and the management of retail inventories, the text covers topics relevant to future buyers and storemanagement personnel. The material is presented within the context of a contemporary retail environment.

John Donnellan is Dean of Business and Computer Information Systems at Holyoke Community College. For 20 years he held management, merchandising and sales promotions positions in various department and specialty stores. Donnellan frequently addresses trade and professional associations on current retailing topics.

UK August 2007 • US June 2007 HB 9781563675218 • £60.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609015664 • 512 pages Fairchild Books

UK February 2002 • US December 2001 HB 9781563671906 • £48.00 / $80.00 496 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

14

Using Computerized Spreadsheets

Apparel Production Management and the Technical Package

Mathematics for Retail Buying Linda M. Cushman

Paula J. Myers-McDevitt Using Computerized Spreadsheets: Mathematics for Retail Buying is a computer spreadsheet component for retail buying and merchandising mathematics students. Cushman demonstrates how to create, calculate and analyze using Microsoft Excel spreadsheets. A cross-platform CD-ROM is included for students to apply the lessons as they learn them in the book. This book is designed as a supplement to Mathematics for Retail Buying, Revised 5th Edition,

by Bette K. Tepper, but the concepts are easily adaptable to any text meant to cover the mathematical concepts associated with retail buying.

In today’s global apparel industry, garments that are designed domestically are often manufactured overseas. The technical package, a series of forms that define a garment’s specifications, is critical to ensuring that a particular style is executed correctly and in the most cost- and time-efficient manner possible. Apparel Production Management and the Technical Package presents the basics of production management and provides clear instructions for creating each component of a production package.

Linda M. Cushman serves as the Director and Department Chair of Retail Management and Consumer Studies at Syracuse University's College for Human Development. She is a member of both the American Collegiate Retailing Association and the International Textile and Apparel Association.

Paula J. Myers-McDevitt has taught at Cheney University, Immaculata University of Pennsylvania, and Harcum College. She has also worked in the industry as a Technical Design Manager for large corporations such as May Department Stores and Federated Department Stores. Paula has a Masters of Arts Degree in Fashion Merchandising.

UK October 2004 • US August 2004 PB 9781563673368 • £30.00 / $55.00 108 pages Fairchild Books

UK October 2010 • US August 2010 PB 9781563678691 • £45.00 / $85.00 Individual eBook 9781628924442 • £43.99 / $75.99 Library eBook 9781628923650 • £150.00 / $229.00 224 pages Fairchild Books

Industry Clothing Construction Methods

From Pencil to Pen Tool Understanding & Creating the Digital Fashion Image Wynn Armstrong, Jemi Armstrong & Lorrie Ivas

Mary Ruth Shields This text guides fashion students through the garment construction process and provides students in both fashion design and merchandising with the industry standard construction information that they will need to function effectively within design firms.

By focusing on garment construction techniques for various market levels—from budget (mass market) and moderate to bridge (or better) and designer’s ready­to­wear—this text emphasizes the garment construction process as it exists in the industry today. Comparisons of construction methods used at different price points are an integral part of the text, with assembly techniques noted according to their affect on garment cost, quality, and production time. Flow charts and reference charts focus on industry methods, practice, and applications. Practice construction methods throughout the text reinforce students’ competency levels with industry­based sewing methods as opposed to traditional sewing practices.

Mary Ruth Shields is an adjunct professor at Lincoln College of New England.

UK October 2010 • US August 2010 PB 9781563677267 • £50.00 / $100.00 272 pages Fairchild Books

In today's fashion industry, the traditional skills of forecasting, cutting, sewing and drafting are no longer enough. Students must be able to transform their two-dimensional plans into computer-generated images. From Pencil to Pen Tool: Understanding Creating the Digital Fashion Image teaches Adobe PhotoShop CS and Illustrator CS techniques applicable to both fashion students entering the field and established fashion-industry professionals seeking to stay current with technology. This book includes technical instruction about sketching and image production, as well as practical advice about creating a computer-generated portfolio and entering the fashion marketplace. Instructor's Guide available on request

Jemi Armstrong teaches various fashion sketching, illustration and computer design classes at Santa Monica College, Woodbury University and American InterContinental University. She actively does fashion illustration for retail and manufacturing clients including Fred Segal and Michael Stars. In addition, Jemi has been involved in costume illustration for film and TV, digital illustration and web graphics. Armstrong appeared on the television show Awesome Interiors, which featured her three-dimensional art pieces and fashion furniture. Lorrie Ivas is Fashion cochair at American InterContinental University where she teaches Introduction to Fashion and was awarded the Outstanding Faculty of the Year award two years in a row. She is a member of the Fashion Group International and the Costume Council of the Los Angeles County Museum of Art. UK September 2006 • US July 2006 HB 9781563673641 • £50.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781628927276 • £190.00 / $291.00 416 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

15

Apparel Merchandising 2nd Edition

Computerized Patternmaking for Apparel Production

The Line Starts Here Jeremy A. Rosenau & David L. Wilson Apparel Merchandising: The Line Starts Here, 2nd Edition, is a comprehensive review of apparel merchandising from the perspective of the apparel producer. Rosenau and Wilson draw on their extensive backgrounds in the industry, covering men’s tailored clothing, men’s and women’s sportswear and activewear and children’s wear in both domestic and international markets. The text follows the evolution of the merchandising function with emphasis on product development and production efficiency, highlighting the philosophies of industry executives and the effective integration of the merchandising, marketing and manufacturing functions along the way.

Laura Nugent Computerized Patternmaking for Apparel Production takes a unique approach to learning Gerber AccuMark technology. This book includes all the procedures that the fashion industry uses to create a style and rush it to a factory for cutting and mass production. Through 20 lessons focusing on patternmaking, digitizing, grading, and marker making, students will grasp the cycle of apparel production from patternmaking to cutting. This book bridges the gap between knowing what the software functions do and applying them in today’s working environment.

Laura Nugent is at the Art Institute of New York.

Jeremy A. Rosenau is assistant professor at Philadelphia University, where he is coordinator of Fashion Apparel Management Program and a freshman advisor. He has served as president and board member of Childrenswear Manufacturers Association and as a board member for the Educational Foundation for the Fashion Industry. David L. Wilson is a former assistant professor and Director of Fashion and Apparel Programmes at Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science. His business experience has included positions in the fashion apparel industry ranging from corporate engineering director to president and CEO of several apparel companies.

UK September 2006 • US July 2006 HB 9781563674488 • £54.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781609012069 • £210.00 / $321.00 520 pages • illustrations, colour insert Fairchild Books

UK November 2008 • US September 2008 PB 9781563676192 • £58.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609018276 • £231.00 / $352.00 352 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

Beyond Design

CAD for Fashion Design and Merchandising

The Synergy of Apparel Product Development Myrna B. Garner & Sandra J. Keiser This practical text walks students through the preproduction processes of apparel product development from planning through forecasting, fabricating, developing silhouettes and specifications and pricing to sourcing. It demonstrates how these processes must be coordinated to get the right product to retail when consumers want it at a price they are willing to pay. Based on consultations with practitioners in some of the most successful and innovative firms in the fashion business, Beyond Design explains how apparel is developed in todays consumer-driven environment. The discussion of modern technology includes tools for supply chain management, CAD and mass customisation. The text covers evolving partnerships among textile suppliers, product developers, manufacturers and retailers, suggesting career possibilities for students in apparel manufacturing, design/patternmaking and merchandise management curriculums.

Sandra J. Keiser is associate professor and chairperson of the Fashion Department of Mount Mary College. She was a member of the planning committee for The Changing Shape of Fashion symposium in New York, planned in conjunction with the UN-sponsored 1999--International Year of Older Persons, and a speaker at the First International Conference on Rural Aging in 2000. Her product development knowledge stems from extensive research, consultation and collaboration with industry experts. Myrna B. Garner is associate professor in the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences at Illinois State University and a member of the Graduate Faculty. She has authored or co-authored articles for the Journal of Family and Consumer Sciences, the Journal of Women Aging and Clothing and Textiles Research Journal, among others.

UK April 2003 • US February 2003 HB 9781563672170 • £51.00 / $104.00 472 pages • illustrations, 4 pp colour section Fairchild Books

Stacy Stewart Smith Excellent computer graphics skills are now a prerequisite to make it in today's global apparel and accessories markets. This title allows students to immediately begin creating digital presentations using Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. Easy, at-aglance tutorials make this book ideal for the beginner or intermediate level student.

Stacy Stewart Smith is an Adjunct Assistant Professor of Fashion Design Art at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA, where he instructs the finer points of digital fashion design and technical specifications using Adobe Illustrator® and Adobe Photoshop®. He has been teaching computer art, illustration, fashion design and merchandising courses since 1998 and was Teacher of the Year (2000) during his lengthy post at the Wood Tobé­Coburn School of New York.

Smith is an accomplished fashion designer and fine art painter.

UK April 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781609010638 • £60.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9781628924480 • £52.99 / $89.99 Library eBook 9781628923667 • £190.00 / $291.00 592 pages • 1250 colour illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

16

U4ia for Apparel Design

Concepts of Pattern Grading

Kathryn E. Koch & Tanya Domina U4ia for Apparel Design is a user-friendly manual that illustrates the tools and techniques needed to become proficient in using Lectras computer aided design (CAD) program, U4ia 6.0. U4ia 6.0 is a product visualisation software programme currently used by many apparel and textile manufacturers and retailers, including Liz Claiborne and The Gap. This book, with accompanying CD-ROM, provides detailed instructions on how to use U4ia from creating a new canvas to using special shortcut tools.

Techniques for Manual and Computer Grading Carolyn L. Moore, Kathy K. Mullet & Margaret B. Prevatt Young This well-illustrated, step-by-step introduction to grading combines the theory of pattern grading with its practical applications. After presenting the x, y orientation to familiarize readers with the concepts of computer grading, the text takes a holistic approach, integrating anthropometry, size specifications, and grade guides into the grading process for women’s garments with emphasis on maintaining fit and style sense. Concepts are also applicable to grading men’s and children’s patterns. The 2nd Edition is user friendly, with completed grading charts and practice exercises spread throughout the chapters.

Kathryn E. Koch is a professor of Apparel Design at Central Michigan University. Koch is a member of the International Textile and Apparel Association, the American Association of Family and Consumer Sciences and the Computer Integrated Textile Design Association. Tanya Domina is a professor at Central Michigan University where she teaches courses in fashion merchandising, textiles and apparel. She is a member of the International Textile and Apparel Association, the National Economic Association and the American Collegiate Retailing Association.

Carolyn L. Moore is a previous instructor at Radford University.

Kathy K. Mullet is an associate professor at Oregon State University.

Margaret Prevatt Young is a designer at Wolff-Fording & Co.

UK January 2005 • US November 2004 PB 9781563672903 • £25.00 / $46.00 280 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

UK December 2008 • US October 2008 PB 9781563676970 • £50.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781628927283 • £190.00 / $291.00 240 pages Fairchild Books

The Real World Guide to Fashion Selling and Management

The Meanings of Dress 2nd Edition Edited by Susan O. Michelman, Kimberly A. Miller-Spillman & Mary Lynn Damhorst

Sar Perlman & Gerald J. Sherman Today’s fashion retail world is fast paced and based on quick transactions—so how does the art of personal selling stand out among the sea of flashy advertisements and slick commercials? Students often feel that selling is something that magically happens, and they find themselves unprepared when they’re on the job. But now, more than ever, the personal approach matters and can determine whether a product succeeds or fails. The Real World Guide to Fashion Selling & Management provides the essentials required for success in the industry: how salespeople define and locate their markets, the importance of developing and maintaining relationships with clients, techniques for top-notch sales presentations, basic professional dos and don’ts, dynamic "behind the label" success stories, and how to anticipate—not just keep up with—today’s global marketplace. The roles and expectations of sales managers are also detailed, from setting goals and targets to leading a successful, competitive sales force. Far from being a dirty word, selling is essential.

With this book, students will get real-world information they need to put their careers on the fast track.

Gerald J. Sherman teaches at Johnson and Wales University.

UK October 2006 • US August 2006 PB 9781563674211 • £54.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781609015756 • £210.00 / $321.00 320 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

This revised collection of articles from magazines, newspapers, books and journals expands the readers awareness and understanding of what dress is all about. The essays in The Meanings of Dress, 2nd Edition, illustrate essential topics, such as dress and sociology, cultural studies, gender, religion, modesty and technological changes. Design and merchandising students will gain insight into how and why consumers buy clothing and other products related to dress and will grasp ways to forecast future trends. The book serves all interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary course needs.

Mary Lynn Damhorst is associate professor of textiles and clothing at Iowa State University. She is a member of the International Textile and Apparel Association. Her research and teaching interests are focused on the social, psychological and communications aspects of dress and the body, consumer behavior and body image. Some of her papers have been published in Psychology and Marketing, the Journal of Family Issues and Symbolic Interaction, among others. Her current research topics include women's appearance in business roles, media and family influences on self-image and consumer use of technology for shopping.

Susan O. Michelman is assistant professor at the University of Massachusetts in the consumer studies department. Her areas of research are social and psychological aspects of dress, multi-cultural and cross cultural analyses of dress, and contemporary fashion and design. Kimberly Miller-Spillman is an associate professor in the Merchandising, Apparel, and Textiles Department of the University of Kentucky. She serves on the Editorial Board for the Clothing and Textiles Research Journal and has held leadership roles in the UK October 2004 • US August 2004 PB 9781563673665 • £45.00 / $78.00 576 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

17

The Language of Fashion Roland Barthes Edited by Michael Carter Translated by Andy Stafford & Andy Stafford "'It is the making of symbols that both enlightens and disturbs and in many ways this collection opens our eyes to the fashion myth - without destroying one of the most compelling of social fantasies.'Financial Times'For Barthes, words and objects have in common the organized capacity to say something; at the same time, since they are signs, words and objects have the bad faith always to appear natural to their consumer, as if what they say is eternal, true, necessary, instead of arbitrary, made, contingent.'Edward Said'Barthes's treatment of fashion in The Fashion System is his most elaborate attempt to reveal the little worlds of meaning enclosed in each nuance of social life. One is able to hear the voice of a sensitive and sensible critic who was alive to the symbolic vitality of the world.'New York Times'..the great student of signs'Edmund White'..a wily observer of 'naturalness' and the 'falsely obvious.' A vivid polemicist, Barthes has something too of the c" Roland Barthes, widely regarded as one of the most subtle and perceptive critics of the 20th Century, was particularly fascinated by fashion and clothing. The Language of Fashion brings together all Barthes' untranslated writings on fashion.The Language of Fashion presents a set of remarkable essays, revealing the breadth and insight of Barthes' long engagement with the history of clothes. The essays range from closely argued essays laying down the foundations for a structural and semiological analysis of clothing to a critical analysis of the significance of gemstones and jewellery, from an exploration of how the contrasting styles of Courrges and Chanel replayed the clash between ancient and modern to a discussion of the meaning of hippy style in Morocco, and from the nature of desire to the role of the dandy UK February 2006 • US February 2006 PB 9781845203801 • £11.99 / $19.95 HB 9781845203795 • £48.00 / $99.95 208 pages • bibliography, index Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

20th-Century Dress in the United States Jane Farrell-Beck & Jean Parsons The 20th Century was a fast-paced race into modernization—but how did it affect what we wear?

From revolutionary politics to the new machine age, from war and depression to growth and prosperity, 20th-Century Dress in the United States shows how fashion goes hand-in-hand with history. The authors examine American dress from 1898 to 2004 and find innovation at every turn. Diversity and complexity are key: far from the fashion stereotypes embodied by popular ideas of "the Twenties" or "the Sixties"—periods noted for their youthful upheaval and influence—we see how every era has its conformists and rebels, from the Arrow Collar Man and the Gibson Girl to flappers, bellbottom-clad hippies, and Jackie Kennedy. Each chapter explores the social, cultural, economic, artistic, and technological themes that shape fashion in both festive and everyday clothing. Changes in retailing and manufacturing are also examined, from the sweatshops of yesterday to the Internet shopping of today. From high fashion to low, glitz to grunge, this vivid and comprehensive book explains what we wear on our backs—and why.

Jane Farrell-Beck and Jean Parsons teach at Iowa State University. Sar Perlman is a veteran writer and journalist and partner at Sherman, Perlman, & Associates.

UK June 2007 • US April 2007 PB 9781563674150 • £41.00 / $80.00 320 pages • illustrations, 16 pp colour section Fairchild Books

Visceral Cosmopolitanism

Contemporary Jewellers

Gender, Culture and the Normalisation of Difference Mica Nava

Interviews with European Artists Roberta Bernabei

"'Visceral Cosmopolitanism is highly recommended for students, providing historical specificity, insight and argument.

This significant and ethical study offers the reader a real sense of hope in a field notorious for its tricky questions.' Times Higher Education'Mica Nava's explorations, sustained over many years, of neglected yet mundane features of relations and attitudes regarding the 'other' in Britain, is an important contribution to the analyses which challenge the reduction of the race question to a simple black and white issue. Her focus on the visceral and the vernacular in cosmopolitanism is a timely corrective to the abstract generalisations which today feed a resurgence of the demonisation of the other as part of geopolitical strategies for the securitisation of society.'Couze Venn, Nottingham Trent Univerity'In this readable and provocative book, Mica Nava traces a persistent expression of domestic cosmopolitanism in London throughout the twentieth century. Vi"

This book offers an essential reference for anyone interested in contemporary European jewellery design. Through guided conversations with the major designers of today, Roberta Bernabei reveals the creative, conceptual and technical working practices that underpin the aesthetic of each practitioner's work. In addition, the dialogues shed new light on these jewellers' inspiration and their ideas about functionality and the human body.

Cultural theorist Mica Nava makes an original and significant contribution to the study of cosmopolitanism by exploring everyday English urban cosmopolitanism and foregrounding the gendered, imaginative and empathetic aspects of positive engagement with cultural and racial difference. By looking at a wide range of texts, events and biographical narratives, she traces cosmopolitanism from its marginal status at the beginning of the twentieth century to its relative normalisation today.

Case studies include the promotion of cosmopolitanism by Selfridges before the first world war; relationships between white English women and 'other' men -- Jews and black GIs -- during the 1930s and 1940s; literary, cinematic and social science representations of migrants in postcolonial Britain; and Diana and Dodi's interracial romance in the 1990s. In the final chapter, the author draws on her own complex family history to illustrate the contemporary cosmopolitan London UK September 2007 • US September 2007 PB 9781845202439 • £21.99 / $35.95 HB 9781845202422 • £58.00 / $114.95 Library eBook 9781847883438 • £66.00 / $106.00 224 pages • 10 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

Each interview is supported by photographs, a detailed bibliography and an appendix that locates the jewellers' work in galleries, museums as well as online. Major jewellery artists present include: Giampaolo Babetto, Gijs Bakker, Otto Künzli, Ruudt Peters, Mario Pinton and Tone Vigeland, alongside members of the emergent generation: Ted Noten, Annamaria Zanella and Christoph Zellweger. This book, which opens the door to contemporary jewellery practice, will be welcomed by all students, lecturers and practitioners.

Roberta Bernabei is a lecturer in the School of Arts at Loughborough University. She is also a jewellery maker whose work has been exhibited at various

UK July 2011 • US July 2011 PB 9781845207700 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845207694 • £60.00 / $99.95 288 pages • 28 colour and 100 bw illustrations Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

18

Model Drawing Bina Abling This book and accompanying CD-ROM are a complete step-by-step guide to fashion model drawing.

Expanding on Chapter 3 of Fashion Sketchbook, 3rd edition, Abling explains and decodes the process of sketching women, men and children in accordance with fashion industry standards, while still leaving room for the students own aesthetic interpretation.

Numerous photos and detailed illustrations accompany simple, easy-to-follow instructions. The addition of grids for practice drawings throughout each chapter makes Model Drawing both a textbook and workbook.

Bina Abling teaches in the Fashion Design departments of FIT and Parsons School of Design in New York City. She is the author of Fashion Sketchbook, 4th Edition, Advanced Fashion Sketchbook, Model Drawing, and Marker Rendering for Fashion, Accessories and Interior Design.

Bina's knowledge and experience comes from 10 years in the fashion industry and 15 years of teaching.

Practical Guide to Patternmaking for Fashion Designers: Juniors, Misses and Women Lori A. Knowles The Practical Guide to Patternmaking for Fashion Designers: Juniors, Misses, and Women offers an indepth look into the techniques and theories of pattern drafting for women’s garments. Covering a wide variety of styles, textiles, and sizes, this book is useful for a wide range of pattern courses from introductory to advanced. It provides a sound introduction to the concepts and the processes of patternmaking, as well as a more advanced analysis of style and design. The author offers helpful techniques on taking measurements and adjusting the fit of garments for all body sizes, patterns, and types of fabrics.

Lori A. Knowles worked for 13 years as a patternmaker and production manager for Marie Clayden Inc. in Los Gatos, CA, and taught for nine years at West Valley College in the department of Fashion Design and Apparel Technology. She has had a consuming interest in vintage clothing and costuming since childhood and possesses a large Edwardian and Victorian clothing collection that includes pieces dating back to the 1840s.

UK June 2003 • US May 2003 PB 9781563672750 • £30.00 / $55.00 Library eBook 9781628927511 • £110.00 / $168.00 224 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK August 2005 • US June 2005 PB 9781563673283 • £30.00 / $55.00 504 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Practical Guide to Patternmaking for Fashion Designers: Menswear

Entrepreneurship in Action A Retail Store Simulation Rosalie J. Regni & Jimmie G. Anderson

Lori A. Knowles The Practical Guide to Patternmaking for Fashion Designers: Menswear offers patternmaking techniques for a variety of garment styles and includes information on sizing, lining and a variety of fabrics. Covering everything from casual to tailored designs, it can serve both as an introduction to the pattern-drafting skills necessary for menswear and as a more in-depth treatment of patternmaking techniques. The guide covers the patternmaking process for an array of menswear garments, as well as the accompanying theories and concepts.

Lori A. Knowles worked for 13 years as a patternmaker and production manager for Marie Clayden Inc. in Los Gatos,CA, and taught for nine years at West Valley College in the department of Fashion Design and Apparel Technology. She has had a consuming interest in vintage clothing and costuming since childhood and possesses a large Edwardian and Victorian clothing collection that includes pieces dating back to the 1840s.

UK November 2005 • US September 2005 PB 9781563673290 • £30.00 / $55.00 224 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Many design students dream of opening a retail store of their own, but the actual process of starting their own business can be quite daunting.

Entrepreneurship in Action: A Retail Store Simulation provides an opportunity to practice all the steps necessary to conceptualize, develop, open, and finally operate a business in the safe and nurturing environment of the classroom. As they prepare to open their simulated retail business, students learn how to develop a product and product niche, conduct market research, and find funding and a good location for their store. Most important, when they reach the end of the book, they will have written a complete business plan in a format suitable for submission to a bank or other lending institution. This book brings your enterprising students one step closer to making their dream a reality.

Each chapter begins with learning objectives and explains a concept, as well as addresses questions that an entrepreneur would need to ask.

An assignment follows that directs the students to think creatively to apply the theoretical knowledge previously introduced. The simulation thus pulls together the content as well as the format of a well-conceived business plan.

Rosalie J. Regni is an assistant professor at Virginia Commonwealth University.

Jimmie G. Anderson is retired and currently volunteers his time to the Department of Fashion Design and Merchandising at Virginia Commonwealth University.

UK December 2008 • US October 2008 PB 9781563675959 • £54.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781628927764 • £210.00 / $321.00 432 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

19

Basics Fashion Management 01: Concept to Customer

Fashion Buying From Trend Forecasting to Shop Floor David Shaw & Dimitri Koumbis

Virginia Grose "I will be recommending this book to my class for spring. I will be suggesting students purchase some other books from the Basics series as well ... I like the case studies and interviews included in the books." Mitzi Cook, Appalachian State University, USA Highlighting the skills and considerations needed to manage products, this book will also help readers to understand processes such as product development, the supply chain and branding.

It examines traditional and newer roles within the industry, discussing the roles of buyers, retailers and merchandisers. Interviews, photographs and case studies combine to make this an exciting and current career guide.

Virginia Grose has over 25 years' experience in the fashion industry.

Originally trained as a fashion designer, she gained her professional experience with Courtaulds in the supply chain and product development sectors. She has worked with a range of international clients such as Marks & Spencer and Wal-Mart. She is currently course leader in MA Fashion Business Management at the University of Westminster, UK.

"This is a great book for all interested in a career in Fashion Buying - and covers all the basics involved. I will definitely use this text with my own students." Virginia Grose, Principal Lecturer, University of Westminster, London Featuring insightful interviews with successful fashion creatives alongside business case studies, Shaw uniquely looks at what fashion buying entails in terms of the activities, processes and people involved — from the perspective of the fashion buyer. It breaks down the five key areas of buying activity for those wishing to pursue a career in the industry; crucially exploring the role of the fashion buyer, sources of buying inspiration, sourcing and communication, merchandise planning, and trends in fashion buying. Exercises and activities also enable you to apply your knowledge of the subject as you work through the book.

DAVID SHAW worked in fashion buying for over 20 years for some of the UK’s largest fashion retailers, and is now an academic, consultant trainer and writer. DIMITRI KOUMBIS worked in visual merchandising for more than 15 years for many fast-fashion retailers and currently teaches courses in Fashion Merchandising and Marketing at the Art Institute, New York, USA.

David Shaw worked in fashion buying for over 20 years for some of the UK’s largest fashion retailers. A pioneer of several of the first fashion buying courses, David is now an academic, consultant trainer and writer.

UK November 2011 PB 9782940411849 • £23.50 Library eBook 9782940447398 • £69.00 / $111.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Management AVA Publishing

UK October 2013 • US December 2013 PB 9782940411689 • £23.99 / $44.95 Library eBook 9782940447541 • £72.00 / $116.00 176 pages • 120 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Management Fairchild Books

Sustainable Fashion: Why Now?

Uncovering Fashion

A conversation exploring issues, practices, and possibilities Edited by Connie Ulasewicz & Janet Hethorn "'Sustainable Fashion: Why Now? is a critical read for anyone with ties to the fashion industry: designers, marketers, product developers, retailers, teachers, students, and consumers that want to become involved with balancing the fashion desires of the individual with the need to be a steward of our environment.'Fashion Practice" Through a collection of essays, Sustainable Fashion: Why Now? examines the issues of sustainability that designers, product developers, and consumers confront as they create, wear, and recycle clothing and fashion. Through a lively range of perspectives, the contributors discuss new ideas for producing fashion with organic or renewable resources using socially responsible manufacturing techniques. Divided into three sections, this book provides an interconnected way to explore sustainable fashion through people, processes, and the environment.

Fashion Communications Across the Media Marian Frances Wolbers Fashion depends on visuals. When we see something we like, we respond to its color, line, form, and eyeappeal. Communicating about fashion demands much more, though. It involves a wide range of media including words—printed, spoken, and electronically transmitted. "Fashion communications" refers not only to monthly fashion magazines, but also to every facet of information relating to fashion—from names of colors at the dye factory to the latest runway reviews on fashion Web sites. Uncovering Fashion uses a systematic approach to reveal the fashion industry’s underlying network of communications. Focusing on the key areas of manufacturing, business, sales, advertising, and representation in the media, Wolbers uses a who-what-where-why-and-how approach to engage critical thinking, inspire creativity, and explore all the media serving fashion.

Marian Frances Wolbers is an instructor at Albright College.

Janet Hethorn, University of Delaware Connie Ulasewicz, San Francisco State University Foreword by Yvon Chouinard, Founder and Owner of Patagonia, Inc.

UK June 2008 • US April 2008 PB 9781563675348 • £50.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781609014070 • £181.00 / $277.00 488 pages Fairchild Books

UK June 2009 • US April 2009 PB 9781563676154 • £55.00 / $105.00 320 pages • 8 pp colour section Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

20

Who's Who in Fashion 5th Edition

Experiential Retailing

Holly Price Alford & Anne Stegemeyer Students of fashion design are eager to explore the history of their chosen field as well as keep up with new and emerging designers. Who’s Who in Fashion captures the energy, drama, and excitement of the luminaries who make up the world of fashion. Profiles include design philosophies, mentors, and sources of inspiration, tracing the careers of many of the men and women who have contributed to fashion. Not only are today’s major figures and legendary designers of the past profiled, but lesserknown people and newcomers worth watching are as well. Also included are a sampling of interesting nonconformists—free spirits who prefer to work off the main fashion path. The picture would not be complete without the style-makers, those with an instinct and an eye for fashion, who interpret it for the public: the editors, photographers, artists, fashion writers, and promoters.

Concepts and Strategies That Sell Pauline Sullivan, Youn-Knung Kim & Judith Forney Taking an innovative and interdisciplinary approach, Experiential Retailing moves beyond the traditional model of product assortment. It examines the history of retailing and consumption, and how cultural attitudes have changed over time. Different types of shopping experiences are described, and anecdotes and illustrations demonstrate strategies for success. Incisive, sensory, and entertaining, the text provides exciting new concepts for understanding this global phenomenon.

Holly Price Alford is an assistant professor at Virginia Commonwealth University.

Anne Stegemeyer is a freelance writer and fashion specialist.

UK February 2010 • US December 2009 PB 9781563677106 • £50.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781609012496 • £181.00 / $277.00 496 pages • full colour + illus Fairchild Books

UK August 2007 • US June 2007 HB 9781563673993 • £55.00 / $100.00 480 pages Fairchild Books

The Rise of Fashion and Lessons Learned at Bergdorf Goodman

Marketing Fashion A Global Perspective Patricia Mink Rath, Richard Petrizzi & Penny Gill

Ira Neimark "No matter what changes in fashion, the lessons Ira Neimark taught me will always be in style." Michael Kors From lavish events attended by high-profile personalities such as Princess Diana, Margaret Thatcher, Jacqueline Onassis, and Yves Saint Laurent to the latest creative ventures of Marc Jacobs, Donna Karan, Michael Kors, and Donald Trump, Ira Neimark, the legendary leader of fashion luxury retail, recounts how he and his talented fashion and merchandising team brought Bergdorf Goodman to its leadership position—an approach, he shows, that continues to inform the most successful designers and business leaders today. While his personal anecdotes focus on how and why Bergdorf helped build the fashion industry during one of the most exciting periods in its history—the late sixties through the early nineties—the author also shares his views on how contemporary retailers have increased profits by skimping on service, resulting in the loss of customer loyalty.

The Rise of Fashion and Lessons Learned at Bergdorf Goodman is a valuable resource for anyone who aspires to succeed in the business of luxury fashion.

This is the first text to engagingly present marketing theories and practices as they specifically relate to apparel, home goods and other design-driven products. Topics covered include: consumer and organizational buy behaviour, market research, market segmentation, production planning and positioning, pricing, retailer relationships and additional classic marketing theories and practices as they relate to design. Fashion Marketing also explores contemporary issues such as technology, social responsibility and ethics, sustainability and globalization in depth and considers effective strategies for various economic climates.

Patricia Mink Rath is a consultant in marketing education in Winnetka, Illinois. She teaches courses in consumer behavior, fashion merchandising, and retail buying.

Richard Petrizzi is an Associate Professor in the Marketing and Management Department at the Illinois Institute of Art, Chicago.

Penny Gill is is President of PWG Communications Inc., White Plains, NY.

Ira Neimark is a legendary retail executive whose career spans several decades. As Chairman and CEO of Bergdorf Goodman he set records for the company over 17 years of his masterful leadership.

The author is director of Hermès of Paris and director emeritus of The UK December 2011 • US October 2011 HB 9781609013189 • £20.00 / $39.95 Library eBook 9781501300073 • £69.00 / $106.00 322 pages Fairchild Books

UK July 2012 • US May 2012 PB 9781609010782 • £70.00 / $125.00 Library eBook 9781609019297 • £251.00 / $383.00 528 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

21

The World of Fashion

The Dynamics of Fashion 2nd edition

Jay Diamond & Ellen Diamond The World of Fashion is the essential source for students who want to understand the fashion industry. Starting with an introduction to the history of fashion and its evolving role within the global marketplace, each chapter focuses on an aspect of the industry, from consumer behavior and fashion trends to textiles, product development, manufacturing, and merchandising. Each chapter has been fully updated to include new information and updated artwork. Fashion history has been updated to include current events and an added discussion of portfolio preparation provides complete coverage of careers in fashion. Unique chapters on the multicultural consumer and outsourcing fashion design, production, and management plus coverage of important industry trends such as social responsibility, ecoconsciousness, social networking reflect the current state of the fashion industry.

Elaine Stone This text provides the foundation for a wide range of careers in the fashion business. Incorporating the experience of the author and her five earlier editions of Fashion Merchandising: An Introduction, this book covers product development, home fashions, retailing strategies, and examines how communication trends and technological advances impact the fashion world.

Elaine Stone is Professor Emerita of Fashion Merchandising Management and Coordinator of The Enterprise Center at the Fashion Institute of Technology, where she has taught for over 25 years.

Jay Diamond is Professor Emeritus at Nassau Community College, USA, where he served as the Chair of the Fashion, Marketing, and Retailing Department as well as the Dean of Business. His honors include the Distinguished Professor of the State University of New York, as well as the first Distinguished Achievement Award at Nassau Community College. Diamond has written numerous textbooks on fashion, retailing, and marketing.

Ellen Diamond is Professor Emerita at Nassau Community College in the Fashion, Marketing, and Retailing Department. She is an internationally recognized artist specializing in original acrylics on canvas and giclee prints. Her works are in public and private collections throughout the world.

UK March 2013 • US January 2013 PB 9781609015275 • £75.00 / $120.00 720 pages • 325 colour illus Fairchild Books

UK October 2003 • US August 2003 HB 9781563672804 • £64.00 / $104.00 528 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

The Dynamics of Fashion 3rd Edition

Going Global The Textile and Apparel Industry Grace I. Kunz & Myrna B. Garner

Elaine Stone Fashion today is fast-paced, technologically savvy, and global—and this 3rd Edition of The Dynamics of Fashion has been updated accordingly. Featuring the latest facts, figures, and theories in fashion development, production, and merchandising, as well as a brand new chapter on the history of fashion, this book provides a broad foundation for students hoping to become a part of the industry. Apparel, accessories, cosmetics, home fashions, green design and more are explored in detail, while hundreds of examples make the business aspect fun. Fresh, forward, challenging and comprehensive, Elaine Stone’s classic text is for those in fashion who want to be both in the now and in the know.

Going Global: The Textile and Apparel Industry, 2nd Edition, examines the global sourcing of textiles and apparel in the context of corporate responsibility for the sustainability of supply chains. Tackling complex political, economic, and labor issues, the text explores how, what, when, where, and under what circumstances merchandise is developed, produced, acquired, and consumed on a global basis.

Grace I. Kunz is Professor Emeritus at Iowa State University.

Myrna B. Garner is Professor Emeritus at Illinois State University.

Elaine Stone is Professor Emerita at the Fashion Institute of Technology.

UK October 2008 • US October 2008 HB 9781563676864 • £64.00 / $112.00 640 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

UK March 2011 • US January 2011 PB 9781609011062 • £55.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609017361 • £202.00 / $308.00 464 pages • 8pp colour illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

22

The World of Fashion 4th Edition

Dress and Society Jane E. Workman & Beth W. Freeburg

Jay Diamond & Ellen Diamond Redesigned, updated, and now in full color, The World of Fashion, 4th Edition, is the essential source for students seeking to understand the fashion industry. Starting with an introduction to fashion’s history and its evolving role within the global marketplace, this book provides in-depth coverage of the design, manufacturing and merchandising segments of the fashion apparel and textile industries.

Jay Diamond is professor of marketing,retailing and fashion at Nassau Community College where he teaches courses on fashion and retailing.

He has received such honors as Distinguished Professor of the State University of New York, and the first Distinguished Achievement Award at Nassau Community College. He has written textbooks on retailing, fashion, and related subjects and is co-creator and writer of a video series on fashion retailing. Ellen Diamond is an adjunct member of the marketing, retailing, and fashion at Nassau Community College. Her paintings and lithographs are featured in galleries across the United States, and she received the honor of membership to the National Association for Women Artists. She is also an author and coauthor of textbooks on fashion retailing and visual merchandising, and she cocreated and wrote a video series on fashion retailing.

Understanding the social expectations and meanings associated with dress is critical to a successful career in fashion. Just as critical is familiarity with research techniques to capture the history of fashion trends.

Dress and Society fulfills these requirements by presenting a socio-lo-gical perspective on how people dress and a research perspective on how to develop and appreciate research skills. Analyzing dress as an individual social behavior enables students to draw connections between their own lives and different styles of dress. Concepts such as gender, religion, race, education, cultural norms, and violations of cultural norms are thoroughly discussed. By starting each chapter with a headline from mass media, engaging the students in lively discussion, and presenting research with practical applications, the content becomes enjoyable and memorable for students.

Jane E. Workman is a professor at Southern Illinois University, Carbondale.

Beth W. Freeburg is an associate professor and Interim Department Chair of the Department of Workforce Education and Development at Southern Illinois University.

UK January 2008 • US November 2007 HB 9781563675676 • £67.00 / $110.00 624 pages • 300 colour photographs Fairchild Books

UK December 2008 • US October 2008 PB 9781563676260 • £58.00 / $100.00 400 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Men's Fashion Reader

Survey of Historic Costume

Edited by Andrew Reilly & Sarah Cosbey "Invaluable contributions to the field of fashion, dress and textile studies." Social Anthropology/Anthropologie Sociale With Men’s Fashion Reader, students of fashion have a resource to help them understand an important, yet sometimes neglected, segment of the apparel industry: menswear. Design and merchandising students learn how and why men buy clothing and how to forecast future trends. Addressing the social, cultural, and psychological phenomenon of men’s dress, the readings blend consumer behavior and history to create a better understanding of men’s fashion. This book is a must­read for the well­ rounded fashionista, designer, merchandiser, or fashion scholar.

Andrew Reilly, University of Hawaii Manoa Sarah Cosbey, Northern Illinois University

UK September 2008 • US July 2008 PB 9781563675362 • £48.00 / $95.00 560 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Phyllis G. Tortora & Keith Eubank Survey of Historic Costume, 5th Edition, which now includes a free student Study Guide, presents a thorough overview of Western dress from the ancient world to the trends of today. Each chapter presents social, cross-cultural, environmental, geographic, and artistic influences on clothing. With visuals, illustrated tables, and in-depth discussions, readers come to recognize recurring themes and concepts and understand the role of dress from a diverse, global perspective. This book is perfect for students, instructors, fashion industry professionals, and anyone interested in historic costume, fashion, art, and design.

Phyllis G. Tortora is Professor Emerita at Queens College, The City University of New York.

Keith Eubank is Professor Emeritus at Queens College, The City University of New York.

UK August 2009 • US June 2009 HB 9781563678066 • £80.00 / $130.00 Library eBook 9781609012151 • £262.00 / $400.00 704 pages • full colour + illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

23

Research Methods for the Fashion Industry

Fashion Entrepreneurship Retail Business Planning Michele M. Granger & Tina Sterling

Judy Zaccagnini Flynn & Irene M. Foster Research Methods for the Fashion Industry provides readers with a comprehensive look into the skills and techniques required for conducting research. The text is designed for the most effective teaching and retention of the lessons contained in it, using the tried-and-true methods of learning. Discussing the principles of research methods as they apply to fashion, each chapter is divided into three sections: theory, practice, and application. After finishing this text, readers will be able to conduct a research project and analyze the results using critical thinking skills.

An informative and useful resource for students, this book can also serve as a reference for industry professionals.

Written by entrepreneurs, for entrepreneurs, Fashion Entrepreneurship: Retail Business Planning, 2nd Edition, serves as a step-by-step guide to starting a fashion retail business. In addition to exploring entrepreneurship, management, and market segmentation, the text covers tactical elements such as financial statements, cash flow, accessing capital, merchandising, and creating a store on the Web. Using a hypothetical business plan that builds progressively with each chapter, the book offers a real-world practical framework for building a successful retail venture and creating a business plan. Profiles of successful entrepreneurs and exercises allow readers to apply the process to their own concepts.

Judy Zaccagnini Flynn is a professor at Framingham State College.

Irene M. Foster is a professor and Coordinator of Fashion Design and Retailing in the Consumer Sciences Department at Framingham State College.

Michele M. Granger, PhD, ITAA, is a full professor in the Fashion and Interior Design Department, College of Business Administration, at Missouri State University. She has authored six textbooks with expertise in the areas of fashion merchandising, internships, and entrepreneurship.

UK May 2009 • US March 2009 PB 9781563676338 • £58.00 / $110.00 352 pages Fairchild Books

UK October 2011 • US August 2011 PB 9781609011345 • £50.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781609014889 • £190.00 / $291.00 392 pages • 2 colour Fairchild Books

Retailing in the Twenty-First Century 2nd Edition

Silent Selling Best Practices and Effective Strategies in Visual Merchandising Judith Bell & Kate Ternus

Jay Diamond & Sheri Litt Retailing in the Twenty-First Century introduces students to the field of retailing with the most current retailing principles and practices. This comprehensive text covers such current shifts as retailers expanding into overseas markets and others repositioning themselves to respond to the latest merchandising and management trends. More and more retailers are reconsidering their customer bases and are focusing on multicultural consumer segments instead of merely relying on the "one size fits all" philosophy of the past. It is vital that both those already in the field and students who will soon enter the field be aware of the retailing principles and practices covered in this textbook.

Capturing the direction and evolution of today’s retail industry, Silent Selling: Best Practices and Effective Strategies in Visual Merchandising, 4th Edition, is a multi-disciplinary blend of practical activities and creative problem-solving that takes readers beyond the basics of visual merchandising. Readers gain an understanding of experts’ recent discoveries and learn valuable techniques while being encouraged to think outside the box using Bell’s "Look­Compare­Innovate" model. With these informational tools, students can learn to create and deliver professional presentations that will facilitate their move from the classroom to the workplace.

Jay Diamond is Professor Emeritus at Nassau Community College. Sheri Littis Chair of the Retailing Program at Florida Community College in Jacksonville.

Judith Bell is the Group Manager of Creative Merchandising Solutions for Target. She is in her 22nd year at the corporation where she offers inspiration to presentation, product development, and merchant teams.

In 2010, Bell was voted one of the top ten 'Retail Design Influencers' by colleagues nationwide and in 2006 was named a 'Retail Design Luminary' at the Dynamic Date Inc. (DDI) Portfolio event.

UK May 2009 • US March 2009 HB 9781563677052 • £75.00 / $130.00 Library eBook 9781609015701 • £262.00 / $400.00 512 pages • Full colour + illustrations Fairchild Books

UK August 2011 • US June 2011 PB 9781609011536 • £55.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609017392 • £202.00 / $308.00 448 pages • full color Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

24

The Fairchild Dictionary of Retailing 2nd Edition

Visual Merchandising and Display Martin M. Pegler

Rona Ostrow This edition of The Fairchild Dictionary of Retailing clearly defines terms commonly used in all parts of the retail industry, from retail advertising to merchandising and displays. This comprehensive reference for students and faculty in all retailing and merchandising programs lists over 10,000 terms alphabetically with extensive cross-referencing.

Global terms used in the retailing industry, including descriptions of retail market structures of countries around the world, are covered. This up-to-date reference book also includes important legislation related to the retail industry, government agencies, and merchandise marts, new terms related to the e-retailing business, extensive Internet resources, and a bibliography.

As long as there are shoppers, there will be a need for visual merchandising. Zeroing in on all aspects of the craft—from classic techniques to the most avant­ garde developments, Visual Merchandising and Display, 6th Edition, teaches readers to present products at their best: color-coordinated, accessorized, and self-explanatory. Hundreds of examples from around the world demonstrate how retailers can reach their target markets by adding interest to window and interior displays.

This new edition of the best-selling text also includes sections on sustainability, offering tips for "green" presentation. This book serves as a "how to" for creating a visual look and feel for a brand and optimizing images.

Rona Ostrow, Lehman College.

Martin M. Pegler has been in the field of visual merchandising and store design for over fifty years and has authored and edited more than seventy books. He is an international lecturer on Display, Visual Merchandising and Store Design and an editor of the quarterly publication, Retail Design International.

UK September 2008 • US July 2008 HB 9781563673443 • £35.00 / $65.00 Library eBook 9781628927252 • £130.00 / $198.00 480 pages Fairchild Books

UK August 2011 • US June 2011 PB 9781609010843 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609014469 • £222.00 / $339.00 432 pages • full colour Fairchild Books

Brand/Story

Beyond Design

Ralph, Vera, Johnny, Billy, and Other Adventures in Fashion Branding Joseph Hancock

The Synergy of Apparel Product Development Sandra J. Keiser & Myrna B. Garner

Brand/Story: Ralph, Vera, Johnny, Billy, and Other Adventures in Fashion Branding examines how a retailer, manufacturer, or designer label grabs an individual’s interest. Fashion branding is not just about specific products. For consumers, branding tells the story and creates the identity for a product, a person, and a company. Brand/Story looks at what a fashion brand is about and why companies advertise the way they do. It enables the reader to think critically about branding—both the medium and the message—and not simply take advertisements and brands at face value.

This practical text takes students step-by-step through the pre-production processes of apparel product development: planning, forecasting, fabricating, line development, technical design, pricing and sourcing. Now in full colour, this Third Edition includes a greater focus on sustainability and business ethics, fast fashion calendars and their impact on product development, and the effect of social media on design and distribution.

Sandra J. Keiser is associate professor and chairperson of the Fashion Department of Mount Mary College.

Joseph Hancock is an assistant professor at Drexel University.

Myrna B. Garner is associate professor in the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences at Illinois State University and a member of the Graduate Faculty.

UK August 2009 • US June 2009 PB 9781563676222 • £55.00 / $95.00 240 pages Fairchild Books

UK August 2012 • US June 2012 PB 9781609012267 • £74.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609017453 • £231.00 / $352.00 624 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

25

Fashion

Guide to Producing a Fashion Show

The Industry and Its Careers Michele M. Granger Fashion: The Industry and Its Careers offers a thorough and informative exploration of fashion careers, including designer, textile manufacturer, retailer, wholesaler, illustrator, model, product developer, journalist, publicist, trend forecaster and more. Students will earn what to expect from the job, the education and training required for each position, how to advance to a management role, how each job relates to the industry as a whole and where each career is headed in the future.

Michele M. Granger, EdD, ITAA, is a Full Professor in the Fashion and Interior Design Department, College of Business Administration, at Missouri State University. She has authored seven textbooks with expertise in the areas of fashion merchandising, internships, and entrepreneurship. In addition to academics, Granger has worked in the industry as a buyer, manufacturer's representative, specialty store owner, and currently as a presenter and consultant.

Judith C. Everett & Kristen K. Swanson "I love the writing style. Not only does it interest and excite the students, this is the ONE book they keep and refer back to!" Diane Ellis, Meredith College, USA Guide to Producing a Fashion Show is the definitive source of information for anyone interested in fashion show production. All aspects of fashion show production are covered including: reasons to produce a show, planning, model selection, merchandise selection, staging and music, budgeting, show preparation, execution, and evaluation. The third edition is up to date with behindthe-scenes examples and expanded coverage of technology, the internet and social media, training amateur models and how to set up and run a dressing room. Whether the reader is experienced or a novice this text provides a step-by-step process for how to plan, organize, promote and execute an exciting fashion show.

Judith C. Everett is Emeritus Professor of Merchandising in the School of Communication at Northern Arizona University, USA, where she taught a wide range of merchandising courses including merchandise buying, merchandise math, fashion show production, historic dress, international buying, and professional practices.

Kristen K. Swanson is a Professor of Merchandising in the School of Communication at Northern Arizona University, USA. As a Fairchild Books author, she has written books on event planning, fashion promotion, and the writing process.

UK May 2012 • US March 2012 PB 9781609012250 • £60.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781609017255 • £210.00 / $321.00 496 pages Fairchild Books

UK March 2013 • US January 2013 PB 9781609015060 • £55.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781609018047 • £202.00 / $308.00 320 pages • 133 illus Fairchild Books

Japanese Fashion Designers

Basics Fashion Management 01: Fashion Merchandising

The Work and Influence of Issey Miyake, Yohji Yamamoto and Rei Kawakubo Bonnie English "A comprehensive synthesis of the works and careers of the three Japanese designers who revolutionized the Western fashion world...

This is a must read for anyone interested in Japanese fashion." Yuniya Kawamura, Associate Professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology/State University of New York Over the past 40 years, Japanese designers have led the way in aligning fashion with art and ideology, as well as addressing identity and social politics through dress. They have demonstrated that both creative and commercial enterprise is possible in today's international fashion industry, and have refused to compromise their ideals, remaining autonomous and independent in their design, business affairs and distribution methods. The inspirational Miyake, Yamamoto and Kawakubo have gained worldwide respect and admiration and have influenced a generation of designers and artists alike.

Based on twelve years of research, this book provides a richly detailed and uniquely comprehensive view of the work of these three key designers. It outlines their major contributions and the subsequent impact that their work has had upon the next generation of fashion and textile designers around the world.

Designers discussed include: Issey Miyake, Yohji Yamamoto, Rei Kawakubo, Naoki Takizawa, Dai Fujiwara, Junya Watanabe, Tao Kurihara, Jun Takahashi, Yoshiki Hishinuma, Junichi Arai, Reiko Sudo & the Nuno Corporation, Makiko Minagawa, Hiroshi Matsushita, Martin Margiela, Ann Demeulemeester, Dries Van Noten, Walter Van Beirendonck, Dirk Bikkembergs, Alexander McQueen, Hussein Chalayan and Helmut Lang.

UK August 2011 • US October 2011 PB 9781847883100 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847883117 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857850546 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853134 • £54.00 / $87.00 192 pages • 24 colour & 40 bw illus Berg Publishers

Virginia Grose "I will be recommending this book to my class for spring. I will be suggesting students purchase some other AVA books from the Basics series as well ... I like the case studies and interviews included in the books." Mitzi Cook, Appalachian State University, US Highlighting the skills and considerations needed to manage products, this book will also help readers to understand processes such as product development, the supply chain and branding.

It examines traditional and newer roles within the industry, discussing the roles of buyers, retailers and merchandisers. Interviews, photographs and case studies combine to make this an exciting and current career guide.

Virginia Grose has over 25 years' experience in the fashion industry.

Originally trained as a fashion designer, she gained her professional experience with Courtaulds in the supply chain and product development sectors. She has worked with a range of international clients such as Marks & Spencer and Wal-Mart. She is currently course leader in MA Fashion Business Management at the University of Westminster, UK.

UK November 2011 • US December 2011 PB 9782940411344 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447152 • £69.00 / $111.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Management AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

26

Fashion Production Terms Beverly Berke & Debbie Gioello

Guide to Producing a Fashion Show 2nd edition Kristen K. Swanson & Judith C. Everett This text is for anyone interested in producing a fashion show, be it an informal event or a large, complex affair. Examining every behind-the-scenes step from concept to execution, Guide to Producing a Fashion Show enables the reader to organize and stage a show that is profitable, well attended, and aesthetically pleasing.

Kristen K. Swanson teaches fashion merchandising at Northern Arizona University. Professional memberships include the American Collegiate Retailing Association, International Textiles and Apparel Association and the Travel Tourism Research Association. Judith Everett is an associate professor of fashion merchandising at Northern Arizona University where she has been a faculty member since 1979. She is an active member of the American Collegiate Retailing Association and The Fashion Group International.

UK January 1979 • US July 1994 PB 9780870052002 • £54.00 / $105.00 352 pages Fairchild Books

UK December 2003 • US October 2003 PB 9781563672538 • £48.00 / $88.00 Library eBook 9781609012045 • £202.00 / $308.00 272 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

In Fashion

Writing for the Fashion Business

Elaine Stone This 2nd Edition of Elaine Stone’s best­selling text, In Fashion, offers a clear introduction to the fashion industry that is as dynamic as the business itself.

Through concise language and full-color photographs, author Elaine Stone provides students with an overview of fashion, from its history, cyclical nature, and development to the materials, producers, and retailers who impact the business on a global level. Whether their plans include design, product development, merchandising, buying, manufacturing, or entrepreneurship, students will gain a thorough understanding of how the industry works and what lies ahead for them professionally.

Elaine Stone is Professor Emerita, Fashion Institute of Technology, New York.

Kristen K. Swanson & Judith C. Everett Writing for the Fashion Business is an exciting and engaging textbook that presents effective writing techniques geared specifically for the fashion industry. This text fills the gap between general writing classes and upper-level fashion courses that address writing for specific sectors of the fashion business, such as merchandising or promotion. Realworld examples, case studies, and industry profiles provide models of the challenges of writing for the fashion industry and discuss issues of form and content. Students have ample opportunity to practice writing and critical thinking skills as they complete the portfolio exercises within each chapter and respond to the questions at the end of each case study. Chapter summaries and lists of key terms help them retain chapter content.

Kristen K. Swanson and Judith C. Everett are both at Northern Arizona University.

UK September 2011 • US July 2011 PB 9781609012229 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609017224 • £222.00 / $339.00 352 pages • full colour illus Fairchild Books

UK May 2008 • US March 2008 PB 9781563674396 • £54.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781628921045 • £210.00 / $321.00 624 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

27

World Wise

Know Your Fashion Accessories

What to Know Before You Go Lainie Denslow Targeting the global business practitioner, this book bridges the gap between buttoned-up culture textbooks and flippant how-to guides about global business and communication. World Wise covers topics ranging from general etiquette to business philosophies in specific regions of the world. It is suitable both for the seasoned professional involved in international business, hoping to sharpen skills, and the newcomer to the global business scene. Denslow seeks to help the reader overcome common cultural misunderstandings and establish effective working relationships around the world.

Lanie Denslow has taught International Business and Business Policies for Global Trade at the Fashion Institute of Design and Merchandising in California, and worked as an International Business Development Consultant for Macy's. A few of her professional affiliations include the Foreign Trade Association of LA, Women in International Trade and the British American Business Council. She has written for British Trade and Investment and authored other works relating to international business.

Celia Stall-Meadows This comprehensive study of womens and mens fashion accessories provides fashion merchandising students with a detailed analysis of the fashion accessory categories. Broken into three units, the text not only covers the major categories but provides an overview of the accessories business and discusses the materials used in the production of a variety of accessories.

Celia Stall-Meadows is assistant professor of Fashion Marketing in the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences at Northeastern State University in Tahlequah, Oklahoma. Her professional memberships include the International Textile and Apparel Association and the American Association of Family and Consumer Sciences.

UK December 2005 • US November 2005 PB 9781563673597 • £30.00 / $55.00 Library eBook 9781628927269 • £110.00 / $168.00 352 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK October 2003 • US August 2003 PB 9781563672453 • £30.00 / $55.00 Library eBook 9781501300066 • £110.00 / $168.00 464 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Visual Merchandising and Display 5th Edition

Careers!

Professional Development for Retailing and Apparel Merchandising

Martin M. Pegler A brand new edition of the bestselling text aimed at anyone in merchandising - from store planners and manufacturers to visual merchandisers. Pegler zeroes in on all aspects of visual merchandising and display, from classic techniques to the most avant-garde developments. Hundreds of textual and visual examples reveal how to add interest to window and interior displays, optimizing the retailer's image and the target market.

Martin M. Pegler has worked as a design, manufacturer, store planner and consultant for over 40 years. He is the author of the Fairchild Dictionary of Interior Design.

UK August 2006 • US June 2006 HB 9781563674457 • £61.00 / $107.00 Library eBook 9781609012144 • £231.00 / $352.00 420 pages • illustrations, 12 pp colour section Fairchild Books

Julie L. Hillery & V. Ann Paulins This book and CD-ROM combination is designed to provide students and aspiring professionals with realistic information about careers in the retailing and apparel merchandising industry. With its focus on preparing students for careers in their chosen field, Careers! Professional Development for Retailing and Apparel Merchandising will help students explore their options, develop portfolios and resumes, prepare for job interviews, complete internships and negotiate the transition from student to professional.

V. Ann Paulins is director and associate professor of retail merchandising at Ohio State Universitys School of Human and Consumer Sciences. She publishes regularly in academic journals,such as the Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management, and presents her findings on consumer behavior at industry conferences. Her research interests include internship development, ethics and customer service quality, as well as examining the social psychology of consumption decisions. The American Association of Family and Consumer Sciences (AAFCS) presented her with the New Achiever award in 1997. Julie L. Hillery is associate professor of textiles, apparel and merchandising at Northern Illinois University. In 2003, she was awarded a professorship with Kohls, a large clothing retailer based in Wisconsin, for her work as an internship coordinator between NIU students and the company.

UK April 2005 • US February 2005 PB 9781563673573 • £50.00 / $90.00 288 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

28

In Fashion

Fabulous Fit 2nd edition

Fun! Fame! Fortune!

Elaine Stone

Elizabeth L. Liechty & Judith A. Rasband In Fashion: Fun! Fame! Fortune! prepares students to meet the challenges of a career in today's fashion business. This new text covers a basic understanding of fashion history; design and product development; textile, leathers and furs; apparel and accessories, as well as the retail businesses that sell fashion merchandise. Stone draws on her extensive background to capture the intensity, vigour, energy and motion of the fashion business.

Elaine Stone is Professor Emerita, Fashion Institute of Technology, New York

The 2nd Edition of Fabulous Fit combines a userfriendly approach to the fitting process with a dynamic visual presentation of technical procedures.

Illustrations and photos guide you through the process of identifying a figure variation, recognizing incorrect fit and its cause, measuring the body and corresponding pattern area, adjusting the pattern, and altering garments. Fabulous Fit is a complete fit book, with solutions for 62 figure variations for the bodice, sleeves, skirts, and pants. This book is the essential text for coursework in fashion selection, fitting, and alteration.

Judith Rasband is the founder and CEO of Conselle Corporation and Director of the Conselle Institute of Image Management, an organisation involved in the creation of education materials on appearance-related topics. She combines 30 years of experience in fashion education and business. A veteran educator, she has taught secondary-level, further education, and university courses in clothing selection and construction. Elizabeth Liechty is Professor Emerita at Brigham Young University in Utah.

UK November 2006 • US September 2006 PB 9781563674518 • £60.00 / $99.00 368 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

UK October 2005 • US August 2005 PB 9781563673214 • £45.00 / $80.00 Library eBook 9781628927771 • £161.00 / $246.00 384 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers 2nd Edition

The Art of Fashion Draping 3rd edition Connie Amaden-Crawford

Linda Tain This text helps fashion designers prepare a portfolio.

Drawing on over 25 years as a professor, Linda Tain shows how to avoid the common pitfalls of inexperience. Over 300 illustrations, archival photos and sketches by newcomers and top designers demonstrate diverse approaches to creating a professional portfolio.

Intended for students of fashion design, clothing and dressmaking, this easy-to-follow bestseller teaches the different methods and principles involved in draping fabric on the dress form. The Art of Fashion Draping, 3rd Edition, is organised from basic to more advanced topics. New and revised illustrations keep the book up to date.

Linda Tain is professor and assistant chairperson in the Fashion Design department at the Fashion Institute of Technology in New York.

Connie Amaden-Crawford is a former instructor at the Fashion Institute of Design and Merchandising in Los Angeles, California. Her professional experience includes positions as a patternmaker, grader and design consultant. She is currently President and CEO of Fashion Patterns by Coni and is a nationally recognised fashion specialist. She has been featured in magazines such as Threads, Sew News and Notions and was a guest speaker on ABC's TV series HOME. She is the author of the bestseller, Guide to Fashion Sewing, 2nd Edition.

UK February 2004 • US December 2003 PB 9781563672521 • £61.00 / $101.50 400 pages • illustrations, 16 pp colour section Fairchild Books

UK December 2004 • US October 2004 PB 9781563672774 • £61.00 / $107.00 464 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

29

WWD: 100 Years, 100 Designers WWD: 100 Years, 100 Designers tells the story of fashion over the last century through the lens of Women’s Wear Daily, and celebrates 100 designers who have had a powerful impact on what we wear and how we live. Rich with the work of acclaimed photographers and artists, WWD: 100 Years, 100 Designers not only visually chronicles 100 designers who influenced fashion during the first 100 years of Women’s Wear Daily, but also is a testament to the perspective and revolution of one of the most respected publications in the industry.

The Fundamentals of Fashion Management Susan Dillon "Fashion forward, attractive and excellent!"

Young Kim, Kent State University, USA In The Fundamentals of Fashion Management, Susan Dillon takes an in-depth look at the varied and competitive fashion trade.

Giving readers a behind-the-scenes insight into the roles and processes of the industry, this title combines creative and business approaches for those who want to gain an understanding of what it means to work in the fashion sector.

Clearly organized chapters explore fashion forecasting, merchandising and communication, as well as the events incorporated in the fashion calendar. Overall, the book forms an informative and beautifully illustrated introduction to the subject.

Susan Dillon is Course Leader of Fashion at Leeds College of Art in the UK. She has gained wide-ranging professional experience as a design director for a fashion company travelling to the Far East, the US and Europe for trend research, sourcing and buyer liaison. As a fashion entrepreneur, Susan has also designed and sold women's wear to independent fashion stores worldwide. Susan then worked as an account manager for a fashion company before embarking on a full-time career in academia. She has recently completed an MBA with a specialist subject interest in developing fashion entrepreneurship and intellectual property.

UK December 2010 • US October 2010 HB 9781609012526 • £40.00 / $75.00 Library eBook 9781628929423 • £150.00 / $229.00 312 pages • Full colour illus Fairchild Books

UK November 2011 • US December 2011 PB 9782940411580 • £26.50 / $38.50 Library eBook 9782940447237 • £78.00 / $125.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Fundamentals AVA Publishing

Fashion Forward

Merchandise Planning Workbook

A Guide to Fashion Forecasting Chelsea Rousso

Rosetta LaFleur

Long before the latest trends grace September issues or department store mannequins, their antecedents are swirling in the zeitgeist, and it’s the fashion forecaster’s mission to identify them. Fashion Forward demystifies this exciting career and fosters skills and instincts that will benefit any design professional. The book begins with an overview of fashion forecasting theory and concepts and then leads readers through a step-by-step guide to creating and presenting a forecast. The author’s expertise, honed over decades of industry and academic experience, is supplemented by real-world examples and interviews with both influential forecasters and the designers who rely on them. Fashion Forward enables readers to start spotting tomorrow’s trends today and compellingly communicate them, both visually and verbally, to inspire fashion innovators.

The recipe for profitability is presented in Merchandise Planning Workbook. Focusing on the development of a six-month merchandise plan, the text explains how to use Excel 2007 as a tool to project sales, manage inventory, calculate the amount of merchandise to purchase, and adjust the price throughout the selling season. Application Exercises throughout the chapters familiarize students with each aspect of the plan, provide practice in inputting formulas and data, and demonstrate the impact of changing variables. Seven end-of-chapter assignments, when completed in sequence, produce a merchandise plan for a selling season. By mastering this important aspect of merchandising math, students can develop a marketable competency to help launch their careers in retailing.

Chelsea Rousso teaches fashion merchandising and design at the Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale, focusing on fashion forecasting, design and textiles. She was a creative force in the New York fashion industry for over 20 years specializing in designing dresses and ladies sportswear.

Rosetta LaFleur is an associate professor at the University of Delaware.

UK April 2012 • US February 2012 PB 9781563679247 • £50.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781628920192 • £181.00 / $277.00 352 pages • full colour Fairchild Books

UK March 2010 • US January 2010 PB 9781563677496 • £40.00 / $75.00 Library eBook 9781609014292 • £150.00 / $229.00 208 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

30

Retail Buying

Retailing in Emerging Markets

From Basics to Fashion Richard Clodfelter

Jaya Halepete This comprehensive book provides students with the skills and savvy needed to become a successful buyer in any area of retail. It presents simple and straightforward instructions for typical buying tasks, and this new edition contains up-to-date coverage of important retailing trends and technological advances.

Richard Clodfelter is a Professor in the College of Hospitality, Retail, and Sport Management at the University of South Carolina, Columbia, where he teaches retail buying, internet retailing, and entrepreneurship. Clodfelter holds a Doctorate from Virginia Tech, a Master's from the University of North Carolina at Greensboro and a Bachelor's from Appalachian State University. His primary research interests include retail pricing, purchasing on the Internet, and retail technology. His articles and papers have received awards from several retailing and educational associations.

Emphasizing the apparel and beauty industries, Retailing in Emerging Markets provides an in-depth study of the retail landscape within Brazil, Romania, China, India, Russia, Turkey, Thailand, and Mexico.

Each chapter focuses on a single country, discussing the organization of its retail industry, analyzing consumer behavior, and presenting strategies for effectively entering its market. Readers will emerge armed with a deeper understanding of the political, economic, and cultural factors driving each market—an understanding essential for building and maintaining a competitive edge in today’s global retail environment.

Jaya Halepete is based at Marymount University.

UK September 2012 • US July 2012 PB 9781609012779 • £55.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609017859 • £202.00 / $308.00 560 pages Fairchild Books

UK August 2011 • US June 2011 PB 9781609011284 • £35.00 / $60.00 352 pages • 2 colour Fairchild Books

Retailing Principles

Retail Advertising and Promotion

Global, Multichannel, and Managerial Viewpoints Lynda Rose Poloian "This book keeps you abreast of the latest retailing trends. While also giving students the foundations they need to be successful in the retailing marketplace." Joseph Hancock, Drexel University, USA What is retailing today? Who are the players and how do they operate? And what will happen tomorrow? These are just some of the questions addressed by Retailing Principles: Global, Multichannel, and Managerial Viewpoints, which has been thoroughly updated to reflect current trends and conditions in the global retail market. An essential companion for any student seeking a career in the world of retail, the text focuses on the strategies that retailers both large and small are employing to thrive in this challenging economic climate, and in a marketplace where globalization, multi-channel retailing and issues of sustainability are dominant factors.

Jay Diamond Retail Advertising and Promotion explores how today’s retailers can effectively reach their existing customers while also attracting and retaining new ones. The only advertising book that focuses specifically on the retail industry, it covers historical perspectives, ethics, regulations, and current trends while featuring practical information on planning and budgeting and advice on how to work with advertising agencies. All forms of advertising media are covered, from newspapers and magazines to television, radio, outdoor advertising, and the Internet.

The book also discusses promotional tools such as special events, visual merchandising, and public relations, providing students with all they need to coordinate successful advertising and promotional initiatives on behalf of a retail business.

Jay Diamond is Professor Emeritus at Nassau Community College.

Lynda Rose Poloian taught retailing, marketing, and fashion courses at Southern New Hampshire University, USA, and was Director of the Fashion Merchandising Program for more than 25 years. She is a past president of ACRA, the collegiate affiliate of the National Retail Federation.

UK May 2013 • US March 2013 HB 9781563677427 • £55.00 / $115.00 Individual eBook 9781501305986 • £59.99 / $102.99 Library eBook 9781628927191 • £231.00 / $352.00 592 pages • 180 colour illus Fairchild Books

UK May 2011 • US March 2011 PB 9781563678981 • £65.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609019723 • £222.00 / $339.00 448 pages • Colour illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

31

Basics Fashion Management 02: Fashion Promotion

Fashion Forecasting Evelyn L. Brannon

Building a Brand Through Marketing and Communication Gwyneth Moore "This is an excellent text, not only does it take you through the ages but it also discussed different cultures and fashion. It is a rich and colourful text adding weight to this area of research. An absolute perfect text and a pleasure to read. I would recommend this text to students; I can see it being a valuable resource." Alison Braybrook, Plymouth College of Art, UK Fashion Promotion addresses the new ways in which brands engage with customers, through the latest digital channels as well as traditional methods. Topics covered include developing a brand from an original idea, the impact of blogging and street style sites, digital fashion, online and offline marketing techniques, creating the vision behind a brand, and public relations.

Gwyneth Moore has worked in marketing, branding and public relations for more than 20 years, promoting and publicizing products and services ranging from fashion and lifestyle brands to telecommunications and education services. Gwyneth began her teaching career following a joint project with the University of Glamorgan, linking high street fashion retail clients with fashion design students. She currently works as a freelance brand and PR consultant, edits two consumer blogs and is involved in the careers of a number of young fashion designers.

This comprehensive text provides students with the tools to bridge the gap between ambiguous signs and actionable decisions. Designed to make forecasting techniques accessible, Fashion Forecasting not only explains information gathering, but also the process of organizing and analyzing the information for presenting and implementing the forecast. Completely updated with full-color illustrations, the 3rd Edition features the most up-to-date information on current fashion forecasting practices, including the use of the Internet, trade shows, fashion weeks, and regional centers. It will also give the reader an opportunity to rehearse these best practices through case studies and forecasting activities.

Evelyn L. Brannon is retired from Auburn University, where she was an associate professor of fashion forecasting, apparel design, entrepreneurship, and consumer preference. She is a member of several honorary societies, including Epsilon Sigma Phi (extension) and Kappa Tau Alpha (journalism). Her professional memberships include the International Textile and Apparel Association and the Association for Consumer Research. In 2002, she received the Scientific Excellence Award from the National Textile Center for her research efforts.

UK October 2012 • US November 2012 PB 9782940411870 • £23.99 / $39.95 Library eBook 9782940447473 • £72.00 / $96.00 184 pages • 200 Series: Basics Fashion Management AVA Publishing

UK August 2010 • US June 2010 PB 9781563678202 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609013981 • £222.00 / $339.00 480 pages Fairchild Books

Fashion Public Relations

Appearance and Power

Gerald J. Sherman & Sar Perlman Fashion Public Relations delivers a practical approach to the world of public relations and image management, specifically related to the fashion industry. In-depth case studies feature prominent apparel and textile companies as well as outside public relations firms that serve them. Concentrating on the pragmatic aspects of public relations and the fundamentals of fashion public relations, the authors place principles and concepts in a real-world context that students will actually face in the business world. This textbook equips students with the essential approaches and techniques necessary for a successful career in fashion public relations.

Gerald J.Sherman and Sar Perlman are partners in Sherman & Perlman, a Public Relations and Integrated Marketing Company.

Edited by Kim K. P. Johnson & Sharron J. Lennon "This book ... immediately comprehends a wide range of important questions ... studies the chosen cases and also aims to encourage further research." Costume Appearance has repeatedly been shown to have a potent and immediate effect on others in a wide range of circumstances. In particular, the consequences of women's appearance are severe and have social, economic, and legal ramifications. From the more obvious role of uniforms in social control through to the subtle interplay between size and status, appearance counts. The vast number of people seeking body alterations or modifications through dieting, tattooing, piercing and plastic surgery attests to the importance of how we look, not only to others but also to ourselves. This book tackles the charged and frequently painful subject of how appearance affects social interaction and the role of larger social structures in perpetuating and institutionalizing it as an evaluative criterion. What effect does obesity have on power(lessness)? What role does women's dress play in others' perception of consent in cases of rape? How do groups operating on the margins of mainstream society use appearance to negotiate power, make statements and effect change? What roles do gender and ethnicity play in the workplace? This provocative book attempts not only to answer these questions, but to lay foundations for future research in an area which affects everyone in profound and often invisible ways.

Kim K. P. Johnson, Professor and Director of Graduate Studies, Department of Design, Housing and Apparel, University of Minnesota.

Sharron J. Lennon, Ohio State University.

UK May 2010 • US March 2010 PB 9781563677755 • £50.00 / $95.00 416 pages Fairchild Books

UK November 1999 • US November 1999 PB 9781859732045 • £21.99 / $37.95 HB 9781859732984 • £58.00 / $120.95 224 pages • illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

www.bloomsbury.com

32

Identities Through Fashion

Ballroom

A Multidisciplinary Approach Edited by Ana Marta González & Laura Bovone

Culture and Costume in Competitive Dance Jonathan S. Marion

Fashion has become a fertile field of study for academics across disciplines, now that the rules, once tightly fixed, have been deconstructed. This volume brings together academics from various disciplines philosophy, sociology, medicine, anthropology, psychology and psychiatry - to examine fashion's complex relationship with post-industrial societies.

Herein the authors address, from the standpoint of their respective disciplines, what crucial functions fashion fulfils in the modern world, especially as it relates to the construction and deconstruction of the self.

This volume is the result of a conference held by the Social Trends Institute at which the authors presented original papers. The Social Trends Institute is a non-profit research centre that offers institutional and financial support to academics in all fields who research and explore emerging social trends and their effects on human communities. The Institute focuses its research on four main subject areas: family, bioethics, culture and lifestyles, and corporate governance.

"Ballroom is a deeply layered and compelling account of competitive ballroom dance, combining Jonathan Marion's insightful roles as ethnographer, photographer, and accomplished ballroom dancer. The book should be read by everyone curious about the fundamental nature of dance in human society, no matter what their particular dance passion may be. Anyone interested in the world of competitive ballroom dance will find Ballroom an invaluable resource." Anya Peterson Royce, Indiana University Competitive ballroom is much more than a style of dance. Rather, it is a continually evolving and increasingly global social and cultural arena: of fashion, performance, art, sport, gender, and more. Ballroom explores the intersection of dance cultures, dress, and the body. Presenting the author's experiences at an international range of dance events from Europe, the US and UK, as well as featuring the views of individual dancers, the book shows how dancing influences mind and body alike.

For students of anthropology, dance, cultural, and performance studies, Ballroom provides an ethnographic picture of how dancers and others live their lives both on and off the dance floor.

Ana Marta González is Associate Professor of Moral Philosophy at the University of Navarra in Pamplona, Spain.

Laura Bovone is a professor in Sociology of Communication, Director of the 'Centro per lo studio della moda e della produzione culturale' and the Master's program 'Comunicazione per le industrie culturali' at the Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore in Milan.

Jonathan S. Marion is Adjunct Professor of Anthropology at California State University, San Marcos and an adjunct faculty member at San Diego State University and at Palomar College.

UK February 2012 • US April 2012 PB 9780857850584 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9780857850577 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857851185 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851192 • £60.00 / $96.00 240 pages • 2 bw illus Berg Publishers

UK May 2008 • US May 2008 PB 9781845208004 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781845207991 • £60.00 / $109.95 Individual eBook 9781847887498 • £21.99 / $32.99 Library eBook 9780857851468 • £66.00 / $106.00 224 pages • 30 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

China Fashion

Fashion-ology

Conversations with Designers Christine Tsui

An Introduction to Fashion Studies Yuniya Kawamura

This book documents the rise (and rise) of fashion design in China. Told through the stories of three generations of designers: those born in the 1950s and early 1960s during the Cultural Revolution when fashion in China was isolated from the rest of the world; those born in the 1970s, who are now attempting to integrate China into the global fashion industry; and those born in the 1980s, who are becoming an emerging force in China.Chinese fashion in the past half-century is a fascinating case study. The country began the period in isolation and went through a phase of militant anti-fashion ideology. However, sixty years on, China is seeking to challenge the world in all fields of endeavour, including fashion design and manufacture. Written by an 'insider', this book provides a fascinating survey based on the personal, professional and creative experiences of the most influential Chinese fashion designers. As such, it will be welcomed by all students of contemporary fashion and design.

Christine Tsui is a visiting lecturer in the Shanghai Institute of China Academy of Arts. She has published books (in Chinese) including: Wedding Gown: Let the Gown Witness Your Love; Tailors' Story: from Tailors to Top Designers; Dialogue with Chinese Designers of 3 Generations: Pursuing the Dream (Shanghai designers only). She is also managing director of a local Chinese fashion brand.

"'Yuniya Kawamura's Fashion-ology provides an exhaustive and enlightening survey of the literature on fashion in the social sciences from the nineteenth century to the present.

Her book will contribute enormously to establishing fashion as a legitimate subject for research and teaching in the social sciences and humanities.'Diana Crane, University of Pennsylvania" This book provides a concise and much-needed introduction to the sociology of fashion. Most studies of fashion do not make a clear distinction between clothing and fashion. Kawamura argues that clothing is a tangible material product whereas fashion is a symbolic cultural product. She debunks the myth of the genius designer and explains, provocatively, that fashion is not about clothes but is a belief.

There is an institutional structure, ignored by many fashion theorists, that has shaped and produced the fashion phenomenon. Kawamura further shows how the structural nature of the fashion system works to legitimize designers creativity and can make them successful. Newer fashion cities, such as Milan and New York, are the product of the fashion system that originated in Paris. Without that systemic structure, fashion culture would not exist. Fashion-ology provides a big picture approach that focuses on the social process behind fashion and its perpetuation.

Yuniya Kawamura is Assistant Professor of Sociology, Fashion Institute of Technology.

UK December 2009 • US December 2009 PB 9781845205157 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781845205140 • £65.00 / $109.95 256 pages • 150 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

UK December 2004 • US December 2004 PB 9781859738146 • £16.99 / $29.95 HB 9781859738092 • £48.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781847886071 • £16.99 / $26.99 Library eBook 9781845207175 • £135.00 / $217.00 144 pages • bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

33

Body Style

Poiret, Dior and Schiaparelli Fashion, Femininity and Modernity Ilya Parkins

Therèsa M. Winge "Body Style is a welcome project, at once accessible to students and the general public and relevant to professional anthropologists... We welcome more attention to the cultural variations within Western societies and to the complex and controversial interplay between Western societies and (at least imagined versions of) non-Western ones... The book gives us pause to think about the extremes to which people will go, and perhaps must go in the post-modern era, to make themselves." Jack David Eller, Anthropology Review Database Body Style reveals the subcultural body as a site for understanding subcultural identity, resistance, agency, and fashion. Analyzed, theorized, politicized, and sensationalized, the subcultural body functions as a framework where individuals build a sense of self and subcultural identity. Drawing on specific subcultural examples and interviews with members, Body Style explores the subcultural body and its style within global culture.

Body Style is the result of over twelve years of research examining these intersections within specific urban subcultures, including Urban Tribals, Modern Primitives, Punks, Cybers, Industrials, Skaters, and others. Divided into three main sections on subcultural body history, subcultural body identity and subcultural body styles, this book will be of particular interest to students of dress and fashion as well as those coming to subculture from sociology and cultural studies.

"Although this slim but thickly-argued book provides basic information about three important French designers, their fashion houses and signature styles and is informed by the existing scholarship on the history of haute couture, Poiret, Dior and Schiaparelli: Fashion, Femininity and Modernity is not so much a work of fashion history as it is a new and promising combination of autobiographical analyses, feminist theory and philosophy."

Mary Lynn Stewart, Simon Fraser University, H-France Review Through a highly original and detailed analysis of the memoirs, interviews and other life writings of Poiret, Dior and Schiaparelli, this book explores changing notions of femininity in the early decades of the 20th century.

Examining idea of modernity, eternity and the ephemeral in the writings of these haute couturiers, the book reflects on fashion's ambivalent approach to women, which both celebrated and vilified them, presenting them as both ultra modern style leaders and irrational creatures stuck in the past.

This fascinating text is key reading for scholars and students of fashion, gender studies, cultural studies and history.

Ilya Parkins is Assistant Professor of Gender and Women's Studies at the University of British Columbia, Okanagan, Canada.

Therèsa M. Winge is Assistant Professor of Fashion Design and Theory in the Department of Art, Art History, and Design, Michigan UK June 2012 • US August 2012 PB 9781847880239 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847880017 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781847887375 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853219 • £54.00 / $87.00 160 pages • 30 bw illus Series: Subcultural Style Berg Publishers

UK September 2012 • US November 2012 PB 9780857853271 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857853264 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853295 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853288 • £60.00 / $96.00 208 pages • 24 bw illus Berg Publishers

Luxury

Luxury

Fashion, Lifestyle and Excess Patrizia Calefato Translated by Lisa Adams

Fashion, Lifestyle and Excess Patrizia Calefato Translated by Lisa Adams

"Luxury is so much more than any current It bag with a designer name on it. As a distinguished Italian scholar Patrizia Calefato shows in this seminal book, luxury is about excess in its purest form. Calefato draws on various, and often unexpected, guises of historical and contemporary luxury, in order to establish her unique analysis of the phenomenon of luxury." Djurdja Bartlett, author of FashionEast: the Spectre That Haunted Socialism, and editor of volume 9 of Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion, Senior Research Fellow, London College of Fashion, University of the Arts London, UK.

"Luxury is so much more than any current It bag with a designer name on it. As a distinguished Italian scholar Patrizia Calefato shows in this seminal book, luxury is about excess in its purest form. Calefato draws on various, and often unexpected, guises of historical and contemporary luxury, in order to establish her unique analysis of the phenomenon of luxury." Djurdja Bartlett, author of FashionEast: the Spectre That Haunted Socialism, and editor of volume 9 of Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion, Senior Research Fellow, London College of Fashion, University of the Arts London, UK.

Luxury has been both celebrated and condemned throughout history right up to the present day. This groundbreaking text examines luxury and its relationship with desire, status, consumption and economic value, exploring why luxury remains prominent even in the context of a global recession.

Luxury has been both celebrated and condemned throughout history right up to the present day. This groundbreaking text examines luxury and its relationship with desire, status, consumption and economic value, exploring why luxury remains prominent even in the context of a global recession.

Using approaches from cultural studies, semiotic research and aesthetics, Luxury presents a wide range of case studies including urban space and new technologies, travel, interior design, cars, fashion ads and jewellery to explore what luxury represents, and why, in the contemporary world.

Using approaches from cultural studies, semiotic research and aesthetics, Luxury presents a wide range of case studies including urban space and new technologies, travel, interior design, cars, fashion ads and jewellery to explore what luxury represents, and why, in the contemporary world.

Patrizia Calefato is Associate Professor at the Università degli studi di Bari, Italy.

Patrizia Calefato is Associate Professor at the Università degli studi di Bari, Italy.

Lisa Adams is lecturer in English at the University of Bari, Italy.

Lisa Adams is lecturer in English at the University of Bari, Italy.

UK April 2014 • US June 2014 PB 9780857853318 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857853301 • £55.00 / $94.00 Individual eBook 9780857853332 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853325 • £54.00 / $87.00 128 pages • 13 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK April 2014 • US June 2014 PB 9780857853318 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857853301 • £55.00 / $94.00 Individual eBook 9780857853332 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853325 • £54.00 / $87.00 128 pages • 13 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

www.bloomsbury.com

34

Fashion Media Past and Present Edited by Djurdja Bartlett, Shaun Cole & Agnès Rocamora "A feast for the fashionista scholar! Sparking readers’ interest in a wide array of fashion media, fifteen authors provide analysis of magazines, visual arts (paintings, photographs, and film) and digital developments, spanning the 17th to the 21st centuries. New names, new insights and provocative ideas arise aplenty raising questions to ponder and arguments to challenge." Joanne B. Eicher, Editor-in-Chief, Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion and Regents Professor Emerita, University of Minnesota, USA Including a broad range of case studies, from fashion plates to fashion films, and from fashion magazines to fashion blogs, this book provides an up-to-date examination of the role and significance of this field.

Chapters written by international scholars cover topics including historic magazine cultures, contemporary digital innovations, and art and film, exploring themes such as gender, ethnicity, design, taste, and authorship.

DJURDJA BARTLETT is Senior Research Fellow at London College of Fashion, University of the Arts London, UK. SHAUN COLE is Course Leader for MA History and Culture of Fashion and MA Fashion Curation at London College of Fashion, University of the Arts London, UK. AGNÈS ROCAMORA is Reader in Social and Cultural Studies at the London College of Fashion, University of the Arts London, UK.

Djurdja Bartlett is Senior Research Fellow at London College of Fashion, University of the Arts London, UK.

Beyond Design, 2nd edition The Synergy of Apparel Product Development Sandra J. Keiser & Myrna B. Garner This practical text takes students step-by-step through the preproduction processes of apparel product development: planning, forecasting, fabricating, developing silhouettes and specifications, pricing and sourcing. It demonstrates how these processes must be coordinated to get the right product to retail when customers want it and at a price they are willing to pay. Based on consultations with some of the most successful and innovative firms in the fashion business, the text covers the evolving partnerships among textile suppliers, product developers, manufacturers, and retailers as they work to develop apparel products in today's customer-driven environment.New to this edition:-- Increased number of case studies and sidebars-- International examples and case studies address the effects of globalization-- More information on menswear, children's wear, and special-size markets-- Updated tables and statistical information and new photo examples-- Discussion of Technological advancements related to product development-- Appx describing careers in product development and resources for additional research-The context of a global agile manufacturing environment-- Best practices of major product developers-- Challenging hands-on product development activities-- Instructor's Guide includes course outlines, suggestions for teaching each chapter, and guidelines for overseeing and evaluating product development projects

Sandra J. Keiser, Mount Mary College. Myrna B. Garner, Associate Professor Emerita, Illinois State University

UK November 2013 • US January 2014 PB 9780857853073 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857853066 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9780857853097 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853080 • £60.00 / $96.00 216 pages • 50 bw and 32 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK October 2007 • US August 2007 HB 9781563675560 • £62.00 / $109.00 Library eBook 9781609012663 • £231.00 / $352.00 596 pages Fairchild Books

Promotion in the Merchandising Environment 2nd edition

Your Personal Style Nancy Plummer

Kristen K. Swanson & Judith C. Everett Promotion is a key element at each step of the merchandising process. Advertising, direct marketing, public relations, special events, and visual merchandising all work together to communicate the same message about a product, brand, or organization to the end user. Promotion in the Merchandising Environment, 2nd Edition, explains the process of promotion and describes the promotion tools available for creating successful campaigns. The book focuses on the comprehensive nature of promotion in the merchandising environment of fashion and related goods, emphasizing the changing nature of promotion in a global marketplace by using international examples. This book also introduces promotion strategies and techniques that can be used in a fashion environment or transferred to other disciplines or product categories.

The text examines all the components of the promotion mix, considering both personal and nonpersonal techniques.

Packed with fashion tips that serve as a handy guide for students and professionals alike, Your Personal Style uses an active learning approach to teach what a fashion consultant does. Author Nancy Plummer shares an intimate knowledge of how the design and fashion merchandising industry best suits the client. The book is divided into five parts, all of which build upon each other. Unlike other image management texts, which simply dictate general rules about body type and coloring, this book uses personality and lifestyle assessment as a method for guiding readers in establishing a style that is truly their own.

Nancy Plummer is an Instructor in the Fashion Design & Fashion Merchandising departments at The Illinois Institute of Art Chicago, USA. She also is the owner of the image consulting firm, Fine Threads, Inc.

Kristen K. Swanson teaches fashion merchandising at Northern Arizona University. Professional memberships include the American Collegiate Retailing Association, International Textiles and Apparel Association and the Travel Tourism Research Association. Judith Everett is Associate Professor of fashion merchandising at Northern Arizona University, where she has been a faculty member since 1979. She is an active member of the American Collegiate Retailing Association and The Fashion Group International.

UK October 2007 • US August 2007 HB 9781563675515 • £60.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609012113 • £231.00 / $352.00 560 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2009 • US February 2009 PB 9781563675904 • £42.00 / $80.00 384 pages • full colour + illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

35

Changing Fashion

Fashioning Bollywood

A Critical Introduction to Trend Analysis and Meaning Annette Lynch & Mitchell Strauss "'This book is a refreshing examination of fashion that explores contemporary meanings and motivations for change. The organization is comprehensive and centered on cultural and global trends affecting us all.

The authors provide useful summaries within each chapter and case examples that play upon their unique strengths to offer a stimulating and synergistic look at factors that influence fashion change.'Marilyn DeLong, University of Minnesota" Changing trends in fashion have always reflected large-scale social and cultural changes. Changing Fashion presents for the first time a multidisciplinary approach to examining fashion change, bringing together theory from fashion studies, cultural studies, sociology, psychology and art history, amongst others.Ideal for the undergraduate student of fashion and cultural studies, the book has a wide range of contemporary and historical case material which provides practical examples of trend analysis and change, from the art deco textile designs of Sonia Delaunay to the chameleonic shifts in Bob Dylan's appearance over time. Key issues in fashion and identity, such as race, gender and consumption are examined from different disciplinary angles to provide a critical overview of the field. Changing Fashion provides a concise guide to the main theories across disciplines that explain how and why media, clothing styles, and cultural practices fall in and out of fashion.

Annette Lynch is Associate Professor in the Textile and Apparel Program, University of Northern Iowa. Mitchell Strauss is Professor of Textiles and Apparel at the University of Northern Iowa.

UK August 2007 • US August 2007 PB 9781845203900 • £18.99 / $30.95 HB 9781845203894 • £58.00 / $104.95 Individual eBook 9781847887504 • £18.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851499 • £57.00 / $92.00 224 pages • bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

A Guide to Fashion Sewing

The Making and Meaning of Hindi Film Costume Clare M. Wilkinson-Weber "In its discussion of how film costumes are not simply the tangible outcome of a designer’s imagination, but of material and ideological practices that implicate a range of social actors, Fashioning Bollywood takes the study of costume outside the narrow realm of text and narrative, providing a rich material culture perspective of the changes wrought in Hindi filmmaking." Tejaswini Ganti, Associate Professor of Anthropology, New York University, USA This is a fascinating and engaging exploration of the design, production, use, and meaning of Bollywood film costume as well as its impact on fashion and identity in India, covering key topics such as gender, the body, performance, craft and identity.

CLARE WILKINSON-WEBER is Assistant Professor of Anthropology, Washington State University, Vancouver, Canada.

Clare M. Wilkinson-Weber is Associate Professor of Anthropology, Washington State University, Vancouver, USA.

UK December 2013 • US February 2014 PB 9781847886972 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9781847886989 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9780857852977 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857852960 • £60.00 / $96.00 224 pages • 25 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

Apparel Production Terms and Processes

Connie Amaden-Crawford A Guide to Fashion Sewing, 5th Edition, provides a comprehensive fashion sewing education for beginning and experienced sewers alike. Readers will learn how to assemble and construct designs of various styles using proven industry methods for more than 100 sewing applications. Chapters cover everything from sewing equipment, measurements, and pattern selection to actual garment assembly. Filled with easy-tofollow step-by-step instructions and large, clear illustrations, this book is an indispensible resource for creating fashionable and professionallooking garments.

New to This Edition: - A companion DVD helpfs students learn at their own pace basic sewing skills and techniques such as seams, darts, bias bindings, zippers, and garment assembly - An expanded chapter on fashion fabrics includes a color insert as well as information on the newest fibers, blends and eco-friendly categories.

- Illustrations have been updated throuout and highlighted with colro to show more precisely what to do at each step of the sewing process.

- New appendices include suggested studentprojects and a directory of fabric suppliers, both wholesale and retail.

- A recurring sidebar feature--"Studio Tips"--highlights important industry techniques.

Janace E. Bubonia Apparel Production Terms and Processes defines materials and terms relating to the mass production of raw materials, design and product development, patternmaking, garment details and component parts, assembly, production and manufacturing, labeling regulations, packaging and finishing, testing, and quality control. In this revised edition of the classic Fashion Production Terms, chapters are presented in a progression that relates to the flow of the production process or the route of the garment from its origin through development to completion. Each chapter opens with a brief introduction followed by terms that are listed alphabetically; terms are grouped according to subject by use or application.

Janace Bubonia is based at Texas Christian University.

Connie Amaden-Crawford is President and CEO of Fashion Patterns

by Coni, a member of the Sewing Hall of Fame, and a licensed designer for The McCall Pattern Company under the Butterick label.

UK August 2010 • US June 2010 PB 9781609010010 • £65.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609014506 • £231.00 / $352.00 400 pages • illustrations, 12 page color insert Fairchild Books

UK November 2011 • US September 2011 PB 9781563677625 • £55.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781628921908 • £190.00 / $291.00 416 pages • 900+ illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

36

Creativity in Fashion Design

Designer's Guide to Fashion Apparel

An Inspiration Workbook Tracy Jennings

Evelyn L. Brannon

Creativity in Fashion Design: An Inspiration Workbook aims to inspire and empower designers by helping them to develop their personal creativity and use it as a tool to achieve design goals. Activities throughout the book demonstrate that creativity is a tool available to anyone who understands its components and teach students to identify and then seek out or avoid the personal and environmental factors that promote or inhibit their own creativity.

Designer’s Guide to Fashion Apparel explores the creative process of apparel design and the development of a collection. From budget to couture, children’s to men’s and women’s, fashion­forward to traditional and formal to active, the text demonstrates the proper application of design principles in creating aesthetically pleasing apparel while emphasizing the importance of production parameters as dictated by the needs of the target consumer. Written from an industry perspective, the book is intended to nurture the student’s interest in design while providing the thorough grounding needed for a successful career in the business.

Tracy Jennings is based at Dominican University.

Evelyn L. Brannon is Professor Emeritus at Auburn University.

UK March 2011 • US January 2011 PB 9781563678950 • £30.00 / $55.00 Individual eBook 9781628924473 • £27.99 / $48.99 Library eBook 9781628923896 • £101.00 / $154.00 280 pages • Colour illustrations, perforated Fairchild Books

UK July 2011 • US May 2011 PB 9781563679018 • £65.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781628920994 • £231.00 / $352.00 384 pages • Colour illustrations Fairchild Books

Fashion by Design

Fashion The Industry and its Careers Michele M. Granger

Janice G. Ellinwood Fashion by Design explores the elements and principles of design as they relate to fashion. By evaluating the best examples from early through contemporary fashion design, students will develop the eye of the fashion designer in order to identify and understand how to manipulate the elements and principles of design. The objective is for design students to use these guidelines not to simply develop an appreciation of aesthetics but to execute an aesthetically pleasing garment design.

Each chapter includes hands-on projects with step-by-step instructions related to the element or principle discussed in that chapter. The theory in the book originates from the Bauhaus school of art, while also drawing from sources on aesthetics in the field of clothing and textiles.

Janice G. Ellinwood is a Professor of Fine and Applied Arts at Marymount University where she has been Department Chair of Art, Fashion Design, and Fashion Merchandising for more than 20 years, while teaching fashion design and illustration.

UK January 2011 • US November 2010 PB 9781563678486 • £60.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781628921922 • £210.00 / $321.00 336 pages • Colour illustrations Fairchild Books

Considering a career in fashion? This exciting and dynamic industry presents a wide range of different possible career choices. But without being on the inside, it's difficult to determine exactly what a designer does-or a textile manufacturer, wholesaler, illustrator, model, product developer, journalist, or retailer. Fashion: The Industry and its Careers is the introductory text that answers those questions. Students will learn what to expect on the job, the education and training required for each type of position, how each job relates to the industry as a whole-and prospects for the future. Examples of companies and working professionals provide further insight. From apparel and accessories to merchandising, public relations, and trend forecasting, this book is a thorough and informative exploration of fashion careers across the board.Features -- Photos and illustrations of working environments and professionals-- Boxed sidebars featuring industry success stories-- Key terms highlighted in bold-- Glossary and appendices with actual job descriptions-- Instructor's Guide provides suggestions for planning the course and using the text in the classroom

UK September 2007 • US July 2007 PB 9781563675805 • £59.00 / $107.00 416 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

37

Textiles

International Retailing Second Edition

Concepts and Principles Virginia Hencken Elsasser This clear and concise book focuses on the interrelationship of textile components to help students understand and predict textile properties and performance. Intended for undergraduate programs of colleges and universities that focus on fashion merchandising, fashion design, and interior design, Textiles: Concepts and Principles provides a thorough introduction to the fundamentals of textiles.

Virginia Hencken Elsasser is based at Centenary College .

Brenda Sternquist The fashion industry is global, with many companies sourcing and manufacturing their goods overseas.

Retailing is no different. As more U.S. retailers expand beyond the home borders, students must have a keen understanding of both foreign and domestic retailing environments in order to remain competitive. International Retailing, 2nd Edition, lays the groundwork for understanding the retail environment in key countries around the world, including Korea, India, China, and members of the European Union. It concentrates on how legal, social, and economic measures have affected the distribution of consumer goods throughout the world and provides a conceptual framework for understanding future trends.

UK February 2011 • US December 2010 PB 9781563678448 • £55.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781628921014 • £190.00 / $291.00 336 pages • 8pp full colour illus, perforated Fairchild Books

UK April 2007 • US February 2007 HB 9781563674907 • £49.00 / $95.00 640 pages Fairchild Books

Fashion in Fiction

Fashion in Fiction

Text and Clothing in Literature, Film and Television Edited by Peter McNeil, Vicki Karaminas & Catherine Cole

Text and Clothing in Literature, Film and Television Edited by Peter McNeil, Vicki Karaminas & Catherine Cole

Fashion in Fiction examines the ways in which dress 'performs' in a wide range of contemporary and historical literary texts. Essays by North American, European and Australian scholars explore the function of clothing within fictional narratives, including those of film, television and advertising. The book provides a groundbreaking examination of the interconnected worlds of fashion and words, providing perspectives from socio-cultural, historical and theoretical readings of fashion and text-based communication.Covering a variety of genres and periods, Fashion in Fiction analyses fashion's role within a range of creative media, exploring the many ways that dress communicates, disrupts and modulates meaning across different cultures and contexts.

Fashion in Fiction examines the ways in which dress 'performs' in a wide range of contemporary and historical literary texts. Essays by North American, European and Australian scholars explore the function of clothing within fictional narratives, including those of film, television and advertising. The book provides a groundbreaking examination of the interconnected worlds of fashion and words, providing perspectives from socio-cultural, historical and theoretical readings of fashion and text-based communication. Covering a variety of genres and periods, Fashion in Fiction analyses fashion's role within a range of creative media, exploring the many ways that dress communicates, disrupts and modulates meaning across different cultures and contexts.

Peter McNeil is Professor of Design History at The University of Technology, Sydney and Foundation Chair of Fashion Studies at Stockholm University. He is editor of Fashion: Critical and Primary Sources and co-editor of Shoes: A History from Sandals to Sneakers, The Men's Fashion Reader and The Fashion History Reader: Global Perspectives. Catherine Cole is Professor of Creative Writing at Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology and author of The Poet who Forgot, The Grave at Thy Lu, Dry Dock, Skin Deep, Private Dicks and Fiesty Chicks: An Interrogation of Crime Fiction. Vicki Karaminas is Associate Professor in Fashion Theory and Design Studies at the School of Design, The University of Technology, Sydney and co-editor of The Men's Fashion Reader

Peter McNeil is Professor of Design History at The University of Technology, Sydney and Foundation Chair of Fashion Studies at Stockholm University. He is editor of Fashion: Critical and Primary Sources and co-editor of Shoes: A History from Sandals to Sneakers, The Men's Fashion Reader and The Fashion History Reader: Global Perspectives.

UK May 2009 • US May 2009 PB 9781847883575 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781847883599 • £60.00 / $109.95 224 pages • 30 colour illustrations Berg Publishers

UK May 2009 • US May 2009 PB 9781847883575 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781847883599 • £60.00 / $109.95 224 pages • 30 colour illustrations Berg Publishers

Catherine Cole is Professor of Creative Writing at Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology and author of The Poet who Forgot, The Grave at Thy Lu, Dry Dock, Skin Deep, Private Dicks and Fiesty Chicks: An Interrogation of Crime Fiction.

www.bloomsbury.com

38

Fashion

Fetish Style

The Key Concepts Jennifer Craik

Frenchy Lunning

"Craik's refreshing approach and lucid analysis of the complexities of dress and fashion theory provides essential reading.

The author tackles many of those all too familiar dilemmas and questions about fashion's cultural significance with bravado. A panoramic and ambitious study of dress, in all its wider meanings and manifestations." Claire Wilcox, Senior Curator, Department of Furniture, Textiles & Fashion, V&A Fashion is everywhere. It is one of the main ways in which we present ourselves to others, signaling what we want to communicate about our sexuality, wealth, professionalism, subcultural and political allegiances, social status, even our mood. It is also a global industry with huge economic, political and cultural impact on the lives of all of us who make, sell, wear or even just watch fashion.Fashion: the key concepts presents a clear introduction to the complex world of fashion. The aim throughout is to present a comprehensive but also accessible and provocative analysis. Readers will discover how the fashion industry is structured and how it thinks, the links between catwalk, celebrity branding, media promotion and mainstream retail, how clothes mean different things in different parts of the world, and how popular culture influences fashion and how fashion shapes global culture.Illustrated with a wealth of photographs, the text is further enlivened with over 30 detailed and rich case studies - ranging across topics as diverse as the meaning of black in fashion, the rise of celebrity branding, the cult of thinness, the politics of veiling, the eroticism of shoes and the power of cosmetics.Features:§ Boxed chapter overviews open each chapter§ Bullet points summarizing key ideas conclude each chapter§ Chapter discussions are illustrated with integrated case material§ Each chapter is supported by extended Case Studies§ Key words are highlighted in chapters and defined in an extensive Glossary§ Further Reading guides the reader to other literature§ A timeline of Fashion Milestones provides a chronology of major events in the history of fashion UK August 2009 • US August 2009

Fetish Style traces the history, forms and tendencies of sub-cultural fashions that are popular in both mainstream and fashion cultures. Presenting the world of subcultural fetish clothing design for its richness and beauty, the book also explores notions of fetish as subversive or repressive through an examination of the ways in which fashion, itself based on the fetishization of clothing and clothing attitudes, in fact calls forth fetishistic behavior in all people of all ages and cultures. Highly accessible and fascinating, it will appeal to anyone interested in fetish fashion, both past and present.

Frenchy Lunning is Professor of Design History and Liberal Arts at the Minneapolis College of Art and Design, USA.

PB 9781845204525 • £18.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845204518 • £60.00 / $109.95 396 pages • 135 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Series: The Key Concepts Berg Publishers

UK February 2013 • US April 2013 PB 9781847885708 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847885715 • £60.00 / $110.00 Individual eBook 9780857858092 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472535306 • £54.00 / $87.00 176 pages • 29 bw illus Series: Subcultural Style Bloomsbury Academic

Key Concepts for the Fashion Industry

Key Concepts for the Fashion Industry

Andrew Reilly

Andrew Reilly

Key Concepts for the Fashion Industry is the first concise and accessible overview of fashion theories for students on any fashion course. Providing an easy understanding of the core concepts, from scarcity to conformity, this book offers clear, practical examples and accessible case studies, making complex theory easy to digest.

All fashion students need a basic understanding of how a style becomes a fashion and how this spreads or declines, whether they are studying fashion design, merchandising or any other fashion course. Containing student-friendly features such as discussion questions, activities and further reading, this book is essential reading for all students studying across all areas of fashion.

Andrew Reilly is Associate Professor of Apparel Product Design and Merchandising at the University of Hawaii, Manoa.

"Key Concepts for the Fashion Industry brings a breath of fresh air to fashion theory.

This book puts together a collection of insights and approaches that will facilitate the student’s creative thinking process and their capacity to develop keys to solve problems.

The most wonderful thing about working with fashion students is their capacity to be creative and innovative. I’m recommending this book to my students in particular when they find it challenging linking theory and practice.

Maria Sargaço Senior Lecturer & Course Leader in BA (Hons) Fashion Promotion and Communication" Maria Sargaco Key Concepts for the Fashion Industry is the first concise and accessible overview of fashion theories for students on any fashion course.

Providing an easy understanding of the core concepts, from scarcity to conformity, this book offers clear, practical examples and accessible case studies, making complex theory easy to digest.

All fashion students need a basic understanding of how a style becomes a fashion and how this spreads or declines, whether they are studying fashion design, merchandising or any other fashion course. Containing student-friendly features such as discussion questions, activities and further reading, this book is essential reading for all students studying across all areas of fashion.

UK August 2014 • US October 2014 PB 9780857853653 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857853646 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853677 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853660 • £54.00 / $87.00 152 pages • 40 bw illus Series: Understanding Fashion Bloomsbury Academic

UK August 2014 • US October 2014 PB 9780857853653 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857853646 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853677 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853660 • £54.00 / $87.00 152 pages • 40 bw illus Series: Understanding Fashion Bloomsbury Academic

www.bloomsbury.com

39

Fashion's World Cities

Fashion's World Cities

Edited by Christopher Breward & David Gilbert

Edited by Christopher Breward & David Gilbert

New York, Paris, London, Milan, Tokyo. This familiar list of cities conjures up the image of high fashion.

This book examines the powerful relationship between metropolitan modernity and fashion culture.

The authors look at the significance of certain key sites in fashion's world order and at transformations in the connections between key cities. The status of fashion capital has now become a goal for urban boosters and planners, part of the wider promotion of the 'cultural economy' of major cities. In a rapidly changing global fashion system, new centres like Shanghai are making claims to join the ranks of Fashion's World Cities. In chapters ranging from Los Angeles to Moscow and Dakar to Mumbai, Fashion's World Cities explores the relationship between major metropolises and the production, consumption and mythologizing of fashion.

New York, Paris, London, Milan, Tokyo. This familiar list of cities conjures up the image of high fashion.

This book examines the powerful relationship between metropolitan modernity and fashion culture.

The authors look at the significance of certain key sites in fashion's world order and at transformations in the connections between key cities. The status of fashion capital has now become a goal for urban boosters and planners, part of the wider promotion of the 'cultural economy' of major cities. In a rapidly changing global fashion system, new centres like Shanghai are making claims to join the ranks of Fashion's World Cities. In chapters ranging from Los Angeles to Moscow and Dakar to Mumbai, Fashion's World Cities explores the relationship between major metropolises and the production, consumption and mythologizing of fashion.

David Gilbert is Professor of Geography at Royal Holloway University, London. Christopher Breward is Deputy Head of Research at the Victoria & Albert Museum in London.

David Gilbert is Professor of Geography at Royal Holloway University, London. Christopher Breward is Deputy Head of Research at the Victoria & Albert Museum in London.

UK September 2006 • US September 2006 PB 9781845204136 • £20.99 / $37.95 HB 9781845204129 • £63.00 / $130.95 304 pages • 40 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Cultures of Consumption Series Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

UK September 2006 • US September 2006 PB 9781845204136 • £20.99 / $37.95 HB 9781845204129 • £63.00 / $130.95 304 pages • 40 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Cultures of Consumption Series Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

The Meanings of Dress

Fashion for the People A History of Clothing at Marks & Spencer Rachel Worth

Kimberly A. Miller-Spillman, Andrew Reilly & Patricia Hunt-Hurst This collection of articles and essays from magazines, newspapers, books, and academic journals is designed to expand the reader's awareness and understanding of the role dress plays in cultures and subcultures across the globe. The text, which represents the very best thinking and writing on the subject today, explores essential topics such as dress and sociology, cultural studies, gender, religion, modesty, and technological changes. The Meanings of Dress, 3rd Edition is newly revised to reflect the current cultural landscape and includes more theory than previous editions, as well as an increased emphasis on the male perspective. The book provides design and merchandising students with insight into how - and why consumers buy clothing and other products related to dress, and helps them to hone their trend forecasting skills.

Kimberly A. Miller-Spillman, PhD, is Director of Graduate Studies and Associate Professor in the Merchandising, Apparel, and Textiles Department of the University of Kentucky. She is a member of American Association of Family and Consumer Sciences (AAFCS), International Textile and Apparel Association (ITAA) and Costume Society of America (CSA) and chaired the symposium committee for CSA Southeastern Region at Shaker Village of Pleasant Hill in 2011. She has been involved with the Ghana Study Abroad program at UK since 2010.

Andrew Reilly, PhD, is an Associate Professor of Apparel Product Design and Merchandising at University of Hawai`i, Manoa where he teaches courses on merchandising and social-psychological aspects of fashion and dress. He is principal editor of Critical Studies in Men's Fashion, and a member of the editorial board of Fashion and Popular UK December 2012 • US October 2012 PB 9781609012786 • £55.00 / $95.00 640 pages • 190 illus Fairchild Books

"'Makes a significant contribution to the discussion of fashion as a business process, connecting production, retail and consumption. The author also succeeds in suggesting important ways in which the nature of high street fashion can be understood - and the industry itself seen in a more subtle and complex way - rather than simply in terms of high fashion.' Rebecca Arnold, Central St. Martins College of Art and Design" Marks & Spencer is an institution synonymous with quality, reliability, and customer care. But do we associate it with 'fashion'? Drawing on previously unpublished company archives, Fashion for the People considers the company's contribution to British - and, since the 1970s, international - fashion. The author discusses how, from the 1920s, Marks & Spencer brought fashion to the high street, offering welldesigned clothing at affordable prices. She examines the unique ways in which the company has democratized fashion, arguing that its pioneering role in the development of new fabrics, the employment of designers as consultants and its marketing and promotional strategies have changed the ways in which we understand and consume fashion.

Marks & Spencer is not just a stalwart of the British high street. As this book shows, it has also brought fashion to the masses.

Rachel Worth is Principal Lecturer in Fashion Studies at the Arts Institute at Bournemouth.

UK December 2006 • US December 2006 PB 9781845201746 • £18.99 / $30.95 HB 9781845201739 • £53.00 / $109.95 168 pages • 30 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

40

Queer Style

Beads and Bead Makers

Adam Geczy & Vicki Karaminas "If clothes make the man (and the woman), how much more do they make the queer man or woman. This insightful book looks at the way fashion has coded same-sex desire, from eighteenth-century macaronis and gentlemen fops to modern leathermen and muscle queens, from mannish Sapphic women to lipstick lesbians. As those with homoerotic orientations constructed their sexualities and identities, the authors reveal, so they dressed themselves for the parts they played." Robert Aldrich, Professor of European History, University of Sydney, Australia Queer Style offers an insight into queer fashionability by addressing the role that clothing has played in historical and contemporary lifestyles.

From a fashion studies perspective, it examines the function of subcultural dress within queer communities and the mannerisms and messages that are used as signifiers of identity. Divided into three main sections on history, subcultural identity and subcultural style, it is of particular interest to students of dress and fashion as well as those coming to subculture from sociology and cultural studies.

ADAM GECZY is Senior Lecturer at Sydney College of the Arts, Australia. VICKI KARAMINAS is Associate Professor of Fashion Studies and Associate Head of the School of Design at the University of Technology, Sydney, Australia.

Adam Geczy is an artist and writer. He is Senior Lecturer at Sydney College of the Arts, Australia, and author of several books including (with Michael Carter) Reframing Art (Berg, 2005) and Art: Histories, Theories and Exceptions (Berg, 2008), a Choice Outstanding Academic Title, 2009.

UK August 2013 • US October 2013 PB 9781847881960 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9781847881953 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9781847887368 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472535344 • £54.00 / $87.00 208 pages • 19 bw illus Series: Subcultural Style Bloomsbury Academic

The Men's Fashion Reader

"'Well-edited and provides rich, detailed material for a comparative analysis of beads world-wide ... The book succeeds in bridging several disciplines, and it should be of great interest to historians, anthropologists, and archaeologists -- and of course to the practical bead enthusiast who wants to learn about the social role of stringed objects.'Bead Society Trust Newsletter'This intriguing work is very fully and helpfully illustrated and will probably tempt quite a few readers to look out for antique beads on their travels.'Oxford: The Journal of the Oxford Society'Packed with useful information.'Bead Society Newsletter'Beads and Bead Makers is an important contribution to understanding these often overlooked small bits of material culture that archaeologists have tended to take more seriously than ethnographers.'American Anthropologist'This is a book which repays dipping into, each essay providing a scholarly and thought-provoking insight into beads and gender in" Beads have been used since antiquity, not only to dress the body, but as measures of value in economic and ritual exchanges. Their popularity has never waned, and in recent years their trade has enjoyed a worldwide revival. Beads have deep and multiple meanings: in many cultures, together with garments, they reflect age, gender and social status, and are a vehicle through which people store, exchange and transmit wealth.This absorbing book analyzes techniques and gendered aspects of the making of beads, as well as their role in trade and body adornment, in a wide range of societies, from the ancient Mediterranean to Renaissance Venice and present-day Southern Africa and West Africa, where they have become a symbol of cultural survival and identity. Anyone interested in material culture, anthropology, art history, and gender studies will find that this book provides fascinating insights into attitudes toward the body and its dress as well as systems UK May 1998 • US May 1998 PB 9781859739952 • £21.99 / $37.95 HB 9781859739907 • £53.00 / $104.95 336 pages • illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Women Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

Vampire Culture Maria Mellins

Edited by Peter McNeil & Vicki Karaminas "Men's interest in fashion and the role of fashion in constructing masculine identity have so far not been investigated in depth.

The Men's Fashion Reader is an important work exploring all aspects of men and fashion - from design to production, communication and consumption. At last an ideal resource is available to scholars, students and professionals." Simona Segre Reinach, Iuav University, Venice The Men's Fashion Reader brings together key writings in the history, culture and identity of men's fashion. The readings provide a balanced range of important methodological approaches, primary research and significant case studies. The book is organized into thematic sections covering topics such as history, theory, subculture, iconic items of clothing, consumption and the media.

Each section is introduced and concludes with an annotated guide to further reading. With exciting illustrations of men's dress from a range of historical periods, and including readings from key scholars and new writers across a wide range of fields, The Men's Fashion Reader is the essential introduction to the subject. Introduction: The Field of Men's Fashion Part 1. A History of Men's Fashion Part 2. Masculinity and Sexuality Part 3. Icons: The Evolution of Men's Wear Part 4. Subculture Part 5. Consuming and Creating Style Conclusion

UK January 2009 • US January 2009 PB 9781845207878 • £25.99 / $46.95 HB 9781845207861 • £65.00 / $119.95 544 pages • 50 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

Gender, Material Culture and Meaning Edited by Lidia D. Sciama & Joanne B. Eicher

Unique and exciting, this ethnographic study is the first to address a little-known subculture, which holds a fascination for many. The first decade of the twenty-first century has displayed an ever increasing fixation with vampires, from the recent spate of phenomenally successful books, films, and television programmes, to the return of vampire-like style on the catwalk. Amidst this hype, there exists a small, dedicated community that has been celebrating their interest in the vampire since the early 1990s. The London vampire subculture is an alternative lifestyle community of people from all walks of life and all ages, from train drivers to university lecturers, who organise events such as fang fittings, gothic belly dancing, late night graveyard walks, and 'carve your own tombstone'.

Mellins presents an extraordinary account of this fascinating subculture, which is largely unknown to most people. Through case study analysis of the female participants, Vampire Culture investigates women's longstanding love affair with the undead, and asks how this fascination impacts on their lives, from fiction to fashion. Vampire Culture includes photography from community member and professional photographer SoulStealer, and is an essential read for students and scholars of gender, film, television, media, fashion, culture, sociology and research methods, as well as anyone with an interest in vampires, style subcultures, and the gothic.

Maria Mellins is a Senior Lecturer in Screen Media at St Mary's University, UK.

UK August 2013 • US September 2013 PB 9780857850751 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857850744 • £65.00 / $120.00 Individual eBook 9780857850898 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472503855 • £60.00 / $96.00 160 pages • 26 bw illus Series: Dress & Body & Culture Bloomsbury Academic

www.bloomsbury.com

41

Vampire Culture

Menswear Business to Style Michael Londrigan

Maria Mellins Mellins presents an extraordinary account of this subculture, which holds a fascination for many.

Through case study analysis of the female participants, Vampire Culture investigates women's longstanding love affair with the undead, and asks how this fascination impacts on their lives, from fiction to fashion. The book includes photography from community member and professional photographer SoulStealer, and is an essential read for students and scholars of gender, film, television, media, fashion, culture, sociology, and research methods, as well as anyone with an interest in vampires, style subcultures, and the gothic.

MARIA MELLINS is Senior Lecturer in Screen Media at St Mary's University, UK.

Menswear: Business to Style explores the historical beginnings of menswear, setting the stage for today’s diverse and exciting industry and preparing students to assume a role in the business as it continues to evolve. Drawing on his experiences in menswear, the author discusses design and manufacturing in four main areas: tailored clothing, furnishings, formal wear, and sportswear. The text also covers the principles, procedures, and techniques merchandisers employ to attract their target customers, giving the reader an appreciation of menswear from both a fashion and economic standpoint.

Michael P. Londrigan is Chair of the Fashion Merchandising Department at LIM College.

Maria Mellins is a Senior Lecturer in Screen Media at St Mary's University, UK.

UK August 2013 • US September 2013 PB 9780857850751 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857850744 • £65.00 / $120.00 Individual eBook 9780857850898 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472503855 • £60.00 / $96.00 160 pages • 26 bw illus Series: Dress & Body & Culture Bloomsbury Academic

UK October 2008 • US August 2008 PB 9781563675591 • £47.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781609014087 • £181.00 / $277.00 464 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

The Visible Self

Fashion and Art

Global Perspectives on Dress, Culture, and Society Joanne B. Eicher, Sandra Lee Evenson & Hazel A. Lutz The authors elaborate on what dress is, define ethnocentrism and position dress in todays society.

Using Western and non-Western examples, the book fosters an appreciation of the diversity of surface appearance through an exploration of the common purposes served by dress to protect, satisfy and communicate. The Visible Self, 2nd Edition, analyzes the act of dressing - not simply putting on clothing, but cleansing the body and adorning it.

Joanne B. Eicher is Regents' Professor at the University of Minnesota.

She is a member of several honour societies, including Tau Sigma (Science and Arts) and Gamma Sigma Delta (Agriculture). She has conducted research worldwide, throughout Africa, Asia, Europe the Middle East and many other locations. Eicher is also author of Dress and Ethnicity: Change Across Space and Time, and co-author of Dress and Identity. Sandra Lee Evenson is Associate Professor at the University of Idaho, where she has taught courses on dress and culture, and apparel design. She was awarded the Marion Featherstone Award for Faculty Development in 1998 and the Lois Dickey Fellowship from the International Textiles and Apparel Association.Hazel A. Lutz is a professor at the University of Minnesota, where she teaches textile analysis, quilting, embroidery, introduction to design thinking and cultural perspectives on dress. She is a specialist in South Asian textiles and dress and has completed five years of research in India. Lutz is also a textile artist and a member of the Phi Upsilon Omicron honourary society.

UK May 2000 • US March 2000 HB 9781563670688 • £40.00 / $65.00 464 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Edited by Adam Geczy & Vicki Karaminas "Finally a book on the complex relationship between art and fashion adopts a different approach. Instead of the usual attempts to decide where the boundary lines might be drawn , this anthology examines the areas where art and fashion meet. These essays are not only vital for scholars and students within both disciplines - for anyone and everyone, this is a highly enjoyable book." Pamela Church Gibson, Reader in Cultural and Historical Studies, London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, London For at least two centuries, fashion and art have maintained a competitive love-hate relationship. Both fashion and art construct imaginary worlds, and use a language of style to invigorate beliefs, perceptions and ideas.

Until now the crossovers of fashion and art have received only scattered treatment and suffered from a dearth of theorization. As an attempt to theorize the area, this collection of new and updated essays is the most well-rounded and authoritative to date. Some of the world's foremost scholars in the field are assembled here to explore the artfashion nexus in numerous ways: from aesthetics and performance to masquerade and media.

Original and inspiring, this book will not only secure ‘art­fashion' as a discrete area of study, but also suggest new critical pathways for exploring their continuing cross-pollination. Fashion and Art is essential reading for students and scholars of fashion, art history and theory, cultural studies and related fields.

Adam Geczy is an artist and writer. He is Senior Lecturer at Sydney UK January 2012 • US March 2012 PB 9781847887832 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847887849 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857852144 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857852137 • £60.00 / $96.00 224 pages • 32 colour & 5 bw illus Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

42

The Chinese Fashion Industry

Hair

An Ethnographic Approach Jianhua Zhao

Styling, Culture and Fashion Edited by Geraldine Biddle-Perry & Sarah Cheang

"The analyses are timely and important, and Zhao shows conclusively that many of our assumptions about fashion, the market, and modernization do not apply simplistically in the case of China. The book is short and readable and would be of interest to anthropologists working on material culture, globalization, and fashion and would be accessible to students and the general public." Jack David Eller, Anthropology Review Database Less than three decades ago, when the Chinese bought cloth or clothes, they would have had to use a government-issued coupon.

Today the Chinese fashion industry is one of the most dynamic in the world - it not only supplies fashions to the increasingly discerning domestic market, but also provides one-third of the clothing sold in the global market. How did this phenomenal transition come about? What can the growth of the Chinese fashion industry tell us about the postMao China? What roles do the local and the global play in the dramatic changes?

This book offers a historically informed, ethnographically grounded and interpretive analysis of contemporary Chinese fashion and the fashion industry. It examines the interplay of state politics, market forces, local social and cultural factors, and the global political economy, both in the rise of the Chinese fashion industry and in the life and work of Chinese fashion professionals.

As the first ethnographic account of the Chinese fashion industry in the post-Mao era, The Chinese Fashion Industry combines first-hand accounts with sophisticated cultural analysis to offer new insights, and will be of interest to students and scholars of fashion, anthropology and China.

UK January 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781847889355 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847889362 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781847889386 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853028 • £60.00 / $96.00 224 pages • 20 bw illus Series: Dress & Body & Culture Bloomsbury Academic

"This work provides an intriguing, interdisciplinary, multifaceted kaleidoscope focused on the universality of hair and its relationship to culture. These studies cover a wide spectrum, such as Hundu ritual tonsuring, African combing, salon styling, Islamic shaving, and aristocratic wigging.

Overall, they provide a new lens for understanding the human condition and identity, both the exotic and personal."

B. B. Chico, CHOICE Magazine Hair: Styling, Culture and Fashion explores the social importance of hair, wherever it grows, explaining the cultural significance of hair and hairiness, and presenting a new critical engagement with hair and its stories, histories, performances and rituals.

From heads, legs and underarms, to wigs and beards, and everything in between, the presentation, manipulation and daily experience of human hair plays a central and dynamic role within fashion, self-expression and the creation of social identity. The book's diverse range of cross-cultural essays encompasses the study of hair in fashion, film, art, history, literature, performance and consumer culture.

Offering an accessible mix of visual analysis, cultural commentary and critical theory, Hair: Styling, Culture and Fashion will appeal to all those interested in the presentation and analysis of cultural identity and the body.

Geraldine Biddle-Perry is Lecturer, London College of Fashion, University of the Arts London.

UK December 2008 • US December 2008 PB 9781845207922 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781845207915 • £60.00 / $109.95 288 pages • 80 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

Islamic Fashion and Anti-Fashion

Islamic Fashion and Anti-Fashion

New Perspectives from Europe and North America Edited by Emma Tarlo & Annelies Moors

New Perspectives from Europe and North America Edited by Emma Tarlo & Annelies Moors

"A stimulating and provocative collection of articles. Authors in Tarlo and Moors’ volume provide new data about Muslim women’s dress in several sites. Details highlight the tensions surrounding decisions of what to wear from both wearers’ and viewers’ perspectives, dispelling stereotypes about what it means to be veiled or covered. Their introduction and its bibliography alone are worth the price of the book." Joanne B. Eicher, Editor-in-Chief, Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion

"A stimulating and provocative collection of articles. Authors in Tarlo and Moors’ volume provide new data about Muslim women’s dress in several sites. Details highlight the tensions surrounding decisions of what to wear from both wearers’ and viewers’ perspectives, dispelling stereotypes about what it means to be veiled or covered. Their introduction and its bibliography alone are worth the price of the book." Joanne B. Eicher, Editor-in-Chief, Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion

Introducing innovative new research from international scholars working on Islamic fashion and its critics, Islamic Fashion and Anti-Fashion provides a global perspective on muslim dress practices. The book takes a broad geographic sweep, bringing together the sartorial experiences of Muslims in locations as diverse as Paris, the Canadian Prairie, Swedish and Italian bath houses and former socialist countries of Eastern Europe.

Introducing innovative new research from international scholars working on Islamic fashion and its critics, Islamic Fashion and Anti-Fashion provides a global perspective on muslim dress practices. The book takes a broad geographic sweep, bringing together the sartorial experiences of Muslims in locations as diverse as Paris, the Canadian Prairie, Swedish and Italian bath houses and former socialist countries of Eastern Europe.

What new Islamic dress practices and anxieties are emerging in these different locations? How far are they shaped by local circumstances, migration histories, particular religious traditions, multicultural interfaces and transnational links? To what extent do developments in and debates about Islamic dress cut across such local specificities, encouraging new channels of communication and exchange?

EMMA TARLO is Professor of Anthropology, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK. ANNELIES MOORS is Professor of Social Scientific Study of Contemporary Muslim Societies, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

With original contributions from the fields of anthropology, fashion studies, media studies, religious studies, history, geography and cultural studies, Islamic Fashion and Anti-Fashion will be of interest to students and scholars working in these fields as well as to general readers interested in the public presence of Islam in Europe and America.

Emma Tarlo is Professor of Anthropology, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK.

UK July 2013 • US September 2013 PB 9780857853356 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857853349 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9780857853370 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853363 • £60.00 / $96.00 320 pages • 55 bw & 34 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK July 2013 • US September 2013 PB 9780857853356 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857853349 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9780857853370 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853363 • £60.00 / $96.00 320 pages • 55 bw & 34 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

Annelies Moors is Professor of Social Scientific Study of Contemporary Muslim Societies, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

www.bloomsbury.com

43

Visibly Muslim

Broken Threads

The Destruction of the Jewish Fashion Industry in Germany and Austria Edited by Roberta S. Kremer

Fashion, Politics, Faith Emma Tarlo "Fluid style, beautiful pictures, and honest stories." Muslimah Media Watch Muslims in Britain and cosmopolitan cities throughout the West are increasingly choosing to express their identity and faith through dress, whether by wearing colourful headscarves, austere black garments or creative new forms of Islamic fashion. Why is dress such an important issue for Muslims? Why is it such a major topic of media interest and international concern?

This timely and important book cuts through media stereotypes of Muslim appearances, providing intimate insights into what clothes mean to the people who design and wear them. It examines how different ideas of fashion, politics, faith, freedom, beauty, modesty and cultural diversity are articulated by young British Muslims as they seek out clothes which best express their identities, perspectives and concerns.

It also explores the wider social and political effects of their clothing choices on the development of transnational cultural formations and multicultural urban spaces.

Based on contemporary ethnographic research, the book is an essential read for students and scholars of religion, sociology, cultural studies, anthropology and fashion as well as anyone interested in cultural diversity and the changing face of cosmopolitan cities throughout the world.

Emma Tarlo is Professor in Anthropology, Goldsmiths, University of London.

"'The terrible story of the Holocaust overshadows all else, including the story of Jewish life in the years leading up to the catastrophe. Broken Threads opens a fascinating window on the world of German and Austrian Jewry before the war. The two Jews to whom the book is dedicated, Paul Meyer in Cologne, producer of fine lace, and Leonore Freiman, then at Fashion School in Vienna, were typical of the creative, vibrant commercial and artistic life that was blotted out. Here it can be seen in all its pre-war glory: with a variety that spans architecture, design, manufacture and marketing. Such elegant men. Such chic women. Such confident poses. Such state of the art clothing.'Sir Martin Gilbert'Richly illustrated and clearly written, Broken Threads examines the role of the Jews in the German fashion industry and the assault of the Nazis against those very Jews and against that industry. It illumines both visually and intellectually the role of Jews in German culture and commerce and" Broken Threads tells the story of the destruction of the Jewish fashion industry under the Nazis.Jewish designers were very prominent in the fashion industry of 1930s Germany and Austria. The emergence of Konfektion, or ready-to-wear, and the development of the modern department store, with its innovative merchandising and lavish interior design, only emphasized this prominence. The Nazis came to see German high fashion as too heavily influenced by Jewish designers, manufacturers and merchandisers. These groups were targeted with a campaign of propaganda, boycotts, humiliation and Aryanization.Broken Threads chronicles this moment of cultural loss, detailing the rise of Jewish design and its destruction at the hands of the Nazis. Superbly

UK January 2010 • US January 2010 PB 9781845204334 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845204327 • £65.00 / $109.95 320 pages • 50 b&w and 32 colour illustrations, biblio, index Berg Publishers

UK December 2006 • US December 2006 HB 9781845206604 • £18.99 / $38.95 136 pages • 82 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

Orlan

The Religious Life of Dress

Millennial Female Kate Ince

Global Fashion and Faith Lynne Hume

"'Fascinating and informative.'Modern and Contemporary France'By the end of this book many readers with a strong stomach will be keeping an eye out for [Orlan's] future performance dates.' Feminist Theory" The French performance artist Orlan has acquired both fame and infamy for her performances. A multimedia artist since the 1960s, she embarked at the beginning of the 1990s on a project of body modification through plastic surgery, the basic premise of which was to transform herself into a digitally designed pastiche of the greatest icons of female beauty in Western art. Orlan's project has sparked intense debate in the visual arts, among feminists, and among those concerned with medical ethics, as it raises complex questions about sexuality, beauty, subjectivity, gender and technology. This book addresses all these issues, and focuses on the interrelations of dress, body and culture in Orlan's work since the 1960s. Surgical performances represent the most extreme phase of Orlan's artistic practice, but she has made extensive and varied use of costume throughout her career.Using the ‘body theory' and theories of monstrosity developed by feminist, gender and film theorists, and the work of philosophers Luce Irigaray and Gilles Deleuze, the author examines the challenges Orlan's performance art poses to its viewers. Anyone working in the fields of gender, the visual arts or cultural studies will find this book and the questions it raises provocative and enlightening.

"Hume’s emphasis on the smell, feel, texture, and types of cloth used in religious practice is particularly original, as is her discussion of dress associated with the dead. This unique volume underscores the ways that clothing contributes to people’s identities and their sense of moral order, in this world and beyond." Elisha P. Renne, University of Michigan, USA Taking a 'senses' approach, Hume's engaging account takes into consideration the look, smell, feel, touch and sound of religious apparel, the 'smells and bells' of dress and its accoutrements, as well as the emotions evoked by donning religious garb. The book's global perspective provides wide-ranging, yet detailed, coverage of religious dress, Hume examines the 2,500 year-old tradition of Buddhist robes, the nudity of India's holy men, and much more.

LYNNE HUME is Associate Professor in the School of History, Philosophy, Religion and Classics at the University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia.

Lynne Hume is Associate Professor in the School of History, Philosophy, Religion and Classics at the University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia.

Kate Ince Lecturer in French Studies,University of Birmingham

UK November 2000 • US November 2000 PB 9781859733394 • £19.99 / $37.95 HB 9781859733349 • £53.00 / $109.95 Library eBook 9781847882790 • 256 pages • illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

UK October 2013 • US December 2013 PB 9780857853615 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857853608 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9780857853639 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472567475 • £60.00 / $96.00 184 pages • 25 b/w Series: Dress & Body & Culture Bloomsbury Academic

www.bloomsbury.com

44

Fashion on Television

Fashion on Television

Identity and Celebrity Culture Helen Warner

Identity and Celebrity Culture Helen Warner

"This book provides a comprehensive critical examination of the intersection between fashion, television and celebrity culture.

Examining case studies such as Sex and the City, Gossip Girl, Ugly Betty and Mad Men, the book examines how TV has made style icons out of leading actresses and fashionconscious consumers out of audiences."

Costume Society of America Fashion on Television provides a comprehensive critical examination of the intersection between fashion, television and celebrity culture. The book brings together theoretical approaches to the symbolic force of television and fashion-forward programming on a global scale.

Examining case studies such as Sex and the City, Gossip Girl, Ugly Betty and Mad Men, the book examines how TV has made style icons out of leading actresses and fashion-conscious consumers out of audiences.

Using a varied methodology, including textual and contextual analysis, this study explores the cultural uses of onscreen fashion at the level of industry, text and intertext.

Fashion on Television is essential reading for those seeking to understand the cultural function of costume in a television context.

Written accessibly with a multi-disciplinary approach, it will appeal to students and scholars from film and media, fashion and cultural studies, to sociology and women’s studies.

"This book is an incredibly important and timely contribution to the existing work on fashion theory and I would highly recommend it to anyone interested in not only fashion, but also television costume and screen cultures more generally. Warner presents a clear and convincing account of why fashion on television is important using a range of contemporary case studies that make this serious and scholarly book entertaining and accessible."

Janice Miller, University of the Arts London, UK Essential reading for those seeking to understand the cultural function of costume in a television context, Fashion on Television provides a comprehensive critical examination of the intersection between fashion, television and celebrity culture. Examining case studies such as Sex and the City, Gossip Girl, Ugly Betty and Mad Men, the book examines how TV has made style icons out of leading actresses and fashion-conscious consumers out of audiences.

Helen Warner is Lecturer in Media and Cultural Studies at University of East Anglia, UK.

Helen Warner is Lecturer in Media and Cultural Studies at University of East Anglia, UK. UK April 2014 • US June 2014 PB 9780857854414 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857854407 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781472567468 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472567451 • £60.00 / $96.00 192 pages • 10 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK April 2014 • US June 2014 PB 9780857854414 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857854407 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781472567468 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472567451 • £60.00 / $96.00 200 pages • 10 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

Fashion and Museums

Fashion and Music

Theory and Practice Edited by Marie Riegels Melchior & Birgitta Svensson "This timely book explores the recent popularity of fashion in museums and its wider impact on the field. It is organized into three subjects: museums entering into fashion, controversy surrounding the nature of the fashion exhibition where essentially the human body is on display and lastly the practice of fashion in museums. Each chapter is written as a case study by authors with great experience in museum scholarship and curation including: Harold Koda & Jessica Glasscock of the Costume Institute, Julia Petrov of Alberta College of Art and Design and Rosemary Harden of The Fashion Museum in Bath, UK." Costume Society of America With contributions from expert scholars and practitioners, this volume examines the rise of fashion in the museum. It includes 12 international case studies including The Met, MoMu, and Bath Fashion Museum.

Drawing on approaches from dress history, fashion studies, museum studies and curatorship, this engaging book will be key reading for students and scholars across a range of disciplines.

Marie Riegels Melchior is Assistant Curator at Designmuseum, Denmark.

Janice Miller "This book is not only entertaining, but also informative. Miller presents a current perspective on various aspects of popular music in one easy to read book, which I plan to use in the classroom." Jessica Strubel, School of Merchandising and Hospitality Management, University of North Texas The relationship between popular music and fashion has been a culturally significant one since the 1950s, and this book explores how music and musicians play a key role in the shaping of identity, taste and consumption. Using a range of historical and contemporary examples, this book uncovers the way in which fashion and music have worked to shape contemporary attitudes to bodies and identities.

Focusing on performers as much as fans, on the mainstream as much as the underground, Fashion and Music provides a lens through which to examine themes of gender, sexuality, ageing and youth, ethnicity, body image, consumer culture, fandom and postmodernity.

Janice Miller is Senior Lecturer in Cultural and Historical Studies at the London College of Fashion.

Birgitta Svensson is Professor and holder of the Hallwyl chair in European Ethnology at Nordiska museet and Stockholm University, Sweden.

UK June 2014 • US August 2014 PB 9781472527660 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781472525246 • £65.00 / $112.00 Individual eBook 9781472567932 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472567925 • £60.00 / $96.00 232 pages • 27 bw illus Series: Dress & Body & Culture Bloomsbury Academic

UK July 2011 • US September 2011 PB 9781847884138 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781847884145 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857851154 • £21.99 / $32.99 Library eBook 9781847884152 • £180.00 / $289.00 200 pages • 15 bw illus Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

45

Porn Chic Exploring the Contours of Raunch Eroticism Annette Lynch

Fashion Brand Merchandising Gordon T. Kendall

The mainstreaming of pornographic imagery into fashion and popular culture at the turn of the millennium in Britain and the US signalled a dramatic cultural shift in construction of both femininity and masculinity., as raunch became the new cool. This engaging book draws from a diverse range of examples including film, popular tabloids, campus culture, mass media marketing campaigns, facebook profiles, and art exhibits to explore expressions and meanings of porn chic Balancing a popular culture approach and a strong analytic lens, Porn Chic will engage a wide audience of readers interested in popular culture, fashion, and gender studies.

Annette Lynch is a Professor of Textiles and Apparel and the Director of the Center for Violence Prevention at the University of Northern Iowa.

She has published Dress, Gender and Cultural Change (Berg, 1999) and Changing Fashion: A Critical Introduction to Trend Analysis and Meaning (Berg, 2007).

Fashion Brand Merchandising introduces the concepts and practices to help students build, develop, and work with fashion brands. The book includes four parts, each exploring an important facet of fashion brands and the fashion brand process. This text covers how branding and merchandising activities are interrelated and interdependent with respect to marketing fashion-related products. In whatever capacity you engage with fashion brands—marketer, merchandiser, retailer, designer, or student—this text covers what you need to know to work successfully in the industry.

Gordon T. Kendall is a freelance author and lecturer based in Dallas, Texas.

Nicola Steffen was brought up in Germany where she studied English, Art and Education. She currently lives in the UK where she works as an artist under the pseudonym of 'Nicola Bockelmann'.

UK October 2012 • US December 2012 PB 9781847886286 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781847886293 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781472520142 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472520135 • £60.00 / $96.00 224 pages • 14 bw illus Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

UK January 2009 • US November 2008 HB 9781563675614 • £47.00 / $90.00 416 pages • 8 pp colour section Fairchild Books

The Why of the Buy

Dress Sense

Consumer Behavior and Fashion Marketing Patricia M. Rath, Stefani Bay, Richard Petrizzi & Penny Gill Consumer behavior affects all aspects of design, production, merchandising, and promotion in the fashion industry. The Why of the Buy: Consumer Behavior and Fashion Marketing addresses how psychology, sociology, and culture influence what, when, where, why, and how consumers buy what they buy. With topics ranging from consumer attitudes, personality, and values to the global marketplace, ethics, and social responsibility, this text with more than 150 color photos and cartoons presents consumer behavior in an enthusiastic and relevant way that will attract and engage students.

Patricia M. Rath, International Academy of Design and Technology, Chicago. Stefani Bay Illinois Institute of Art, Chicago. Richard Petrizzi Illinois Institute of Art, Chicago. Penny Gill Writer/Journalist.

Emotional and Sensory Experiences of the Body and Clothes Edited by Donald Clay Johnson & Helen Bradley Foster Dress Sense explores the importance of the senses and emotions in the way people dress, and how they attach value and significance to clothing. Inspired by the work of Joanne B. Eicher, contributors offer different multi-disciplinary perspectives on this key and unexplored topic in dress and sensory anthropology. The essays present historical, contemporary and global views, from British imperial dress in India, to revolutionary Socialist dress. Issues of body and identity are brought to the fore in the sexual power of Ghanian women's waistbeads, the way cross-dressers feel about their clothing, and how the latest threedimensional body-scanning technology affects people's perception of themselves and their bodies. For students and researchers of dress and anthropology, Dress Sense will be invaluable in understanding the crosscultural, emotional and sensual experience of dress and clothing.

Helen Bradley Foster is Lecturer, University of Minnesota.

Donald Clay Johnson is Curator, Ames Library of South Asia, University of Minnesota.

UK May 2008 • US March 2008 HB 9781563674563 • £63.00 / $120.00 Library eBook 9781609014612 • £242.00 / $369.00 496 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

UK November 2007 • US November 2007 PB 9781845206932 • £20.99 / $35.95 HB 9781845206925 • £58.00 / $104.95 208 pages • 40 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

46

Techno Fashion

The Latin American Fashion Reader

Bradley Quinn "The first roadmap into the relatively uncharted frontier of fashion and technology.

And like any new world, this is one fraught with excitement, expectations and unknown potential. Comprehensive in scope and vision." Surface From digital-display dresses to remote control couture, this book exposes the revolutionary interface between contemporary fashion and technology. As twentyfirst century fashion makes a dramatic departure from traditional methods, designers no longer turn to the past for inspiration, but look to the hi-tech future. The result is techno fashion, the new wave of intelligent clothing that fuses fashion with communication technology, electronic textiles, and sophisticated design innovations that express new ideas about appearance, construction and wearability. Born out of the collaboration between fashion designers, researchers and scientists, this new dialogue could be the most significant design innovation in fashions history, or indicate its eventual demise. Either way, techno fashion promises to forever disrupt the historical narrative of fashion evolution.Through interviews with designers ranging from innovators such as Hussein Chalayan and Tristan Webber to mavericks like Alexander McQueen, Bradley Quinn examines the impact of this new direction. The fusion of design and technology introduced by Yohji Yamamoto, Rei Kawakubo and Issey Miyake has created another direction for clothing, creating a new breed of designer-cum-scientist who redefines the way we dress, communicate, and even respond to environmental changes. As technology begins to shape fashion's future, it redefines the boundaries between clothing, body and machine, forever transforming the ethics and lifestyles traditionally designated by codes of dress.

UK December 2002 • US December 2002 PB 9781859736203 • £18.99 / $32.95 HB 9781859735992 • £53.00 / $104.95 240 pages • 50 b&w and 16 illustrations, biblio, index Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

"Shortlisted for the Millia Davenport Award 2006, Costume Society of America'Nizia Villaa's essay on Rio's beachwear is a sheer delight. Also outstanding are the essays by Regina Root on exuberant nineteenthcentury Argentine hairstyles, Kimberly Randall on Mexican China Poblana embroidered blouses and skirts, and Marilyn Miller on 'Guayaberismo and the essence of cool...there is much insight and pleasure to be gained from this novel prism through which to visualize Latin American history.'Richard Feinberg for Foreign Affairs Magazine, November-December 2005Feature article in Elle Argentina, June 2005'A necessary volume in the book collection of any serious student of Hispanic culture, and and 'must order' by any institution of higher education.'Diana Risk, Virginia Wesleyan College, in The Journal of American Culture'This book offers a remarkable insight into the power of fabric and adornment.'Graduate Journal of Asia-Pacific Studies'There is much insight and pl" Latin American fashion's recent gain in popularity can be seen most obviously in mass-market ranges throughout the industrialized West.

From the tango-inspired dress of Argentina and guerrilla chic in downtown Buenos Aires to swimwear on Copacabana Beach and the rainbow that adorns Mayan women, Latin America has long been a source of inspiration for designers throughout the world. Until now, however, the pivotal role played by dress in this region has surprisingly been overlooked. This book is a long overdue assessment of Latin America's influence on global fashion. The authors examine the significance of textiles and dress to Latin American culture and the reasons behind it from fashion history to popular culture and the UK March 2005 • US March 2005 PB 9781859738931 • £18.99 / $32.95 HB 9781859738887 • £58.00 / $120.95 320 pages • 16 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

African Dress

Jews and Shoes

Fashion, Agency, Performance Edited by Karen Tranberg Hansen & D. Soyini Madison Dress and fashion practices in Africa and the diaspora are dynamic and diverse, whether on the street or on the fashion runway.

Focusing on the dressed body as a performance site, African Dress explores how ideas and practices of dress contest or legitimize existing power structures through expressions of individual identity and the cultural and political order.

Drawing on innovative, interdisciplinary research by established and up and coming scholars, the book examines real life projects and social transformations that are deeply political, revolving around individual and public goals of dignity, respect, status, and morality.

With its remarkable scope, this book will attract students and scholars of fashion and dress, material culture and consumption, performance studies, and art history in relation to Africa and on a global scale.

Karen Tranberg Hansen is Professor of Anthropology at Northwestern University, USA. D. Soyini Madison is Professor of Performance Studies with affiliate appointments in the Department of Anthropology and African American Studies at Northwestern University, USA.

UK February 2013 • US April 2013 PB 9780857853813 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857853806 • £60.00 / $110.00 Individual eBook 9780857854186 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857858207 • £60.00 / $96.00 272 pages • 12 colour and 34 bw illus Series: Dress & Body & Culture Bloomsbury Academic

Edited by Regina Root

Edited by Edna Nahshon "After reading Jews and Shoes, one will no longer view that essential part of the wardrobe as a mere item of necessity."

Jewish Book World Shoes are an integral part of Jewish material culture.

Although they appear in some of the most foundational biblical stories, they are generally regarded as no more than lowly, albeit essential, accessories. Jews and Shoes takes a fresh look at the makings and meanings of shoes, cobblers, and barefootedness in Jewish experience. The book shows how shoes convey theological, social, and economic concepts, and as such are intriguing subjects for inquiry within a wide range of cultural, artistic, and historic contexts. The book's multidisciplinary approach encompasses a wide range of contributions from disciplines as diverse as fashion, visual culture, history, anthropology, Bible and Talmud, and performance studies. Jews and Shoes will appeal to students, scholars and general readers alike who are interested to find out more about the practical and symbolic significance of shoes in Jewish culture since antiquity.

Edna Nahshon is Associate Professor of Hebrew at the Jewish Theological Seminary and Senior Associate, Centre of Hebrew and Jewish Studies, Oxford University.

UK August 2008 • US August 2008 PB 9781847880505 • £18.99 / $39.95 HB 9781847880499 • £60.00 / $109.95 338 pages • 50 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

47

Jews and Shoes

Global Denim

Edited by Edna Nahshon

Edited by Daniel Miller & Sophie Woodward

"After reading Jews and Shoes, one will no longer view that essential part of the wardrobe as a mere item of necessity."

Jewish Book World

"An interesting and commendable first foray into an anthropology of blue jeans."

Anthropology Review Database

Shoes are an integral part of Jewish material culture.

Although they appear in some of the most foundational biblical stories, they are generally regarded as no more than lowly, albeit essential, accessories.

Jews and Shoes takes a fresh look at the makings and meanings of shoes, cobblers, and barefootedness in Jewish experience. The book shows how shoes convey theological, social, and economic concepts, and as such are intriguing subjects for inquiry within a wide range of cultural, artistic, and historic contexts.

The book's multidisciplinary approach encompasses a wide range of contributions from disciplines as diverse as fashion, visual culture, history, anthropology, Bible and Talmud, and performance studies.

Jews and Shoes will appeal to students, scholars and general readers alike who are interested to find out more about the practical and symbolic significance of shoes in Jewish culture since antiquity.

On any given day nearly half the world's population is wearing blue jeans. This is entirely extraordinary. Yet there has never been a serious attempt to understand the causes, nature and consequences of denim as 'the' global garment of our world. This book takes up that challenge with gusto. It gives clear, if surprising, explanations for why this is the case, challenging the accepted history of jeans and showing why the reasons cannot be commercial.

While discussing the consequences of denim at the global level, the book consists of some exemplary studies by anthropologists of what blue jeans mean in a variety of local situations. These range from the discussion of hip-hop jeans in Germany, denim and sex in Milan through to the connection between denim and recycling in the US. But through all these intensively researched ethnographies of local denim we build our understanding of the most curious of all features of blue jeans - the rise of global denim.

Edna Nahshon is Associate Professor of Hebrew at the Jewish Theological Seminary and Senior Associate, Centre of Hebrew and Jewish Studies, Oxford University.

Daniel Miller is Professor of Material Culture at University College London. He is the author of many books, including The Sari (with Mukulika Banerjee, Berg, 2004), Anthropology and the Individual (Berg, 2009) and The Comfort of Things (2009). Sophie Woodward is Lecturer in Sociology at the University of Manchester and author of

UK August 2008 • US August 2008 PB 9781847880505 • £18.99 / $39.95 HB 9781847880499 • £60.00 / $109.95 338 pages • 50 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

UK November 2010 • US November 2010 PB 9781847886316 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847886323 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781847887399 • £21.99 / $32.99 Library eBook 9780857851420 • £66.00 / $106.00 224 pages • 12 b/w illustrations Berg Publishers

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 1

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 10

Africa

Global Perspectives

"It is hard to avoid the use of superlatives in reviewing this ambitious, erudite and authoritative series. Taking dress, fashion and (implicitly) the textiles and other materials that have adorned cross-cultural bodies throughout history as its themes, this ten-volume publication (with 6000 pages and 200 images) provides an extraordinary and rigorous contribution, not only to these, but a breadth of related disciplines." Textile Journal Review of the Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion: Ten volume set

Global Perspectives provides a transnational overview of dress within the global arena. "Intelligent" textiles and the impact of recent developments in nanotechnology are addressed alongside such popular culture phenomena as "cosplay," based on Japanese comics and animation, and virtual worlds, where avatars provide opportunities for multiple, shifting identities. There are broad overview articles on the fashion industry and its impact worldwide, secondhand clothing, and ecofashion, which has evolved out of a concern for ethical consumption. Such varied topics as beads and perfumes are situated within a global context, and there is an informative section on dress and fashion resources worldwide, including museum collections. A fitting conclusion to this monumental major work on dress, Global Perspectives provides an important cross-cultural overview of human dress and adornment across the globalized world.

Lavishly illustrated with over 300 images Africa is the first major reference work to offer a comprehensive overview of dress and adornment in this vast continent. This volume examines past and present dress practices, including the ornamental and symbolic meaning of body decoration, the historical significance of cloth and textiles, and the ancient trading relationships and migrations that have shaped Africa's complex material culture. The rich, varied, and often deeply symbolic dress of African peoples is given its fullest coverage to date in this landmark work.

Joanne B. Eicher is Regents Professor Emerita at the University of Minnesota and Director of the Goldstein Museum of Design. She is Editor for Berg's Dress, Body, Culture series, and is the author, co-author or editor of a wide range of books including: The Visible Self; Mother, Sister, Bride: Rituals of Womanhood; Fashion Foundations; and Dress and Ethnicity. Doran H. Ross is a past president of the Arts Council of the African Studies Association, and is the Editor of African Arts and Textile: The Journal of Cloth and Culture.

UK October 2011 HB 9781847883902 • £135.00 608 pages • 301 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA/Canada)

EDITORS: Joanne B. Eicher is a worldwide authority on the anthropology of dress. She is Editor for Berg's Dress, Body, Culture series, and is the author, co-author or editor of a wide range of books including: The Visible Self; Mother, Sister, Bride: Rituals of Womanhood; Fashion Foundations; and Dress and Ethnicity. She has lectured and presented papers on five continents. Her research focuses on dress as non-verbal communication with research emphasis on Africa and the textile trade from India to Africa. She is Regents Professor Emerita at the University of Minnesota where she served as department head of Design, Housing, and Apparel, and Director of the Goldstein Museum of Design.

She received her PhD from Michigan State University. Her honors include the Leadership Award from ACASA (Arts Council of African Studies Association) and Honorary Doctorate of Humane Letters from Iowa State2011 University.

UK October HB 9781847883995 • £135.00 624 pages • 136 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

www.bloomsbury.com

48

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 3

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 4

The United States and Canada

South Asia and Southeast Asia

The United States and Canada provides a comprehensive overview of North American dress.

This volume explores the region's varied terrains and climates and how they have contributed to the emergence of vastly different sartorial styles, from cowboy dress and blue jeans to snowgoggles and carnival costume. The splendid dress cultures and heritages of First Nation Peoples and African Americans are covered in depth, together with their influence on mainstream fashion. Hispanic and Jewish cultural traditions are also fully explored, while "Snapshots" provide briefer overviews of the dress practices of a surprising range of cultural and social groups in the region, from the Amish to drag queens. The importance of the North American fashion industry, both past and present, is highlighted, as are major influences that continue to shape trends worldwide, such as the Hollywood film industry and rock music.

South Asia and Southeast Asia boast a large number of diverse ethnic groups, each with their own languages and cultural practices. Here dress traditions may be rooted in ancient, mystical beliefs.

Textiles, many spectacularly embellished, very often have symbolic significance as visual markers of cultural and religious identity. South Asia and Southeast Asia explores this land of sharp contrasts, from the glamour of Bollywood to the vast garment industry, from ritual cross-dressing to Vietnamese fashion designers, and from Bhutanese wedding costumes to Mahatma Gandhi's use of cloth as a powerful political statement. In so doing, it provides an enticing overview of a region of magnificently rich clothing and textile traditions.

EDITOR: Phyllis G. Tortora is a widely published author of textbooks, encyclopedias and reference works, and a specialist on textiles and historic costume. Her books include Fairchild's Dictionary of Textiles, the Dictionary of Fashion, and Fairchild's Encyclopedia of Accessories. She is the co-author (with Keith Eubank) of Survey of Historic Costume: A History of Western Dress, and has contributed articles to Scribner's Encyclopedia of Clothing and Fashion.

CONSULTANT EDITOR: Joseph D. Horse Capture is Associate Curator of the Department of African, Oceanic, and Native American Art at the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.

UK October 2011

Jasleen Dhamija is an independent scholar and author of Indian Folk Arts and Crafts and Asian Embroidery.

HB 9781847883926 • £135.00 640 pages • 342 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

UK October 2011 HB 9781847883933 • £135.00 528 pages • 233 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 5

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 6

Central and Southwest Asia

East Asia

Central and Southwest Asia explores dress history and practices throughout the vast area linking central Asia to the Eastern Mediterranean. The birthplace of three world religions, this is a region shaped by cultural legacies: Arabs, Iranians, and Ottoman Turks have all left stunning and enduring artistic forms. This volume is the only major work to cover the full range of dress across this region, from the historic Silk Road, which played a vital role in linking dress and textile traditions in the area, to topics rarely before investigated, such as Kurdish dress, the role of the hajj market, and Afghan fashion shows. The region's location as a bridge between East and West is also explored, as are the cultural and symbolic meanings of Islamic dress and the West's romantic fascination with Orientalism. Rare photographs provide fascinating visual evidence of the region's rich and complex history.

East Asia covers an area that is home to a quarter of the world's population. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the region, followed by separate sections on China, Korea, and Japan. The section on China covers the Han people, China's ethnic majority, as well as most of China's fifty-five minority groups. Festive dress, China's reputation for distinctive hairstyling, and a wide range of adornments linked to ancient beliefs and traditions are all covered. Overviews of Tibet, Mongolia, and Taiwan are included as well. Traditional and modern aspects of Korean dress are explored in depth, and the importance of the textile and garment industries is highlighted. Street and youth fashion, the history of the kimono, dress and masks for Noh and Kabuki performances, and the work of textile artists who are masters of traditional craft are all covered in the section on Japan. Historical backgrounds and accounts of ancient archaeological evidence are also provided. Accompanied by photographs supplying stunning pictorial evidence, East Asia offers a compelling overview of a land where age-old tradition coexists with bustling, technologically advanced modern states.

Gillian Vogelsang-Eastwood is Director of the Textile Research Centre, Leiden.

John E. Vollmer is an internationally renowned curator and scholar in the fields of Asian art, textiles and costumes, decorative arts and design.

UK October 2011 HB 9781847883940 • £135.00 544 pages • 212 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

UK October 2011 HB 9781847883957 • £135.00 480 pages • 197 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

www.bloomsbury.com

49

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 7

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 8

Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific Islands

West Europe

Collectively, the Pacific Islands, Australia and New Zealand represent a varied and culturally complex region. It is home to peoples leading time-honored ways of life, those gradually accepting cultural changes and those inhabiting industrialized society and engaging with all the trappings of the modern world. The influence of colonialism, trade, Aboriginal and Pacific Islander heritage, and the significance of the environment on bodily adornment are some of topics thoroughly addressed in this volume, which provides general overviews of the dress practices of the region's various peoples.

Snapshots focus on specialist topics relating to traditional dress as well as recent phenomena, such as the performance fashions of pop star and style icon Kylie Minogue. Throughout, articles are supported by a significant number of previously unpublished photographs. Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands will be of enduring value to anyone curious to learn more about dress in this fascinating region.

This volume examines the complex strands that make up the European tradition of dress and fashion.

Europe's varied landscapes and climates have influenced ways of dressing, as have continental and regional historical movements. West Europe, while emphasizing the global importance of European dress and fashion since 1800, provides information about the earlier contexts for their development. It also provides an analysis of haute couture as well as concise introductions to ethnic dress traditions and developments in the making and selling of clothing. Mainstream topics such as the changing shape of the female form are analyzed alongside current issues: ethics in the fashion industry, intelligent textiles, and subcultural dress, for example. Articles are illustrated by images ranging from exquisite couture creations to caricatures lampooning the extravagant follies of history's "fashion victims." This volume is the key reference work for everyone wishing to discover more about West Europe's seminal role in both fashion history and the shaping of cultural identities.

Margaret Maynard is an Honorary Research Consultant in the School of English, Media Studies and Art History at the University of Queensland.

EDITOR: Lise Skov is Associate Professor of Creative Industries at Copenhagen Business School. She is the Editor of the Consumption in Asia book series, and co-editor of Women, Media and Consumption in Japan.

CONSULTING EDITOR: Valerie Cumming is Chairman, The Costume Society, and formerly Deputy Director and Chief Curator, Museum of London.

UK October 2011 HB 9781847883964 • £135.00 576 pages • 216 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

UK October 2011 HB 9781847883971 • £135.00 592 pages • 212 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 9

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion

East Europe, Russia, and the Caucasus

Ten-volume set

From the Baltic to the Balkans, and from Siberia to the Caucasus, the lands covered in this volume contain a multitude of cultures with rich and distinctive dress and textile traditions. However, tradition has not been the only factor shaping dress in the region. The contrast between ethnic and urban dress provides a revealing lens through which to consider individual and cultural identities throughout. Attitudes toward dress have also been shaped by socialism and its demise, as the former "Eastern bloc" states have undergone massive upheaval. This landmark volume is the first major reference work to provide a comprehensive overview of dress within this vast and complex region. Broad surveys of individual countries are supplemented with case studies focusing more narrowly on people, practices, and objects to provide both range and depth. The long tradition of exquisite embroidery is highlighted. The volume also has articles on the influence of the Ottoman Empire on this part of Europe, a discussion of Roma dress, and a snapshot on Balkan bandits. A pioneering, major reference work, East Europe, Russia, and the Caucasus also places dress within the political and sociocultural contexts that have shaped people and nations in this region.

EDITOR: Djurdja Bartlett is a Research Fellow at the London College of Fashion University of the Arts London.

ASSISTANT EDITOR: Pamela Smith is an independent writer, editor and speaker. She regularly contributes to magazines such as Embroidery and Selvedge and other publications.

UK October 2011 HB 9781847883988 • £135.00 592 pages • 212 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

"An absolutely absorbing resource ... I never tired of discovering many of the numerous and fascinating facts, contained within. It was a joy!" Reference Reviews The Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion explores, in 760 articles and 3.6 million words, the dressed and adorned body across cultures and throughout history.

Lavishly illustrated with over 2,000 images, it is essential for all students, scholars and practitioners of fashion and textiles, across disciplines. Available in print - as a 10 volume set - and online within the Berg Fashion Library. The Encyclopedia provides: In-depth original articles - from over 600 international experts - on countries, themes, cultural groups, and dress types Special articles on sources and evidence for each major geographical area ‘Snapshot' articles featuring illuminating examples and case studies - Invaluable bibliographies and suggestions for further reading for each article Cross-references and an analytical cumulative index

Cross-cultural and multidisciplinary in approach, the Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion provides readers with an appreciation of the richness and complexity of dress around the world. For more information please see www.bergfashionlibrary.com/encyclopedia.

UK July 2010 5760 pages • 2,000 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA/Canada)

www.bloomsbury.com

50

Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress and Fashion Vol 2

The Sari

Latin America and the Caribbean

Daniel Miller & Mukulika Banerjee

Covering an area of spectacularly diverse topography and climate, from arid Mexican deserts to tropical islands and from Amazonian rainforests to the high Andes, this volume explores the dress traditions of the many peoples inhabiting Latin America and the Caribbean. The style and glamour of Latin American cultural icons such as Eva Perón, Frida Kahlo, and Carmen Miranda have long fascinated the world, and Caribbean carnival is internationally renowned. But this region also has an extraordinarily rich legacy dating back to ancient cultures, such as the Aztecs, Incas, and Maya, as well as unique records in the form of pictogram books indicating the early use of textiles and clothing types. In this important reference work, these topics, as well as the lasting impact of Spanish and Portuguese colonial activity, are introduced and contextualized to show how modern societies that are fully participating in globalized commerce have developed in this region. With over 250 images, Latin America and the Caribbean is an invaluable reference tool and an essential starting point for anyone wishing to learn about the importance of dress to this vibrant region.

"'A fascinating look at this great Indian traditional wear told through the voices of women who love and live with it on a daily basis'" G. Chadha, director of Bend It Like Beckham

EDITOR: Margot Blum Schevill is a textile and folk art consultant, and author or co-author of a wide range of books including Maya Textiles of Guatemala and The Textile Traditions of Mesoamerica and the Andes.

Drawing on experiences from villagers in Bengal to scientists in Bangalore, this book explores the beauty, adaptability and personality of India's most iconic garment. Banerjee and Miller show why the sari has survived and indeed flourished as everyday dress when most of the world has adopted western clothing. Their book presents both an intimate portrait of the lives of women in India today and an alternative way for us all to think about our relationship to the clothes we wear.

A new bride is unable to move from her husband's motorbike as her sari comes undone. A young man wonders how he will cope with the saris complicated folds in a romantic clinch. A villager's soft, worn sari is her main comfort during a fever. Throughout the book, these and other remarkable stories place the sari at the heart of relationships between mothers and infants, mistresses and maids, designers and soap opera stars.

Illustrated and rich in personal testimony, The Sari expertly shows how one of the world's most simply constructed garments can reveal the intricate design of life in modern India.

CONSULTING EDITORS: Blenda Femenías is a lecturer in the Department of Anthropology at George Washington University. She is the author of Gender and the Boundaries of Dress in Contemporary Peru.

Lynn A. Meisch is Chair of the Anthropology Department at Saint Mary's College UK October 2011 of California, Moraga.

Mukulika Banerjee is Reader in Social Anthropology, University College London and author of The Parthan Unarmed.

Daniel Miller is Professor of Anthropology, University College London.

Recent books include A Theory of Shopping, The Internet: An Ethnographic Approach (with Don Slater) and Ed. Car Cultures.

The Fairchild Encyclopedia of Menswear

Accessory Design

HB 9781847883919 • £135.00 512 pages • 253 bw illustrations Berg Publishers World All Languages (excluding USA)

Aneta Genova

Mary Lisa Gavenas Men’s makeovers are a staple of reality television, and male celebrities retain stables of stylists.

Magazine publishers are busy beefing up their coverage of men’s fashion and grooming. There is more interest over menswear then there’s been in decades, yet there has been no comprehensive resource or reference until now. Witty and exhaustively researched, The Fairchild Encyclopedia of Menswear remedies that need for students, retailers, customers, journalists, would-be dandies, and anyone else who is interested in what men wear and why they wear it.

Mary Lisa Gavenas covered the menswear industry as a reporter and editor at Fairchild Publications, then segued to work as a senior editor at Glamour, In Style, and Mirabella. Her freelance coverage of the fashion industry has appeared in Elle, Forbes' FYI, Harper's Bazaar, The Hollywood Reporter, The New York Times Magazine, and an assortment of other publications. She is also the author of Color Stories: Behind the Scenes in America's Billion-Dollar Beauty Industry (Simon & Schuster), holds a master's degree in costume history from New York University, and has been quoted as an expert source in media ranging from The New York Times and U.S. News & World Report to WNYC and BBC-4.

UK February 2008 • US December 2007 PB 9781563674655 • £30.00 / $60.00 432 pages Fairchild Books

UK July 2008 • US July 2008 PB 9781847883148 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9781859737323 • £55.00 / $99.95 Previously published in HB 9781859737323 288 pages • 215 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers [Sales Rights under review]

This comprehensive introduction to accessory design gives the aspiring designer an overview of the history of fashion accessories, including a look at important contributions by brands both classic and contemporary. Genova presents a model for accessory design, from inspiration through manufacturing, and relates that process to the design of handbags and small leather goods, footwear, hats, gloves, belts, neckwear, and pocket squares. For each accessory, the text explains how the designer’s creativity can be channeled into the development of styles that enhance a brand’s appeal to its target market.

Aneta Genova is an Assistant Professor of Accessory Design at the BFA Fashion Design Department at Parsons School of Design in New York City and has created online accessory design and history of costume classes respectively for The Academy of Art University Online and Drexel University in Philadelphia.

UK November 2011 • US September 2011 PB 9781563679261 • £55.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781628921618 • £202.00 / $308.00 320 pages • full colour Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

51

Computer Aided Design Using Gerber Technology

Introduction to Accumark, Pattern Design, and PDM

Jane Alvarado

Julia Sharp & Virginia Hencken Elsasser

Computer aided design is at the forefront of the patternmaking business today. Computer Aided Design Using Gerber Technology provides clear, stepby-step instructions for AccuMark Explorer, Silhouette/Pattern Design System, and Marker Makingssary to aid the designer in the creation of a garment from conception to output. This text is appropriate for new students as well as design professionals who need a technological refresher course.

Introduction to AccuMark, Pattern Design, and Product Data Management provides step-by-step instructions to Gerber Technology’s in­demand software programs. AccuMark, used to copy patterns into the computer, is covered from the basics of data storage and retrieval to the complexities of digitization. The Pattern Design section details the sizing and measuring, point and notch, line, and piece functions necessary to translate creativity into pattern reality. Rounding out the book are instructions in Product Data Management (PDM), including design and cost specifications. Together, these three computer aided design (CAD) programs are the industry standard. This clear, userfriendly book is the companion tool students need to master them, and to maximize their technological savvy in today’s dynamic fashion industry.

UK August 2007 • US June 2007 HB 9781563674327 • £48.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781609019990 • £181.00 / $277.00 384 pages Fairchild Books

UK July 2007 • US May 2007 PB 9781563674372 • £43.00 / $85.00 Library eBook 9781609014407 • £170.00 / $260.00 336 pages Fairchild Books

Modaris & Diamino for Apparel Design

Style Wise A Practical Guide to Becoming a Fashion Stylist Shannon Burns

Catherine Black A step­by­step guide to Lectra System’s two related software programs, Modaris and Diamino for Apparel Design gives students and professionals working in apparel design and product development the technical know-how they need to succeed. Modaris is used for all phases of pattern development, including pattern manipulation, drafting, and grading. After the patterns are created, they are transferred to Diamino, the markermaking program. Together these programs create the final project.

Style Wise: A Practical Guide to Becoming a Fashion Stylist is a comprehensive manual on establishing a successful career as a stylist. The book paints a realistic picture of the day-to-day activities of professional stylists and provides aspiring stylists with the tools and information needed to begin building a resume and portfolio. Topics covered include fashion styling for print and video, character styling for film and television, food styling, prop styling, and set styling. More handbook than traditional textbook, Style Wise is an essential reference for anyone interested or involved in professional styling.

Catherine Black is Associate Professor at Florida State University.

Shannon Burns-Tran is an Adjunct Instructor at the International Academy of Design and Technology, Tampa, USA, where she has taught the evolution of fashion, textiles for fashion, fashion sketching I & II, introduction to fashion journalism, styling fashion, textiles for interior design, design fundamentals, visual merchandising, and introduction to fashion courses. She has worked as visual merchandiser for Saks Fifth Avenue and accessory designer for a handbag company.

UK January 2008 • US November 2007 PB 9781563674662 • £55.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781609014353 • £210.00 / $321.00 256 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781609011604 • £37.00 / $75.00 304 pages • 160 colour illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

52

Basics Fashion Design 06: Knitwear

Basics Fashion Design 07: Menswear

Juliana Sissons

John Hopkins

"An exciting and inspiring book covering all aspects of knitwear design. This is essential reading for any knitwear student." Katherine Brotheridge, University of Northumbria, UK

"Visually beautiful and very informative. I plan on adding this book to my student list of must look at Menswear resource materials."

Mary Wilson, Fashion Institute of Technology, USA

Basics Fashion Design 06: Knitwear is a practical introduction to the use of knitwear in fashion design, richly illustrated with examples and easy-to-follow diagrams. It describes the many varieties of yarn and fibre, their characteristics and their behaviour, from the traditional to the contemporary. It explains the relevant machinery and tools, and the types of work that can be produced on each. Basic techniques on domestic machines are discussed, leading to a section on how to create a knitting pattern. Details and trims are also examined, outlining embellishment, buttonholes and fastenings.

Juliana Sissons designs for her own fashion label. Her clients have included Alexander McQueen, Louis Vuitton, The Victoria & Albert Museum, and Britney Spears. Juliana is currently a visiting lecturer at the London College of Fashion, Northbrook College, Hastings College of Art, Sussex Downs College, and City College Brighton, and tutors in pattern cutting at the University of Brighton. She recently delivered workshops at the Royal Danish Academy of Fine Arts in Copenhagen, Denmark and the Victoria & Albert Museum.

Basics Fashion Design 07: Menswear provides a broad introduction to menswear by considering a range of social and historical contexts that have served to define and redefine this fascinating area of fashion through the ages, and also includes interviews with contemporary menswear labels, stylists and designers.

These interviews provide valuable insights into the different styles and role models who continue to influence and define menswear in the twenty-first century. This colorful and varied book provides details on both the design process and sources of research for menswear. All topics are considered and presented in context with fashion drawings and presentation formats - from students and recent graduates as well as more established design labels.

John Hopkins worked as a womenswear designer at Jaeger and Burberry for over ten years. His teaching career began in the United States, where he served as chair of Fashion at Savannah Colege of Art and Design, before taking up his current position as head of Fashion and Textiles at Winchester School of Art, UK.

UK November 2010 • US December 2010 PB 9782940411160 • £21.95 / $32.95 Library eBook 9782940439478 • £60.00 / $96.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design AVA Publishing

UK May 2011 • US June 2011 PB 9782940411436 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447145 • £69.00 / $111.00 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design Fairchild Books

Designer's Guide to Girls' and Junior Apparel

Pattern Cutting: The Architecture of Fashion

Randi Beer

Pat Parish

Designer’s Guide to Girls’ & Junior Apparel explains the process a fashion designer goes through to put a line together specifically for the girls’ and junior markets. It starts with the inspiration phase, and moves to research and sketching. Chapters teach students how the designer works with patternmakers to see the garment fabricated and sewn, and then follows the garment as it is costed, merchandised, and prepared to be sold. Students will be exposed to the many layers of specifications, production patterns, and testing, and finally producing and shipping the garments. This book also shows that designing apparel is a process that requires careful consideration of what styles sold last season, how current events influence the popularity of designs, and other factors that affect profits in the apparel industry.

Randi Beer is an instructor at Woodbury University.

UK November 2009 • US September 2009 PB 9781563676925 • £55.00 / $105.00 272 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

"A fresh and innovative resource, which provides an exciting selection of contemporary patterns and a solid foundation for pattern drafting/cutting."

Debbie Allsop, University of Huddersfield, UK Featuring a series of design scenarios, illustrated and annotated with step-by-step instructions, this book provides you with the inspiration, tools, and confidence to interpret and adapt basic patterns and take your designs even further. Parish identifies key shapes and structures from the catwalk and translates them into 3D through a number of cutting, draping, and construction processes.

Pat Parish's teaching career began at the Royal College of Art, London. Alongside her teaching, she also worked as a freelance pattern cutter for designers such as Betty Jackson and Anne Tyrrell, and created collections with Amanda Wakely, Edina Ronay, Bruce Oldfield and many others. She currently teaches at Croydon University College in the UK and is involved in the ‘Fashioning an Ethical Industry’ programme, set up to educate students, educators and individuals in ethical practice.

UK February 2013 • US March 2013 PB 9782940411900 • £37.99 / $65.00 Library eBook 9782940447435 • 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Required Reading Range AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

53

Patternmaking for Menswear Classic to Contemporary Myoungok Kim & Injoo Kim

Professional Sewing Techniques for Designers Julie Cole & Sharon Czachor

This is the most current, comprehensive and userfriendly book for men's patternmaking — an essential resource for students, educators, and industry professionals.

• Reflects the contemporary menswear market with emphasis on patternmaking for both slim-fit and classic-fit style • Details patternmaking techniques for knit designs using jersey fabrics • Heavily illustrated with 2­colour flat sketches showing details and finished pattern drafts and photos showing completed garments and how to accurately measure the male body

Injoo Kim is an Associate Professor in the Fashion Design program at the University of Cincinnati. She holds a Masters in Design from the same university. Prior to academia, she worked in the fashion industry for ten years. Professor Kim's research and scholarly work has resulted in multiple publications; she has authored articles on the subjects of apparel design, flat pattern, and machine knitting and three books including Apparel Making in Fashion Design (Fairchild Books, 2002).

Myoung Kim is a lecturer in the Department of Clothing and Textiles at Hanyang University, as well as a visiting scholar at the University of Cincinnati. She holds a PhD in Clothing and Textiles from Hanyang University. Prior to academia, she worked as pattern maker and technical designer in the fashion industry for fourteen years. Dr. Kim's research and scholarly work focuses on the proper fit for menswear and menswear pattern making.

UK June 2014 • US April 2014 PB 9781609019440 • £54.00 / $85.00 Individual eBook 9781609019419 • £42.99 / $75.99 Library eBook 9781609019716 • £140.00 / $230.00 488 pages • 600 bw illus Fairchild Books

"So happy you’re adding a knit section! I really like this book and currently use it for all of my classes." Jade Johnson, The Art Institute of Colorado, US A fully illustrated and detailed construction guide designed to help students and professionals develop accurate and quality sewing skills to create original fashion designs.

• Style Key features indicate the various materials used for each project • The organisation reflects the stitching order of any garment with insights into varying levels of proficiency • New chapter on Sewing with Knits and Fitting: Developing an "Eye" for Good Fit • Companion Sample Workbook to Accompany Professional Sewing Techniques for Designers, 2nd Edition available (9781609018801) • Teaching Resources: Instructor's Guide and PowerPoint® presentations available

Julie Cole has taught fashion design courses at Harper College, International Academy of Design and Technology and Mount Mary College, USA. She graduated with a degree in fashion design from East Sydney College, Sydney, Australia and later received a BFA from the International Academy of Design and Technology, USA. Cole owns a business designing couture bridal gowns.

Sharon Czachor is an adjunct instructor in the fashion department of Harper College, USA. She has taught construction classes in skirts, blouses, pants, dresses, jackets, as well as classes on flat pattern drafting and draping, introduction to CAD pattern design, stretch knits UK July 2014 • US June 2014 HB 9781609019259 • £70.00 / $115.00 Individual eBook 9781609018375 • £54.99 / $102.99 Library eBook 9781609019068 • £170.00 / $260.00 608 pages • 1,015 color illus Fairchild Books

Tailoring Techniques for Fashion

Textiles and Fashion

Exploring printed textiles, knitwear, embroidery, menswear and womenswear Jenny Udale

Milva Fiorella Di Lorenzo Integrating text, photographs, and a companion DVD, Tailoring Techniques for Fashion covers traditional and contemporary design and construction methods for tailored garments from ready-to-wear to couture details.

Live demonstrations and hundreds of photographs illustrate step-bystep instructions for constructing a tailored skirt, trousers, jacket, and design details using traditional, fusible, machine, and mass-production methods. A history of the tailoring profession and a survey of contemporary tailoring business practices place these techniques in a professional context.

Textiles and Fashion examines the process of creating and using fashion textiles and discusses the processes involved in fibre production, dyeing and finishing, and explores weaving and knitting.

• New to this edition are exercises that help students to explore further the world of textiles and fashion • Updated images bring an exciting and fresh look to the second edition • Case studies and new interviews ensure readers will gain a clear and practical understanding of the world of textile design

Di Lorenzo is an instructor at Miami International University.

Jenny Udale is a lecturer at the University of Middlesex and Ravensbourne College, UK. Jenny is also a freelance textile and womanswear designer. She is the author of the first edition of Textiles and Fashion (AVA Publishing, 2008) and the co-author of The Fundamentals of Fashion Design, 2nd edition (2012).

UK November 2009 • US September 2009 PB 9781563677304 • £55.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781628927740 • £210.00 / $321.00 208 pages Fairchild Books

UK January 2014 • US March 2014 PB 9782940496006 • £23.99 / $44.95 Library eBook 9782940447688 • £72.00 / $116.00 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

54

The Art of Couture Sewing

Visual Research Methods in Fashion

Zoya Nudelman

Julia Gaimster

The Art of Couture Sewing is a practical guide to the fine construction practices used in couture workrooms. Beginning with a brief history of couture, the book provides fully illustrated instructions on constructing a couture dress from start to finish. It covers tools and supplies, stitching of different kinds of closures, and draping techniques used in designing shirts, skirts, and dresses. It also includes discussions of corsetry and executing accurate stitches. After reading this book, students will understand the various haute couture methods, particularly how these methods affect design decisions and relate to the quality of these very special garments.

Zoya Nudelman is an instructor at International Academy of Design and Technology, Chicago and the Art Institute of Illinois.

The ability to analyze and interpret visual information is essential in fashion. However, students tend to struggle with the concept of visual research, as well as with the application of that research.

Visual Research Methods in Fashion provides students with techniques, tools and inspiration to master their visual research skills and make the research that they undertake more effective.

Illustrated with real-life examples from practitioners in the industry, academics and students, it focuses on the global nature of the industry and the need to develop ideas relevant to the market.

Julia Gaimster is Head of eLearning at the London College of Fashion.

She has extensive experience of teaching in fashion and textiles, including design, illustration, research skills and IT. Her current research interests are focused on students' textual and visual research skills. She has been involved with the development of a number of electronic and online teaching materials for students, including Seeing Drawing, Textiles Online Resource Guide and Sketchbook. She has also published papers on elearning and pedagogy.

UK August 2009 • US June 2009 PB 9781563675393 • £55.00 / $100.00 400 pages • Full colour + illustrations Fairchild Books

UK May 2011 • US May 2011 PB 9781847883810 • £25.99 / $42.95 HB 9781847883827 • £70.00 / $119.95 352 pages • 120 b/w illustrations and 32 colour Berg Publishers

Costing for the Fashion Industry

The Fashion Reader Edited by Linda Welters & Abby Lillethun

Michael Jeffrey & Nathalie Evans Costing for the Fashion Industry offers a clear, concise examination of the issues involved in budgeting and costing for the rapidly changing fashion industry. Accessibly written and designed specifically for the teaching of fashion-related subjects, it encourages a realistic awareness of costing, manufacture and sourcing.

Each chapter focuses on a theme such as the changing nature of cost and of the industry, time constraints, global awareness and new markets, and product cost and sourcing. The chapters include exercises to reinforce learning, as well as case studies and guides to further learning. Michael Jeffrey and Nathalie Evans combine many years of teaching and practical experience in accounting, buying and production for the fashion industry.

Costing for the Fashion Industry is a practical, easy-to-use textbook which enables the reader to successfully put into practice the basic costing methods essential to students of fashion.

Michael Jeffrey is Head of the Department of Food and Tourism Management (previously Principal Lecturer) in the Department of Clothing Design and Technology at Manchester Metropolitan University.

UK April 2011 • US April 2011 PB 9781847882592 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847882608 • £65.00 / $99.95 192 pages Berg Publishers

"Historically informed and critically integrated, The Fashion Reader sheds fresh light on key concepts in fashion studies: time, space/place, identity, and globalization."

Susan Kaiser, University of California at Davis (from 1st edition) This new edition of a bestselling textbook is designed for students, scholars, and anyone interested in contemporary fashion. The book brings together the key writings on the subject, covering the history, culture, and business of fashion.

The essays are drawn from a wide range of sources - books, professional and academic journals, magazines, interviews, and exhibition catalogues. Each section is specially introduced and concludes with guides to further reading.

The new edition has been entirely revised and expanded: there are new sections on psychology, ethnicity, design and manufacture, marketing and merchandising, and sustainability; several new essays have been specially written for the reader; the range of illustrations has been increased.

In its second edition, The Fashion Reader is the ideal introductory text for all students of fashion

Linda Welters is Professor of Textiles, Fashion Merchandising and Design at the University of Rhode Island. Former editor-in-chief of Dress, the scholarly journal of the Costume Society of America, she has authored and edited numerous works. Abby Lillethun is Associate Professor in the Department of Art and Design at Montclair State University.

UK February 2011 • US February 2011 PB 9781847885890 • £25.99 / $46.95 HB 9781847885906 • £80.00 / $129.95 736 pages • 100 b/w illustrations Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

55

Apparel Concepts and Practical Applications Beverly Kemp-Gatterson & Barbara L. Stewart Technological and societal changes in the past three decades have profoundly affected the field of retailing. In addition to the wealth of data now available, advances in technology for designing and producing apparel, and changing face of management in retail organizations, consumers have become more discerning with regard to the apparel they purchase. From the creative design process to marketing coordination, Apparel: Concepts and Practical Applications is designed to provide up­to­date information to all those involved—or seeking to become involved—in the field of retail merchandising and management.

Basics Fashion Design 03: Construction Annete Fischer "The clear diagrams and instructions make this book a great reference and the garment and designer images are inspirational ... This series is outstanding, I cannot recommend them highly enough." Emma Laird, Reading College, UK Basics Fashion Design 03: Construction leads the reader through the essential stages of creating a garment, from pattern cutting and draping a mannequin, to finishing and haberdashery.

Construction is the foundation of fashion design; it takes passion and skill to turn a two-dimensional drawing into a successful garment. This book guides you through the process, teaching you the theory, practical skills and techniques you need to succeed.

Barbara L. Stewart is a professor at the University of Houston.

Anette Fischer is a lecturer at the University College of the Creative Arts, London. She also teaches the postgraduate certificate in Innovative Pattern Cutting course at Central Saint Martin's College, London, and works as a trouble-shooter for the bi-annual collections of Julien MacDonald.

UK November 2008 • US September 2008 PB 9781563674815 • £46.00 / $90.00 460 pages • 32 pp colour section Fairchild Books

UK November 2008 • US December 2008 PB 9782940373758 • £23.50 / $34.50 Individual eBook 9782940476244 • £22.99 / $34.99 Library eBook 9782940439072 • £69.00 / $111.00 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design AVA Publishing

Basics Fashion Design 08: Styling

Basics Fashion Design 09: Designing Accessories

Clare Buckley & Jacqueline McAssey "For the level 3 students who are interested in styling this is a useful and insightful resource. The layout of the book is well considered and easy to read, with great inspiring visuals. The book contains useful information about the role of a stylist, drawing similar parallel approaches for inspiration as a designer, in terms of research methods, use of imagery and market/trend awareness. It also informs the student of the practicalities and organisation of a stylist's role behind the perceived glamour of a photo shoot, offering useful tips and guidance. The book will also be useful for students to refer to when styling their first outfits for their graduation look books and will also inform them for future fashion shoots/look books. I would recommend this book for level 3 students and will include it on their reading list. It will not only offer an insight into styling, but be useful in expanding students overall knowledge of the fashion industry and related career opportunities." Krystyna Kolowska, Nottingham Trent University, UK Basics Fashion Design 08: Stylingoutlines what it means to style for a catalogue or advertisement (commercial styling), or a magazine (editorial styling) and what types of skills these different fields require.

It offers an effective mix of key stylists' biographies, high quality images by professionals and students alike and practical advice about how to produce a photo-shoot and break into the industry. Styling proves that even on a limited budget, with tremendous imagination and drive it is possible to create beautiful and relevant work.

UK June 2011 • US July 2011 PB 9782940411399 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447138 • £69.00 / $111.00 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design AVA Publishing

Exploring the design and construction of bags, shoes, hats and jewellery John Lau "Accessories play a key role within style and the fashion industry, and this book allows students at the beginning of their creative journey to identify with the accessory, from the moment of inspiration through to the practicalities of production. It provides an insightful and inspirational foundation about accessories and their key fundamentals to those pursuing a career within the fashion design industry."

Georgina Hooper, University of Chichester, UK Designing Accessories examines four key items from concept to production: the bag, footwear, jewellery and millinery. The design process is explored by looking at creative product development, from gathering research to generating ideas into key products, construction techniques and the essential tools of the trade used in modern accessories design. Filled with images of beautiful accessories to inspire young designers this is essential reading for fashion students and all those interested in accessories design.

John Lau graduated with a first class honours in womenswear design at London College of Fashion and has worked in various roles within the fashion industry. He is currently a Senior Lecturer in International Fashion Business at Manchester Metropolitan University, teaching on the Fashion Buying and Clothing Design and Technology programmes.

UK October 2012 • US November 2012 PB 9782940411313 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940439720 • 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

56

Fashion Design

Fashion Design: The Complete Guide

Elizabeth Bye "This text is designed to introduce undergraduates to the central concepts of fashion design and to provide them with a contextual overview that considers design alongside issues of culture, economy and ethics." Times Higher Education Supplement This text is designed to introduce undergraduate students to the central concepts of fashion design. Whereas fashion design is often considered entirely frivolous, this book considers the significant cultural, economic, and ethical issues that designers must balance to be effective in the global fashion industry. After looking at the history of fashion design, the book provides an overview of the conceptual process involved in developing a fashion line and bringing garments to the market. It looks at the impact of individual consumer characteristics as well as aesthetic, cultural, and economic influences on design.

The book addresses a key topic in the new 'Understanding Fashion' series. The contextual analysis of fashion design alongside critical cultural, economic, and ethical concerns sets this book apart from other texts on the same topic. Designed to aid teaching and learning, each chapter includes key words, summaries, case studies and discussion questions. Using this book as a guide students will develop an understanding of fashion design that challenges stereotypes and encourages them to think creatively about issues and ideas that motivate them.

John Hopkins "For a reader who is considering this career path or beginning their coursework, the text gives a very clear and comprehensive understanding of fashion design. It's excellent at covering the primary areas of the fashion design industry." Steven Faerm, Parsons, The New School for Design, USA Fashion Design: The Complete Guide is a modern and stylish introduction to working within the fashion industry today. This behind-the-scenes guide to the study of fashion is for current and aspiring designers, fashion lovers and students. It provides an all-inclusive overview of the entire design process, covering the history of fashion, fashion illustration, colour and fabrics, the journey from concept to finished garment, research processes, presenting a collection and professional practice. It is generously illustrated throughout with images from famous designers, includes promising graduate work and showcases original artwork from a variety of studios.

John Hopkins worked as a womenswear designer at Jaeger and Burberry for over ten years. His teaching career began in the United States, where he served as chair of Fashion at Savannah Colege of Art and Design, before taking up his current position as head of Fashion and Textiles at Winchester School of Art, UK.

UK October 2010 • US October 2010 PB 9781847882660 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847882677 • £60.00 / $99.95 192 pages • 50 bw illustrations Series: Understanding Fashion Berg Publishers

UK January 2012 • US February 2012 PB 9782940411528 • £37.50 / $52.50 Library eBook 9782940447220 • £111.00 / $178.00 208 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Required Reading Range AVA Publishing

Integrating Draping, Drafting and Drawing

Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers

Bina Abling & Kathleen Maggio This handy studio reference teaches draping, drafting, and drawing the way they are practiced in the industry: by integrating them throughout the creative process. Integrating Draping, Drafting, and Drawing illustrates the design process, encompassing sketch and garment pattern development, and creates bridges between studio methods and design illustration. Chapters are presented as hands-on learning experiences with lessons that mimic classroom demonstrations.

Step-by-step photographs portray the draping process in a sculptural way rather than using illustrations, which cannot truly depict the response of fabric draped on a dress form. Throughout the book, instructions for producing patterns and slopers—skirts, bodices, necklines and collars, and sleeves—are presented, along with variations, so that students will be able to drape, draft, and draw complete garments. The concluding chapter of the book is devoted to drawing exercises based on the work of 20th century designer Donald Brooks.

Bina Abling is an instructor at the Fashion Institute of Technology.

Kathleen Maggio is an instructor at Parsons the New School for Design.

UK October 2008 • US August 2008 HB 9781563674860 • £55.00 / $105.00 240 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Linda Tain Designer’s portfolios are their calling card in an increasingly competitive fashion industry—­displaying their unique design perspective, skill sets, and creativity. This comprehensive reference prepares students as they begin their fashion design careers.

Those already working in the industry or wishing to reenter the job market will also appreciate these new approaches for revising or recreating their portfolios.

Each chapter highlights essential skills and techniques to help designers become competitive within their chosen markets. By focusing on both logical and creative solutions, the designer becomes aware of the process of developing the portfolio–from concept through presentation of the finished product.

Linda Tain is a professor of fashion art, design, and history of clothing and has been teaching at the Fashion Institute of Technology for over 30 years. In 1999, she received the Chancellor's Award for Excellence in Teaching. She has conducted numerous seminars on historical costume as well as design and product development and has worked in the fashion industry as an illustrator, designer, and consultant, specializing in the designer sportswear, knitwear, and intimate apparel markets.

UK July 2010 • US May 2010 PB 9781563678172 • £55.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781609019792 • £210.00 / $321.00 384 pages • full color Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

57

Tailored Fashion Design

The Art of Fashion Draping

Pamela Powell

Connie Amaden-Crawford

While most tailoring books begin with the selection of ready-made patterns and conclude with the assembly of the various pieces, Tailored Fashion Design begins a few steps earlier—in the design process. Students will learn to consider tailoring as a design element, rather than just a method of garment assembly. The book guides readers from inspiration through pattern manipulation and garment construction of their own tailored jacket designs for both men and women. Students will gain a greater appreciation of tailoring as a valuable skill that will enable them to not only display their ability to put together garments, but also showcase their creativity as designers.

Pamela Powell is based at the College of DuPage and Columbia College Chicago.

Written for fashion design, apparel, and patternmakign students an dprofessionals, this userfriendly bestseller teaches hte different methods of-and pricniples involved in-draping fabric on a dress form. The Art of Fashion Draing, 4th Edition, is organized from basic to advanced topics and includes a wide variety of styles. More than 500 new twocolor illustratoins reflect current designs and visually spell out every step of the draping process.

Features - Step-by-step draping instructions - Objectives listing techniques covered in each chapter - Checklists to evaluate and analyze designs - Cross-referencing of technqieus across chapters New to This Edition - Two-color design highlighting each draping step - A new chapter on fitting methods that explains how to evaluate garments and correct common problems - Updated and expanded chapters on pants and knits - Added intermediate and advanced design variations that integrate contemporary designs with time-tested classics Instructor's Guide available

Connie Amaden-Crawford is a licensed designer for The McCall Pattern Company under the Butterick label and is President and CEO of Fashion Patterns by Coni.

UK September 2010 • US July 2010 PB 9781563677465 • £55.00 / $105.00 240 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2012 • US March 2012 PB 9781609012274 • £65.00 / $115.00 512 pages Fairchild Books

The Fundamentals of Fashion Design

The Visual Dictionary of Fashion Design

Jenny Udale & Richard Sorger "Great book, very current, attractive and appealing." Elizabeth Williams, Columbia College, Chicago, USA The Fundamentals of Fashion Design (2nd edition) by Richard Sorger and Jenny Udale offers a fully illustrated introduction to the key elements of fashion design, from the initial concept of a fashion idea to realising it in 3D form.

New case studies featuring contemporary designers contextualise the ideas explored within the book and offer key insights into working - and succeeding - in the fashion industry.

A range of design exercises also helps readers to discover new techniques. This title inspires readers to succeed at what they are best at - designing clothes.

The book features interviews with: Alan Humphrey Bennett, Bally; Boudicca; Kristin Forss, Marni; Louise Grey; Richard Grey; John-Gabriel Harrison; Virginia James, Poetry and Wrap; Peter Jensen; Winni Lok, Calvin Klein; Michele Manz, 7 For All Mankind; Colin McNair, John Varvatos.

Gavin Ambrose & Paul Harris "This book is very appropriate for freshman students as introductory reading material both fashion design and merchandising. I like this little book ... The layout is fun to follow."

Hanna Hall, Kent State University, USA The Visual Dictionary of Fashion Design is a comprehensive guide to the numerous terms associated with, and used within, the field of fashion.

Over 250 terms are explained and contextualised, with concise definitions accompanied by illustrations and examples taken from traditional and contemporary fashion design.

The dictionary covers traditional terms still in current usage, as well as modern terminology such as Tank top and Militaria. It also defines a wide variety of practical terminology, such as Appliqué, Block printing, Flax, Logo, Silhouette and Tailoring, as well as conceptual expressions including Postmodernism, Juxtaposition and Zeitgeist.

Jenny Udale is a freelance textile and womenswear designer. She is currently a lecturer at Middlesex University and Ravensbourne College.

Gavin Ambrose is a practising graphic designer. His current commercial practice includes clients from the arts sector, publisher and advertising agencies. He is the co-author and designer of several books on branding, packaging and editorial design. Paul Harris is a freelance writer, journalist and editor. Paul writes for international magazines and journals in London and New York. He is a co-author and collaborator on books about packaging design and design principles.

UK July 2012 • US August 2012 PB 9782940411788 • £26.50 / $38.50 Library eBook 9782940447404 • £26.99 / $130.00 208 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Fundamentals AVA Publishing

UK October 2007 • US November 2007 PB 9782940373611 • £16.95 / $27.95 Library eBook 9782940439669 • £48.00 / $77.00 288 pages • 300 colour illus Series: Visual Dictionaries AVA Publishing

Richard Sorger has taught at the London College of Fashion and Central Saint Martins. He is currently the fashion design tutor at Middlesex University.

www.bloomsbury.com

58

Visual Merchandising for Fashion

Draping for Apparel Design Helen Joseph-Armstrong

Sarah Bailey & Jonathan Baker This book will help visual merchandisers develop new ways of working within the fashion retail business and will define a theoretical underpinning of visual merchandising principles. Examples are used to highlight and amplify the theoretical narratives existing in consumer spaces and their representations. Interviews provide invaluable advice from all levels of industry.

Sarah Bailey is Course Director for the BA (Hons) Fashion Retail Branding and Visual Merchandising course at the London College of Fashion, UK. Jonathan Baker is Course Director of the BA (Hons) Fashion Retail Branding and Visual Merchandising course at the London College of Fashion, UK.

"Clarity is a strength. Students can see the design lines and make an analysis before moving into a drape." Debra Otte, Montclair State University, USA The third edition of Draping for Apparel Design combines Joseph­Armstrong’s classic step­by­step instructions with a user-friendly layout. To show how to turn two-dimensional drawings into three-dimensional garments, the author presents the following three draping principles and techniques: manipulating dart excess, adding fullness, and contour draping. New and updated design projects illustrate how to prepare a draping plan.

Design analyses identify the creative elements of each design and help determine draping techniques required to develop patterns. This text emphasizes the importance of draping foundation garments for building more complex designs. Designers will gain essential skills to creatively apply draping techniques to their own designs.

Helen Joseph-Armstrong is a Professor of Fashion Design at the Fashion Center of the Los Angeles Trade-Technical College, USA. A teacher, designer, consultant, and author, Armstrong is a recipient of the Nisod Excellence Award from the University of Texas at Austin and a Life Time Achievement Award from the Association of Sewing and Design Professionals.

UK January 2014 • US February 2014 PB 9782940496129 • £23.99 / $44.95 Library eBook 9782940447701 • £72.00 / $116.00 192 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Management Fairchild Books

UK April 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781609012403 • £60.00 / $105.00 640 pages • 1450 illus Fairchild Books

The Handbook of Fashion Studies

Luxury Fashion

Edited by Sandy Black, Amy de la Haye, Joanne Entwistle, Regina Root, Helen Thomas & Agnès Rocamora "The editors of this timely and comprehensive overview of fashion studies have done an outstanding job of creating a valuable and cohesive work from the contributions of more than thirty respected scholars. This well-integrated work addresses a broad range of contemporary issues central to academics, independent scholars and other practitioners working in disciplines and professions related to fashion studies. It is a welcome resource." Phyllis Tortora, The City University of New York, USA

A Global History of Heritage Brands Caroline Cox Luxury brands are not about banal retro styling or taking refuge in past glories; they are brands with a heritage that still chimes with contemporary culture.

Luxury Fashion is a unique tribute to the world's most hallowed fashion brands. Glossy and highly informative, it provides in-depth feature portraits of fifty of the finest luxury fashion brands (renowned heritage labels and hidden gems) as well as an essential directory of a further 150 brands, which includes details of key items and where to find them.

Each featured brand is beautifully illustrated, with historical and contemporary images, evoking the story of how artisans from all over the world have created objects of desire that have endured because of their superb quality, superior craftsmanship and timeless design appeal.

Covering both historical and contemporary fashion, with chapters focusing on fashion and social media, fashion and nanotechnology, queer fashion, and fashion and ethnicity, amongst others, this book is designed for graduate students and scholars as the ultimate desktop reference.

Lively, insightful text explores manufacturing processes and materials, revealing how the most revered fashion brands have maintained astonishingly long lineages. This illuminating sourcebook uncovers the story the most fabled creators, from Hermès of Paris and Trickers of London through to legendary US brands Chippewa and Wesco.

SANDY BLACK is Professor of Fashion and Textile Design and Technology at London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, London, UK. AMY DE LA HAYE is the Rootstein Hopkins Chair of Dress History and Curatorship at London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, London, UK. JOANNE ENTWISTLE is Senior Lecturer, Culture, Media and Creative Industries at King's College, London, UK. AGNÈS ROCAMORA is Reader in Social and Cultural Studies at London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, London, UK. REGINA ROOT is Associate Professor of Hispanic Studies at the College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA, USA. HELEN THOMAS is Director of Doctoral Programmes at the University of the Arts, London, UK.

A luxurious and sophisticated volume, Luxury Fashion will captivate and inform even the most avid fashion devotee.

UK October 2013 • US December 2013 HB 9780857851949 • £90.00 / $140.00 Individual eBook 9781472577436 • £89.99 / $138.99 Library eBook 9781472577443 • £270.00 / $434.00 656 pages Bloomsbury Academic

UK November 2013 HB 9780857857552 • £30.00 288 pages • 600 colour illus Bloomsbury Visual Arts UK

Caroline Cox is an international authority on fashion history and International Consultant at Vidal Sassoon’s Advanced Academy in London, UK.

www.bloomsbury.com

59

Designing a Knitwear Collection Lisa Donofrio-Ferrezza & Marilyn Hefferen From sportswear and sweaters to lingerie and couture, knitwear accounts for most of the apparel we wear. Designing a Knitwear Collection is an all-inone reference book: in addition to serving as an introduction to knitting, design, and production, it is an ongoing resource for working in the industry. Both students and professionals will find inspiration from the gallery of work by knitwear designers on display here—from icons such as Chanel, Sonia Rykiel, and Missoni to today’s hottest practitioners such as Stella McCartney, John Galliano, and Marc Jacobs.

The book covers the history of the industry, from the earliest hand-knit garments to apparel created with computerized equipment. Students learn the basics of yarn selection, stitch patterns, and CAD programs, and they can follow detailed instructions for knitting a sample garment, preparing a design development package, and assembling presentation materials for their own portfolios or for showroom display. From concept through finished creation, Designing a Knitwear Collection is an essential how-to for building a successful knitwear career.

Lisa Donofrio-Ferrezza, Fashion Institute of Technology Marilyn Hefferen, Drexel University

Fashion Sewing: Introductory Techniques Connie Amaden-Crawford Featuring easy-to-follow instructions on all the main basic and intermediate skills required to sew garments from a pattern, Fashion Sewing: Introductory Techniques is an excellent resource for fashion design students who want to improve their sewing skills.

The book includes advice on setting up the home sewing studio, an introduction to fabrics, a fitting guide and a wide range of basic and intermediate techniques on stitches, seams, hems and fastenings.

Featuring comprehensive instructions, accompanied by large, clear illustrations, this book enables readers to visualize each action and apply key sewing techniques to their own projects.

Connie Amaden-Crawford is President and CEO of Fashion Patterns

by Coni, a member of the Sewing Hall of Fame, and a licensed designer for The McCall Pattern Company under the Butterick label. She is author of The Art of Fashion Draping, 4th Edition (Fairchild Books, 2012).

UK May 2008 • US March 2008 PB 9781563674921 • £54.00 / $105.00 320 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

UK September 2014 PB 9781472529459 • £23.99 184 pages • 1000 colour illus Fairchild Books World All Languages (excluding USA)

Wear Your Chair

Understanding Aesthetics for the Merchandising and Design Professional

When Fashion Meets Interior Design Judith Griffin & Penny Collins Wear Your Chair was originally developed as a multidisciplinary design course by Griffin and Collins, chairs of fashion design and interior design departments. Realising that students were visual learners, they saw the necessity of teaching students to be aware of design in its many forms and applications. They envisioned a course that would appeal to a variety of design majors. The book draws upon the many historic precedents of designers overlapping several design principles, such as Paul Poiret who designed clothing, furniture and textiles. The ultimate goal of this text will be to increase students' understanding of the significant, subtle, and often subconscious roles that apparel and interior design play in our lives.

Judith Griffin teaches at California State University, Northridge, US. Penny Collins teaches at Woodbury University, US.

UK June 2007 • US April 2007 HB 9781563675812 • £37.00 / $70.00 464 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

Ann Marie Fiore Bridging the gap between the study of aesthetics and its application in the merchandising and design environments, the 2nd Edition of Understanding Aesthetics presents a research-based focus on the concepts of aesthetics and their effect on product value and consumer behavior. The multisensory approach to studying the elements and principles of design helps students master the underlying factors of successful design and learn how products and their promotional surroundings can establish brand identity and create a pleasing environment for the consumer.

Ann Marie Fiore is a professor, Director of Graduate Education, and Co-Associate Chair of the Department of Apparel, Educational Studies, and Hospitality Management at Iowa State University.

UK June 2010 • US April 2010 PB 9781563678097 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781628925425 • £222.00 / $339.00 416 pages • full colour + illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

60

A Practical Guide to Sustainable Fashion

Professional Sewing Techniques for Designers

Alison Gwilt "A well structured resource for teaching which demonstrates a breadth of approaches to sustainability." Jade Whitson-Smith, University of Huddersfield, UK Packed with full-colour images from contributors such as Vivienne Westwood, Stella McCartney, Edun and People Tree, this is a much-needed handbook for students and professionals in the fashion and textile industries. It includes guidance on how to map and assess the life cycle of a garment, case studies of best practice and interviews with a selection of industry professionals, including Annika Matilda Wendelboe, Susan Dimasi (Materialbyproduct) and Isabell de Hillerin.

Alison Gwilt is a Reader in Fashion Design at the Art and Design Research Centre, Sheffield Hallam University, UK. She is also co-author of Shaping sustainable fashion: Changing the way we make and use clothes (2011).

Jules Cole & Sharon Czachor It is impossible to have good designs without having accurate patternmaking and quality construction skills. Professional Sewing Techniques for Designers is an up-to-date sewing guide that teaches fashion design students the skills they’ll need to execute their original designs in a professional environment. Each chapter covers a particular theme, such as collars, and reflects the order of assembly of any garment. Detailed sketches provide visual support to the techniques covered.

Julie Christine Cole is an instructor at Harper College of Design and the International Academy of Design and Technology, Chicago.

Sharon Czachor is an adjunct faculty instructor at Harper College of Design.

UK January 2014 • US March 2014 PB 9782940496143 • £23.99 / $44.95 Library eBook 9782940447640 • £72.00 / $116.00 176 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design Fairchild Books

UK January 2009 • US November 2008 HB 9781563675164 • £59.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609014162 • £222.00 / $339.00 560 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

Sample Workbook to Accompany Professional Sewing Techniques for Designers

Swatch Reference Guide for Fashion Fabrics Deborah Young

Jules Cole & Sharon Czachor This workbook consists of instruction sheets, pattern pieces, templates, and a loose leaf binder for convenient storage. Using these resources, students can sew sample garment details. Instructions for each project list the materials and tasks needed to prepare the samples. The instructions include cross references to the text describing each sewing technique. For each chapter, patterns for each set of samples are designed in a size to suit each particular sewing technique, and clear cutting information is provided. Worksheets include space to mount the samples and document results.

Jules Cole and Sharon Czachor are both at William Rainey Harper College.

"A quality reference style text with an excellent and diverse range of fabric swatches. With an underpinning of textile technology and in a format which explains fundamental fabric characteristics, the reference file book imparts all the necessary detail for students to learn the construction, analysis, properties and functionality of each swatch in one short descriptive summary … It is an essential text for any textile or fashion undergraduate who needs to understand the construction and properties of commercial fabric types; be it in their own design work, or with a view to a career in commercial design as a buyer or range developer … I am an undergraduate tutor who teaches this subject regularly and it is an excellent resource that can then be built upon by students to create their own archive file of commercial fabrics. I would recommend this book is produced for interior and technical textile swatches also. Highly recommended." Julie Brennan, University of Ulster Belfast, UK Using simple, direct language, Swatch Reference Guide for Fashion Fabrics, 2nd Edition is an all-in-one text and swatch book intended for both students of textile science and for anyone in the fashion industry: product developers, stylists, buyers, designers, and more. One of the essential components of the swatch book is the presentation of fabric samples and all pertinent information regarding fabric identification on the same page.

UK January 2009 • US November 2008 PB 9781563676147 • £42.00 / $80.00 Library eBook 9781609014179 • £150.00 / $229.00 120 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Preprinted mounting boards for each fabric sample include: Fabric Name, Fiber Content, Yarn Construction, Count, Coloration, Finishes, Weight, and List of Characteristics. End of chapter activities help UK January 2013 • US November 2012 HB 9781609015503 • £100.00 / $160.00 200 pages • 50 illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

61

Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparel

Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparel 2nd Edition

Sara J. Kadolph

Sara J. Kadolph

This text is based on the premise that quality is built into any product from conception to delivery to the ultimate consumer. Kadolph, a highly respected authority on textiles, recognizes the specific needs and expectations of a target market and the unique characteristics and interactions inherent in a finished fabric. The information enables students and professionals to determine the quality, specifications and consistency among products.

Textile quality assurance is the process of designing, producing, and evaluating products to determine whether or not they meet the quality level desired by a company’s target market. Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparel, 2nd Edition, reflects the industry’s best practices for providing products of a consistent quality that meet customers’ needs. With updated information on technological advances and globalization, this 2nd Edition emphasizes the importance of incorporating product quality measures from the merchandising and design stages all the way through production, delivery, and retailing.

Sara Kadolph is a professor in the Textiles and Clothing department at Iowa State University where she teaches textile science, textile conservation and textile quality assurance. Some of the organizations to which she belongs are the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists, American Chemical Society and the Costume Society of America. Her studies have been published in the Journal of Consumer Education, Journal of the Korean Society for Clothing Industry and the Journal of Shopping Center Research, among others. Topics of her current research include natural dyes, textile quality assurance, and chemical finishes and their impact on conservation. She was awarded the 2003 United States Department of Agriculture Food and Agricultural Sciences Excellence in Teaching Award.

UK June 1998 • US April 1998 HB 9781563671449 • £40.00 / $71.00 608 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK August 2007 • US June 2007 HB 9781563675546 • £49.00 / $95.00 592 pages Fairchild Books

Technical Sourcebook for Designers

The Fairchild Books Dictionary of Fashion

Jaeil Lee & Camille Steen

Phyllis G. Tortora & Sandra J. Keiser Illustrated by Bina Abling

"Students find this book very informative and easy to use. Most of all, they like samples of tech packs with how to measure information." Tania Pazelsky, Wood TobeCoburn School, USA Lee and Steen present a comprehensive and holistic perspective of technical design processes for aspiring and professional apparel designers. This new edition includes hundreds of detailed illustrations of design flats and sample spec sheets from technical packages for a variety of garments including menswear, womenswear, and knitwear and presents technical design processes and industry standards that reflect current apparel production and manufacturing practices.

Jaeil Lee is a Professor and Director of Clothing and Textiles Program in the Department of Family and Consumer Science at Seattle Pacific University, USA. Camille Steen is Technical Designer Manager at Ex Officio LLC, USA, a leading maker of travel apparel. She has twenty-five years of experience in apparel design including Serac Skiwear, Calvert Sports Apparel and Nordstrom Product Group; and in the technical design field, at Ex Officio.

UK May 2014 • US March 2014 PB 9781609018566 • £64.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9781609019495 • £59.99 / $89.99 Library eBook 9781609019785 • £180.00 / $270.00 496 pages • 695 bw illus Fairchild Books

"[A] must have for anyone looking to expand their vocabulary in the field of fashion."

BecomeGorgeous.com This lavishly illustrated fourth edition contains over 15,000 entries, including apparel, accessories, and their components, historical and textiles terms that relate to contemporary fashion and the language of the fashion industry. Tortora and Keiser organise terms in broad categories that are fully cross-referenced to the alphabetical listing to promote understanding of related terminology.

PHYLLIS G. TORTORA is Professor Emerita at Queens College, USA. SANDRA J. KEISER is Associate Professor in the Fashion Department at Mount Mary College, Wisconsin, USA.

Phyllis G. Tortora is a Professor Emerita at Queens College, USA, where she was Department Chair for 17 years, teaching historic costume and furnishings, and textiles.

Sandra J. Keiser is an Associate Professor in the Fashion Department at Mount Mary College, USA, where she teaches courses in apparel design, trend analysis, and the apparel supply chain.

UK January 2014 • US December 2013 PB 9781609014896 • £45.00 / $85.00 Individual eBook 9781609019204 • £42.99 / $75.99 Library eBook 9781609018733 • £180.00 / $270.00 488 pages • 809 bw illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

62

Fabulous Fit

Fashion Sketchbook

Judith Rasband

Bina Abling

Fabulous Fit combines a user-friendly approach to the fitting process with a dynamic visual presentation of technical procedures, guiding the user through the process of identifying a figure variation, recognising incorrect fit and its cause, measuring the body and corresponding pattern area, adjusting the pattern, and altering garments. This book is the essential text for coursework in fashion selection, fitting and alteration.

Judith Rasband is the founder and CEO of Conselle Corporation and Director of the Conselle Institute of Image Management, an organisation involved in the creation of education materials on appearance-related topics. She combines 30 years of experience in fashion education and business. A veteran educator, she has taught secondary-level, further education, and university courses in clothing selection and construction. Elizabeth Liechty is Professor Emerita at Brigham Young University in Utah.

Accompanying Fabric Science, this book includes swatches representing the types of fabrics used today by industrial, apparel, furniture and interior designers.

Bina Abling has taught courses on design concepts, fashion illustration, model drawing, and fashion portfolio in the fashion design departments at the Fashion Institute of Technology and Parsons School of Design. She is the author of numerous books on fashion illustration, model drawing, and rendering.

UK January 1994 • US September 1993 PB 9780870057397 • £25.00 / $47.00 176 pages Fairchild Books

UK June 2012 • US April 2012 HB 9781609012281 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609017514 • £222.00 / $339.00 496 pages Fairchild Books

Punk Style

Fashion and the Consumer

Monica Sklar "Why are some subcultures traditional and others progressive? How are seemingly mundane design symbols powerfully meaningful? These types of questions have driven the author’s study of punk style. Based on powerful interview data, this timely book examines the past influences, contemporary manifestations and future directions of this iconic style." Dr David Muggleton, University of Chichester, UK Sklar examines the dress of this incredibly diverse, long-lasting, and hugely influential subculture and its impact on mainstream fashion. The book includes an historical overview, a discussion of motivations behind dress practices, and a review of fashion cycles and merchandising methods.

MONICA SKLAR obtained her PhD in Design-Apparel Studies from the University of Minnesota, USA. She has taught several college-level courses in dress and retailing, and has published widely on the subject of subcultural style.

Monica Sklar obtained her PhD in Design-Apparel Studies from the University of Minnesota, USA. She has taught several college-level courses in dress and retailing, and has published widely on the subject of subcultural style.

UK November 2013 • US January 2014 PB 9781847884220 • £17.99 / $29.95 HB 9781847884237 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853059 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472557339 • £150.00 / $241.00 192 pages • 35 bw illus Series: Subcultural Style Bloomsbury Academic

Jennifer Yurchisin & Kim K. P. Johnson This text introduces important concepts related to the consumption of fashion and clothing to beginning students. Designed to support teaching and learning, this book looks at the cultural and economic significance of the global fashion industry.

Beginning with an historical overview of fashion consumption, the book then provides an analysis of both rational normative consumer decision-making as well as hedonic and alternative consumption patterns. It concludes with a look at ethical decision-making and social responsibility concerning design, production, and consumption.

Each chapter contain definitions of the key concepts, overviews of the relevant theories, case studies, summary sections, a listing of key terms, questions for discussion, and assignments for class use.

Combining insights and perspectives from a wide range of disciplinary approaches, including fashion, cultural studies, sociology, and business, this book will be of interest to students on a variety of courses studying consumer behavior.

Jennifer Yurchisin is Assistant Professor at the Department of Consumer, Apparel, and Retail Studies, University of North Carolina at Greensboro.

Kim K. P. Johnson is a Professor in the Retail Merchandising Program at the University of Minnesota.

UK October 2010 • US October 2010 PB 9781845207984 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845207977 • £60.00 / $99.95 224 pages • 32 bw illustrations Series: Understanding Fashion Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

63

Fashion Trends

Japanese Fashion

Analysis and Forecasting Eundeok Kim, Ann Marie Fiore & Hyejeong Kim

A Cultural History Toby Slade

This text is designed to introduce undergraduate students to the central concepts of fashion trend analysis and forecasting. Exploring the roles of both consumers and industry personnel as product developers, gatekeepers, and promoters of fashion trends, the book demonstrates how and why forecasting is vital to successful product and brand development. Fashion Trends: Analysis and Forecasting covers a wide range of key topics, such as the impact of fashion consumption on the environment, economic development, and socio-cultural change, as well as the impact of social responsibility and the digital consumer on current fashion trends.

Designed to aid teaching and learning, each chapter includes key words, summaries, engaging case studies, discussion questions, and suggested class activities. Using this book as a guide, students will develop an understanding of the process, methods, and influence of trend analysis and forecasting for the fashion business, and will be encouraged to think through the core issues creatively. An essential text for students of fashion and design.

Eundeok Kim is Associate Professor in the Department of Retail Merchandising and Product Development at Florida State University.

Ann Marie Fiore is Professor in the Department of Apparel Educational Studies and Hospitality Management at Iowa State University.

Hyejeong Kim is Assistant Professor in the Department of Consumer Affairs at Auburn University.

"Slade sets himself very ambitious targets in Japanese Fashion: A Cultural History, an analytical survey of a whole clothing culture, which he successfully meets. Dr. Slade is an imaginative historian who has the ability to synthesize a wide range of sources, ranging from the offical record to the ephemeral and teh vernacular." Peter McNeil, Fashion Theory: Volume 14, Issue 4 Japanese Fashion examines the entire sweep of Japanese clothing history, from the sophisticated fashion systems of late-Edo period kimonos to the present day, providing possible theories of how Japan made this fashion journey and linking current theories of fashion to the Japanese example.

The book is unique in that it provides the first full history of the last 200 years of Japanese clothing. It is also the first book to include Asian fashion as part of global fashion as well as fashion theory. It adds a hitherto absent continuity to the understanding of historical and current fashion in Japan, and is pioneering in offering possible theories to account for that entire history. By providing an analysis of how that entire history changes our understanding of the way fashion works, this book will be an essential text for all students of fashion and design.

Toby Slade has a Ph.D. in Art History and Theory from Sydney University, where his main area of research was Japanese fashion. He has taught fashion history at the University of Technology Sydney and is currently lecturing in fashion theory at Keio University in Tokyo.

UK October 2011 • US November 2011 PB 9781847882936 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847882943 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853158 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853141 • £54.00 / $87.00 192 pages • 35 bw illus Series: Understanding Fashion Berg Publishers

UK November 2009 • US November 2009 PB 9781847882523 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847882530 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781847887481 • £18.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851451 • £57.00 / $92.00 192 pages • bibliography, index Berg Publishers

Fashion and Age

When Clothes Become Fashion

Dress, the Body and Later Life Julia Twigg

Design and Innovation Systems Ingrid Loschek

Guardian

"We're all Fabulous Fashionistas now, if the press is to be believed. The baby boomers, who wore Biba and Mary Quant, are opting for the same colourful styles as their daughters.

Yet this simplistic view is about to be challenged by Julia Twigg, professor of sociology at the University of Kent and author of Fashion and Age, an academic study of dress and later life." Anne Karpf, The

Fashion and Age is the first study to systematically explore the links between clothing and age, drawing on fashion theory and cultural gerontology to examine the changing ways in which age is imagined, experienced, and understood in modern culture through the medium of dress. Clothes lie between the body and its social expression, and the book explores the significance of embodiment in dress and in the cultural constitution of age.

JULIA TWIGG is Professor in the School of Social Policy, Sociology and Social Research at the University of Kent, UK.

""When Clothes Become Fashion systematically analyzes the phenomenon of fashion and reveals part of the secret on which fashion depends. Ideal for students, the book also offers fascinating insights for the general reader."

Barbara Vinken, University of Munich" When, how and why do clothes become fashion?

Fashion is more than mere clothing. It is a moment of invention, a distillation of desire, a reflection of a zeitgeist. It is also a business relying on an intricate network of manufacture, marketing and retail.

Fashion is both medium and message but it does not explain itself. It requires language and images for its global mediation. It develops from the prescience of the designer and is dependent on acceptance by observers and wearers alike. When Clothes Become Fashion explores the structures and strategies which underlie fashion innovation, how fashion is perceived and the point at which clothing is accepted or rejected as fashion. The book provides a clear theoretical framework for understanding the world of fashion - its aesthetic premises, plurality of styles, performative impulses, social qualities and economic conditions.

Julia Twigg is Professor in the School of Social Policy, Sociology and Social Research at the University of Kent. She is co-convenor of the BSA Body, Ageing and Society, and Chair of the Advisory Group for the Smart Clothes and Wearable Technologies NDA project based at University of Wales, Newport, UK.

Ingrid Loschek is Professor in the history and theory of fashion at the University of Applied Sciences, Pforzheim. She was a Visiting Scholar at Harvard University and Guest Professor at Universities in Tokyo and Cairo.

UK July 2013 • US August 2013 PB 9781847886958 • £19.99 / $29.95 HB 9781847886965 • £65.00 / $120.00 Individual eBook 9781472520111 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472520128 • £60.00 / $96.00 184 pages • 12 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK August 2009 • US August 2009 PB 9781847883667 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847883674 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781847887467 • £18.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851444 • £57.00 / $92.00 256 pages • 24 b&w illustrations Berg Publishers World English

www.bloomsbury.com

64

Fashion and Cultural Studies

Doing Research in Fashion and Dress An Introduction to Qualitative Methods Yuniya Kawamura

Susan B. Kaiser Fashion and Cultural Studies addresses the growing interaction between the two fields. Bridging theory and practice, it draws on cultural diversity in fashion, dress and style in the context of globalization and its varied cultural-historical underpinnings.

While the book is organized around specific subjects, such as ethnicity, class, gender and nation, the book highlights the ways in which these interact and overlap. Fashion and Cultural Studies explores how fashion makes meaning in everyday life through the production, distribution, and consumption of materials. Its wide range of case studies and lively and accessible style make this a key text for students.

Susan B. Kaiser is Professor of Textiles and Clothing, as well as Women and Gender Studies and Cultural Studies at the University of California, Davis, USA

This book is specifically devoted to qualitative research methods in fashion studies. It traces the history of fashion studies and provides readers with a guided introduction to the entire research process. It gives an overview of the key methodological approaches such as ethnography, semiology, and object-based research, and shows the student reader how "to do" research by combining theoretical and practical perspectives.

Using case studies, the author outlines the major issues and methodological strategies that researchers employ, and examines the range of approaches in the field. Fashion, the author demonstrates, can be treated as a material object, an abstract idea, a social phenomenon, a system, a cultural value, or an attitude among many other approaches.

This book is a practical guide for those without prior experience in fashion research and, as such, it offers an ideal first text for students conducting research for the first time.

Yuniya Kawamura is Associate Professor of Sociology at the Fashion Institute of Technology, State University of New York. She is the author of The Japanese Revolution in Paris Fashion (Berg, 2004) and Fashionology: An Introduction to Fashion Studies (Berg, 2005).

UK November 2012 • US January 2013 PB 9781847885647 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847885654 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857854315 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857854308 • £54.00 / $87.00 240 pages • 29 bw illus Berg Publishers

UK February 2011 • US February 2011 PB 9781847885821 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847885838 • £55.00 / $89.95 160 pages Berg Publishers

Fashion Thinking Creative Approaches to the Design Process Fiona Dieffenbacher "Strong, valuable resource. Beautiful pages,.eye-catching and inspirational. Will push students ideas generating conceptual thinking." Jayne Littlehales, Stafford College, UK The thinking behind a fashion collection is what sets one designer apart from another. Learning to push ideas forward, to develop concepts and to challenge the status quo is what gives us some of fashion's greatest innovations. Yet students often struggle to develop their own style and approach to design. While the design process is fundamental to the way all fashion designers work, there is no right or wrong method: each emerging designer must find their own authentic process.

By following nine award-winning student designers through their thought processes in response to a brief, Fashion Thinking establishes key approaches to design and encourages this process of discovery.

Each student project represents a diverse range of strategies at each stage of the design cycle. By following each throughout their various stages of development, these examples offer a unique and inspiring insight into the thinking behind a final collection. Supported by beautiful imagery and illuminating perspectives from professionals throughout the fashion industry, Fashion Thinking is a book that no aspiring fashion designer should be without!

Having studied at the prestigious Parsons the New School for Design in New York City, Fiona Dieffenbacher started out working for Donna Karan and was mentored by both Michael Kors and Anna Sui. She later opened her own boutique, and her collections retailed across the US UK January 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9782940411719 • £37.99 / $65.00 Library eBook 9782940447602 • £111.00 / $178.00 224 pages • 200 Series: Required Reading Range AVA Publishing

Designing Your Fashion Portfolio From Concept to Presentation Joanne Barrett For the fashion designer seeking employment, a wellprepared portfolio is an essential marketing tool.

Designing Your Fashion Portfolio: From Concept to Presentation uses the design process to guide students through conceptualization and assembly of a fashion design portfolio that will communicate their talents and vision as designers. The richly illustrated text helps students assemble their work and organize it into a compelling story of their artistic talents and market savvy. In the process, students learn to evaluate their skills and identify their interests so that they can focus on building collections for their chosen target markets.

The author's fashion design portfolio system enables designers to tailor their portfolios for each client throughout their careers.

Joanne Ciresi Barrett is a freelance designer specializing in active sportswear and owner of Joanne Ciresi Barrett Designs. She was an instructor at Massachusetts College of Art and Design in Boston for seven years, teaching fashion illustration, portfolio presentation, and accessory design courses. A graduate of the Fashion Institute of Technology, her career spans 14 years as a designer/design director for major fashion firms, such as Oleg Cassini Sport, Le Coq Sportif, Danskin, and Reebok, International. Ciresi Barrett worked closely with celebrity athletes developing high-tech performance garments, and travelled the world to report on design trends and to maintain design production standards for her clients.

UK December 2012 • US October 2012 PB 9781609010072 • £65.00 / $110.00 400 pages • 356 colour illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

65

The Fairchild Encyclopedia of Fashion Accessories

Fashion and Orientalism

Dress, Textiles and Culture from the 17th to the 21st Century Adam Geczy

Phyllis G. Tortora & Bina Abling This new reference provides a broad overview of contemporary fashion accessories. Not only does the work focus on individual categories of fashion, but it also examines the components from which accessories are constructed. This encyclopedia is a comprehensive resource for anyone seeking information about fashion accessories.

Phyllis G. Tortora is Professor Emerita at Queens College, where she was department chair for 17 years, teaching historic costume and furnishings and textiles. Among the textbooks of which she is the author or co-author are Survey of Historic Costume and Fairchilds Dictionary of Textiles, 7th edition. She also serves as a consultant to the Historic Costume Collection of the Huntington Historical Society in Huntington, New York. Bina Abling teaches in the Fashion Design departments of FIT and Parsons School of Design in New York City. She is the author of Fashion Sketchbook, 4th Edition, Advanced Fashion Sketchbook, Model Drawing, and Marker Rendering for Fashion, Accessories and Interior Design. Bina's knowledge and experience comes from 10 years in the fashion industry and 15 years of teaching.

"Fashion and Orientalism is an important book that enhances our historical knowledge and intellectual understanding of its subject.

Through detailed description and analysis, Adam Geczy contributes to the growing scholarship that seeks a more subtle understanding of the complex discourse of Orientalism and the conscious and unconscious ways that it has had an impact on Western fashion and dress." Hazel Clark, Research Chair of Fashion, Parsons the New School for Design, New York, USA Orientalism is a central factor within the fashion system, both subtle and overt. This timely and groundbreaking book shows the extent of the influence that the Orient had, and continues to have, on fashion, and reveals the extent of cross-pollination, exchange and multiple translation that has taken place between East and West for the last five hundred years. Exploring topics including Chinoiserie, masquerade, bohemianism, Japonisme, the 'de-Orientalisation' of the Orient, perfume, and the birth of couture, Fashion and Orientalism is an essential read for students and scholars of fashion, cultural studies and history.

Adam Geczy is an artist and writer, and Senior Lecturer at Sydney College of the Arts, a faculty of the University of Sydney, Australia. He is co-author with Michael Carter of Reframing Art (Berg, 2006) and his Art: Histories, Theories and Exceptions (Berg, 2008) won the CHOICE Award for Best Art Book of 2009. He has recently completed the editing of a major collection of essays with Vicki Karaminas on Fashion and Art (Berg, 2012).

UK July 2003 • US May 2003 PB 9781563672835 • £25.00 / $47.95 Library eBook 9781609014209 • £90.00 / $137.00 180 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK January 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781847885999 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847886002 • £55.00 / $110.00 Individual eBook 9780857854278 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857854261 • £60.00 / $96.00 272 pages • 44 bw illustrations Bloomsbury Academic

Fashion

Going Global

Critical and Primary Sources Edited by Peter McNeil

The Textile and Apparel Industry Myrna B. Garner & Grace I. Kunz

"This excellent, accessible introduction to many of the most important trends in modern fashion studies will serve as an invaluable research tool for students just starting in the field." R.A. Standish, CHOICE Magazine Winner of the Art Association of Australia and New Zeland prize for Best Edited Book, 2010.

Fashion: Critical and Primary Sources is a major multi-volume work of reference which brings together seminal writings on Fashion. The geographical range of the essays crosses Europe, Asia and North America.

The essays reveal the wide set of methodological approaches which all bear on the study of Fashion - Sociology, Art History and Cultural History, Anthropology, Social Theory, Dress and Textile Studies.

Ordered chronologically, the four volumes cover Late Medieval to Renaissance, the Eighteenth Century, the Nineteenth Century and the Twentieth Century to today.

Today, textiles and apparel are produced in over 200 countries. Over the past 100 years, trade in textiles and apparel has progressed from independent markets within local communities to a complex global distribution system. No other forms of commerce can claim to be as pervasive throughout the globe as the production and distribution of textile and apparel products. Not only is this business found in all parts of the globe, but textiles and apparel provides employment for more people than any other industry, directly providing a livelihood for many millions of people, including employment of 37 million individuals in India alone! Going Global provides a coherent framework for understanding globalization in the field of textile and apparel from the perspective of not only business, but all major constituencies affected by world trade. Topics that will be selectively addressed include: economic/business, social/labor, political/government, trade associations, social activists, consumers, developed countries, newly developed countries, and developing countries.

Grace L. Kunz teaches at Iowa State University. Myrna P. N.Garner teaches at Illinois State University

Each volume is separately introduced and the essays structured into coherent sections on specific themes. Fashion: Critical and Primary Sources will prove a major scholarly resource for any researchers involved in the study of Fashion, Dress and Costume.

UK February 2009 • US February 2009 1632 pages Berg Publishers World English

UK September 2006 • US July 2006 HB 9781563673689 • £54.00 / $94.50 Library eBook 9781609012052 • £202.00 / $308.00 416 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

66

International Retailing

Fashioning Japanese Subcultures Yuniya Kawamura

Brenda Sternquist International Retailing provides a framework for understanding how different legal, social and economic environments affect the distribution of consumer goods worldwide. From department stores to independent retailers, superstores to convenience stores, the author profiles their environments and retail strategies.

Brenda Sternquist is a merchandising management professor at Michigan State University's department of Human Environment and Design. She was awarded the 2004 Outstanding Retailer Education Award from the Center for Retailing Studies at Texas A&M University.

She was a speaker at the 2nd annual Greater China Supply Chain Forum where she discussed the redesign of distribution for China's highway system and logistics infrastructure.

"Another worthy entry in Bloomsbury Academic's catalog on material culture and clothing/fashion... The present book is an enjoyable and theoretically valuable study of one niche in the fashion world, with wider implications for subculture and youth culture theories... Students should be particularly fascinated by this book, and it would be very useful in introductory courses in anthropology or sociology, as well as in courses on youths, subcultures/deviant cultures, globalization, and popular culture." Jack David Eller, Anthropology Review Database Since the mid-1990s Japanese youth have formed unique fashion communities and creative styles which have had a major impact on fashion globally.

Subcultures such as Lolita, Gyaru, Agejo and Mori Girl reflect the affiliation and identities of their members, and have often blurred the boundary between professionals and amateurs for models, photographers, merchandisers and designers.

Based on insightful ethnographic fieldwork in Tokyo, is the first theoretical and analytical study on Japan's contemporary youth subcultures and their stylistic expressions. It is key reading for students, scholars and anyone interested in fashion, sociology and subcultures.

Yuniya Kawamura is Associate Professor of Sociology at the Fashion Institute of Technology, State University of New York, USA. She is the author of The Japanese Revolution in Paris Fashion (Berg, 2004), Fashion-ology (Berg, 2005), and Doing Research in Fashion and Dress UK July 2012 • US September 2012

UK April 1997 • US February 1997 HB 9781563671036 • £35.00 / $61.00 612 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

PB 9781847889478 • £18.99 / $39.95 HB 9781847889485 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857852168 • £17.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857852151 • £54.00 / $87.00 192 pages • 30 colour illus Berg Publishers

Retail Accountability

Make it Fit

Advanced Retail Profitability Analysis Steven Lindner Profitability determines the success of every retail business and manufacturer. As a fashion industry consultant and instructor of retail mathematics, Steven Lindner has developed a textbook that teaches students how to negotiate agreements and analyze each element presented in profitability reports. This upper-level textbook focuses on the basic components of the buyer-vendor relationship, including negotiations and the creation and assessment of profitability reports. Students will also learn how to interpret standard financial documents such as profit-and-loss statements and balance sheets. In the competitive retail industry, these skills are essential.

Steven Lindner has taught retail mathematics, business math and financing management courses at Parsons School of Design. He also served as a consultant to clients such as Donna Karan, Calvin Klein, Escada and Giorgio Armani.

UK March 2004 • US January 2004 PB 9781563673146 • £25.00 / $47.95 Library eBook 9781609014414 • £90.00 / $137.00 224 pages Fairchild Books

Sylvia Rosen Make It Fit will provide foolproof solutions on ways to tailor clothing for all body types. With illustrated instructions, this manual shows users how to measure, calculate and mark basic patterns to customised dimensions. It also includes a pack of 29 full-sized slopers - basic patterns for garment sections, without style lines or seam allowances printed on a soft, synthetic fabric to drape over the body or model form, allowing users to mold the pattern over an actual form to attain the correct measurements.

Sylvia Rosen is a professor at Parsons School of Design in New York and an adjunct associate professor at Drexel University and Moore College of Art in Philadelphia. She has taught courses in fashion design, fashion drawing, merchandising and patternmaking and helped co-ordinate the Fashion Design programme at Parsons.

UK December 2004 • US October 2004 PB 9781563673399 • £25.00 / $47.95 108 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

67

Fashion and Celebrity Culture Pamela Church Gibson "Fashion and Celebrity Culture explores the relationship between fashion and style that underpins contemporary celebrity culture. By tracing particular contemporary stylistic shifts as they have intersected with media technologies - photography, cinema, magazines and music - Pamela Church Gibson engages with broad social and cultural transformations in the field of popular culture. Focusing on fashion and its representation, Church Gibson offers a useful point of entry for understanding the processes and meanings that characterize celebrity culture today." Vicki Karaminas, Associate Professor and Associate Head of the School of Design, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia The interrelationship between fashion and celebrity is now a salient and pervasive feature of the media world. This accessible text presents the first in-depth study of the phenomenon, assessing the degree to which celebrity culture has reshaped the fashion system.

Fashion and Celebrity Culture critically examines the history of this relationship from its growth in the 19th century to its mutation during the twentieth century to the dramatic changes that have befallen it in the last two decades. It addresses the fashion-celebrity nexus as it plays itself out across mainstream cinema, television and music and in the celebrity status of a range of designers, models and artists. It explores the strategies that have enabled visual culture to recast itself in the new climate of celebrity obsession, popular culture and the art world to respond adaptively to its insistent pressures.

With its engaging analysis and case studies from Lillian Gish to Louis Vuitton to Lady Gaga, Fashion and Celebrity Culture is of major interest UK December 2011 • US December 2011 PB 9781847883865 • £17.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847883858 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857852304 • £16.99 / $26.99 Library eBook 9780857852311 • £51.00 / $82.00 304 pages • 40 bw & 24 colour illus Berg Publishers

The Fairchild Dictionary of Fashion 3rd Edition Charlotte Mankey Calasibetta, Phyllis G. Tortora & Bina Abling Finding definitions for fashion is easier than ever. The Fairchild Dictionary of Fashion, 3rd Edition, defines more than 15,000 fashion terms, including apparel, accessories, and their components; historical and textile terms that relate to contemporary fashion; and the language of the fashion business. Its organization of 51 broad categories, such as activewear, blouses and tops, clothing, construction details, footwear, headwear, jewelry, laces, necklines, shirts, skirts, and waistlines, promotes comprehension of related terms. Categories are fully crossreferenced to the alphabetical listing. Includes terms not readily found in ordinary dictionaries and pronunciation guides for foreign words. An appendix of designers includes emerging leaders. Lavish illustrations by Bina Abling enhance definitions, capturing both the details and style of fashion. Labeled "anatomical" drawings show how the parts of fashion items fit together. Alphabetical page tabs add to the ease of use. This dictionary is the ideal reference for designers, fashion media, instructors, students, historians, and fashion enthusiasts.

Phyllis G. Tortora is Professor Emerita at Queens College, where she was department chair for 17 years, teaching historic costume and furnishings and textiles. Among the textbooks of which she is the author or co-author are Survey of Historic Costume and Fairchilds Dictionary of Textiles, 7th edition. She also serves as a consultant to the Historic Costume Collection of the Huntington Historical Society in Huntington, New York. Bina Abling teaches in the Fashion Design departments of FIT and Parsons School of Design in New York City. She UK December 2002 • US October 2002 HB 9781563672354 • £31.00 / $57.00 Library eBook 9781609014186 • £110.00 / $168.00 544 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Marker Rendering for Fashion, Accessories, and Home Fashion Bina Abling With the growing trend of licensing apparel, accessories, and home fashions under a single logo, today’s students must expand their portfolios to include concepts with broader applications. Marker Rendering for Fashion, Accessories, and Home Fashions provides detailed instructions for marker rendering methods relevant to a variety of products.

Allowing designers to express their ideas immediately, the marker is an essential tool for the design professional. The author’s step-by-step instructions provide a sound introduction to the skills that students need, and teaches methods of overlapping media applications for an assortment of colors, patterns, and materials. The lessons are taught as a progression of skills, building slowly from basic to complex rendering methods used in the design industry today.

Bina Abling teaches in the Fashion Design departments of FIT and Parsons School of Design in New York City. She is the author of Fashion Sketchbook,4th Edition, Advanced Fashion Sketchbook, Model Drawing, and Marker Rendering for Fashion, Accessories and Interior Design.

Bina's knowledge and experience comes from 10 years in the fashion industry and 15 years of teaching.

UK November 2005 • US September 2005 HB 9781563673603 • £34.00 / $70.00 224 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Perry's Department Store: A Product Development Simulation Rose J. Regni & Karen M. Guthrie Perry’s Department Store: A Product Development Simulation simulates the product development experience of a buyer or product developer at fictional department store Perry’s, while exposing students to the principles, concepts, knowledge, and skills needed for success in a real-world setting. The text covers the entire process of developing a new line of jeans, from defining the customer to conceptualizing the product line and selecting fabric/trims to completing a specpack. The accompanying CD-ROM provides resources and worksheets to complete the simulation.

Karen M. Guthrie and Rose J. Regni teach at Virginia Commonwealth University

UK April 2006 • US March 2006 PB 9781563673771 • £45.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781628927207 • £181.00 / $277.00 128 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

68

Perry's Department Store: An Importing Simulation

Retail Buying 3rd Edition From Basics to Fashion Richard Clodfelter

Donna W. Reamy & Cynthia W. Steele Perry’s Department Store: An Importing Simulation teaches business in the dynamics of the international marketplace by placing the reader in the role of a retail buyer importing jeans into the United States.

The import process is divided into eight steps: profiling suitable countries for export, developing sourcing strategies, recognizing differences in working across cultures, understanding the policies and laws governing importing, classifying imported product, financing the import purchase, determining shipping procedures for imports, and completing the entry process. Resources and worksheets for the simulation are included on the accompanying CD-ROM.

Donna W. Reamy teaches at Virginia Commonwealth University. Cynthia W. Steele is affiliated with New Creative Enterprises.

With an emphasis on developing a strategy for buying, this comprehensive book gives students the skills they'll need to become successful buyers in all retail areas. Its simple and straightforward approach presents students with step-by-step instructions for typical buying tasks, such as identifying and understanding potential customers, creating a sixmonth merchandising plan, and developing sales forecasts. Ample activities give students the opportunity to apply these skills as they would in a professional environment This new edition offers expanded coverage of the use of technology for retail buying and working with foreign markets. The companion text, Making Buying Decisions: Using The Computer as a Tool furthers the connection between retail buying strategies and merchandise math.New to this Edition -- Updated and expanded chapter features: "Internet Connections," "Snapshots" and "Trendwatches" -- New, more contemporary illustrations -- Expanded and updated coverage of direct marketing and the growing use of database-driven marketing and technology -- New chapter on purchasing from foreign sources -- Revised discussion of the types of buying offices -- Updated facts for identifying changes in consumer markets -- Consolidated coverage of domestic markets and negotiating with vendors -- More emphasis on using the Internet as promotional tool -- Increased coordination with companion text Making Buying Decisions - Instructor's Guide provides suggestions for planning the course and using the text

Richard Clodfelter is at the University of South Carolina.

UK July 2006 • US May 2006 HB 9781563673825 • £45.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781501300059 • £161.00 / $246.00 128 pages Fairchild Books

UK September 2008 • US July 2008 PB 9781563677038 • £45.00 / $82.00 544 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Fashion Entrepreneurship

Retailing in the New Millennium

Retail Business Planning Tina Sterling & Michele M. Granger This text provides a background in entrepreneurship for apparel, accessories, textiles and home furnishings business development. In addition, the text delivers the information needed to develop a comprehensive, effective business plan. The chapters include information on merchandising, operating procedures, human resource development and financing. Further examined is the development of a fashion retail business from concept articulation to exit strategies. Included is a discussion of brick-and-mortar businesses, click companies and service firms in the apparel and soft good sectors.

The last chapter of the text presents a sample business plan.

Michele Granger is department head and an associate professor in the Consumer and Family Studies Department at Southwest Missouri State University in Springfield,Missouri. She is also the author of The Fashion Intern.

Jay Diamond & Sheri Litt This overview introduces the reader to retailing as it exists at the outset of the twenty-first century and examines trends that suggest future directions for this ever-changing industry. Illustrated and full of attention-grabbing features, the text highlights issues and opportunities of importance to students who are considering careers in retailing.

Jay Diamond is professor of marketing, retailing and fashion at Nassau Community College where he teaches courses on fashion and retailing. He has received such honors as Distinguished Professor of the State University of New York and the first Distinguished Achievement Award at Nassau Community College. He has written textbooks on retailing, fashion and related subjects and is co-creator and writer of a video series on fashion retailing.

Sheri Litt has collaborated with her father on this text, carrying on a family tradition as a retailing and fashion educator. She chairs the Retailing Programme at Florida Community College at Jacksonville.

Tina Sterling is owner and President of Core Connection, Inc., a consulting firm specializing in business planning, strategic planning, and evaluation of entrepreneurial enterprises. Ms. Sterling serves as adjunct faculty for Stephens College in Columbia, Missouri, teaching entrepreneurship. She also serves as a consultant to the Kauffman Center for Entrepreneurial Leadership.

UK January 2003 • US November 2002 HB 9781563672330 • £51.00 / $88.50 424 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK October 2002 • US August 2002 HB 9781563672286 • £56.00 / $93.00 472 pages • 8 pp colour section Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

69

Retailing Principles

Fashion Marketing

A Global Outlook Lynda Rose Poloian

Theory, Principles & Practice Marianne Bickle

This introduction to the world of retailing provides a global perspective, enhanced by carefully chosen examples and visuals and by global retail profiles at the end of each unit. The multichannel approach integrates brick-and-mortar stores, e-tailing and catalogue retailing as key growth strategies for retailers and discusses the effects of September 11 on the retailing industry.

"As far as I can see this book is the most practical introduction to fashion marketing.

Besides the fact that it covers a broad variety of topics, all informations are up-to-date and the Terms/Questions sections at the end of each chapter are able to generate a deeper interest and understanding by students."

Alexander Bretz, Mediadesign Fachhochschule - University of Applied Sciences, Germany

Lynda Gamans Poloian is Professor of Retailing and Director of the Fashion Merchandising Program at Southern New Hampshire University, where she coordinates the Netherlands Student Exchange. She was the 2000-2002 president of the American Collegiate Retailing Association (ACRA), the educational affiliate of the National Retail Federation. Her industry experience includes retail sales promotion and operation of her own multinational silk accessories business.

Prior to the 1970s and 1980s, fashion marketing focused heavily (and perhaps solely) on women’s fashions. Today, fashion marketing influences all products and how consumers use these products. How products are marketed, when products are marketed, the evolution of products into different sizes, shapes, colors, and uses are all influenced by fashion marketers. Fashion marketing is taken to different levels from branding a person (e.g., Ralph Lauren, the person), a line of products (e.g., Lexus luxury cars), or a single product (e.g., Coach handbag). This much-needed text introduces new methods and technologies to apply today’s principles to future practices of fashion marketing.

Marianne Bickle, ITAA, is a professor and Interim Associate Dean of the College of Hospitality in the Department of Retail and Sport Management at the University of South Carolina. She teaches contemporary fashion trends, category management and space management, and takes students on international study tours. Her research focuses on consumer satisfaction with cross channel shopping.

Her research is published in various journals including Clothing and Textiles Research Journal, College Student Journal, Journal of Consumer Education, and Family and Consumer Sciences Research Journal. Dr. Bickle is a member of International Textile and Apparel UK August 2010 • US June 2010

UK February 2003 • US December 2002 HB 9781563671920 • £60.00 / $105.00 608 pages • 12 pp colour section Fairchild Books

PB 9781563677380 • £60.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781628921007 • £231.00 / $352.00 352 pages Fairchild Books

Classic Tailoring Techniques

The Spec Manual 2nd edition

A Construction Guide for Women's Wear Roberto Cabrera & Patricia Flaherty Meyers

Roberto Cabrera taught at the Fashion Institute of Technology in New York City.

Michele Wesen Bryant & Diane DeMers The 2nd Edition of The Spec Manual provides fashion professionals and students with a -comprehensive guide for measuring garments using standard industry practices. This textbook/workbook contains front and back view croquis for women, off sizes, men, juniors, and children; spec sheet templates; illustrated measurement points; and tables with measurement points. The 2nd Edition also features a companion CD-ROM with electronic resources such as spec sheets and a flats library. Users with either beginning or advanced digital skills will learn how to create computer-generated spec sheets.

Michele Wesen Bryant is an adjunct in the Fashion Design Department at the Fashion Institute of Technology. She also teaches flats and specs at Parsons School of Design. Bryant has been working in the fashion industry for over 20 years, having had fashion illustrations appear in Vogue, YM, Seventeen, Brides, Women's Wear Daily, Ladies Home Journal and Good Housekeeping. Diane DeMers is associate professor of fashion design at The Fashion Institute of Technology and a design consultant for Her Majesty Intimates and Cole Girl's Swimwear. For three years she designed Haute Couture, Pret a Porter, and License collections for Carven Couture in Paris, then continued her design career in New York City with Calvin Klein Intimate Apparel, Adrienne Vittadini, and Malain Knits.

UK January 1984 • US December 1991 PB 9780870054358 • £40.00 / $75.00 320 pages Fairchild Books

UK October 2005 • US August 2005 PB 9781563673733 • £50.00 / $95.00 200 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

70

Fashion Theory Volume 18 Issue 4

Culture and Performance

The Journal of Dress, Body & Culture

The Challenge of Ethics, Politics and Feminist Theory Vikki Bell "'This book offers a unique approach to the concept of performativity in feminist theory.

Placing the concept within a larger philosophical frame that includes thinkers as diverse as Nietzsche, Bergson, Arendt, Levinas, Deleuze, Foucault, and Butler, Bell provides crucial insights into the most hotly debated issues in contemporary feminist thought. If, as Nietzsche put it, 'we have to learn to think differently', this is one of those rare books that puts us on that path. A brilliant achievement.'Lynne Huffer, Emory University'In Culture and Performance, Vikki Bell pushes our understanding of performativity, ethics and politics in vital directions. She engages critically with a range of thinkers, using their ideas to interrogate key issues in feminist theory and politics. Timely and provocative, it contributes critically to debates that currently reverberate across disciplines.'David Bell, School of Geography, University of Leeds" Cultural theory has taken a 'performative turn', shifting its focus from the textual nature of the world to how the social world is narrated, its subjects are subjected and its relations are ritually enacted. The rise of performativity in cultural theory - spearheaded in many ways by feminist theory - has profound implications for the way we think about ethics and politics. Indeed, as it concerns all aspects of 'difference', it reshapes the ways we think about the continuities and interruptions of social life itself.Culture and Performance explores the development and direction of the notion of performativity. It interrogates the idea of subjectivity, the possibility of ethics and, beyond this, it explores new ways of thinking political imaginations and possibilities. It traces the implications of the concept, and assesses the critique that is emerging from a renewed interest in creativity.

UK September 2014 PB 9781474213455 • £30.00 136 pages Series: Fashion Theory Bloomsbury Academic

UK March 2007 • US March 2007 PB 9781845201050 • £18.99 / $30.95 HB 9781845201043 • £53.00 / $104.95 Library eBook 9781847885449 • £57.00 / $92.00 224 pages • bibliography, index Berg Publishers

Culture and Performance

A Cultural History of Fashion in the 20th and 21st Centuries

The Challenge of Ethics, Politics and Feminist Theory Vikki Bell "'This book offers a unique approach to the concept of performativity in feminist theory.

Placing the concept within a larger philosophical frame that includes thinkers as diverse as Nietzsche, Bergson, Arendt, Levinas, Deleuze, Foucault, and Butler, Bell provides crucial insights into the most hotly debated issues in contemporary feminist thought. If, as Nietzsche put it, 'we have to learn to think differently', this is one of those rare books that puts us on that path. A brilliant achievement.'Lynne Huffer, Emory University'In Culture and Performance, Vikki Bell pushes our understanding of performativity, ethics and politics in vital directions. She engages critically with a range of thinkers, using their ideas to interrogate key issues in feminist theory and politics. Timely and provocative, it contributes critically to debates that currently reverberate across disciplines.'David Bell, School of Geography, University of Leeds"

From Catwalk to Sidewalk Bonnie English "This new edition of Bonnie English's invaluable introduction to the cultural perspectives on fashion in the twentieth century expands upon her original text, covering and updating her investigation of both the commercial and cultural aspects of fashion. Situating fashion as both intercontextual and interdisciplinary, English provides a solid grounding of issues, concerns and debates that are essential to understand for any scholar of fashion."

Shaun Cole, London College of Fashion, UK Accessibly written and well illustrated, this is the ideal introductory text for all students of fashion.

Cultural theory has taken a 'performative turn', shifting its focus from the textual nature of the world to how the social world is narrated, its subjects are subjected and its relations are ritually enacted. The rise of performativity in cultural theory - spearheaded in many ways by feminist theory - has profound implications for the way we think about ethics and politics. Indeed, as it concerns all aspects of 'difference', it reshapes the ways we think about the continuities and interruptions of social life itself.Culture and Performance explores the development and direction of the notion of performativity. It interrogates the idea of subjectivity, the possibility of ethics and, beyond this, it explores new ways of thinking political imaginations and possibilities. It traces the implications of the concept, and assesses the critique that is emerging from a renewed interest in creativity.

It outlines the social and cultural history of fashion thematically, and contains a wide range of global case studies on key designers, styles, movements and events.

UK March 2007 • US March 2007 PB 9781845201050 • £18.99 / $30.95 HB 9781845201043 • £53.00 / $104.95 Library eBook 9781847885449 • £57.00 / $92.00 224 pages • bibliography, index Berg Publishers

UK March 2013 • US May 2013 PB 9780857851352 • £16.99 / $29.95 HB 9780857851345 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9780857851376 • £16.99 / $26.99 Library eBook 9780857851369 • £51.00 / $82.00 280 pages • 61 bw and 32 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

This second edition has been fully revised and expanded to include a wide range of new material - from eco-fashion to fashion weeks - and twice as many illustrations as the first edition.

Bonnie English is Associate Professor in Art History & Theory at the Queensland College of Art, Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia.

www.bloomsbury.com

71

Wartime Fashion

The Swimsuit

From Haute Couture to Homemade, 1939-1945 Geraldine Howell

Fashion from Poolside to Catwalk Christine Schmidt

"A rigorous, meticulously researched - and fantastically well referenced - text which will make a significant contribution to existing studies on women's dress during wartime Britain." Professor Amy de la Haye, Rootstein Hopkins Chair of dress History and Curatorship, London College of Fashion

"Summarized" Book Bit for WTBF-AM/FM The Swimsuit: Fashion from Poolside to Catwalk documents the modern swimsuit's trajectory from men's underwear and circus/performance wear to its unique niche in world fashion. It emphasizes the relationship between fashion, media, celebrity, sport and the cultivation of the modern body.

Wartime Fashion presents a comprehensive analysis of Second World War dress practice and appearance. As lives were changed by the conditions of war, dress continued to reflect important visual narratives regarding class, gender and taste that would impact significantly on public consciousness of equality, fairness and morale.

This fascinating book provides an historical, sociological and cultural context in which to view how the swimsuit, and is key reading for students, scholars, and the general reader interested in fashion, popular culture, history, media, sport, and gender studies.

Using new archival and primary source evidence, Wartime Fashion explains how and why clothing was rationed and how styles and fabrics changed. Examining the impact of war on the clothing of civilian women of all classes, this engaging book is essential reading for anyone interested in fashion, gender and the Second World War.

Christine Schmidt is a fashion researcher and independent fashion and concept consultant.

Geraldine Howell taught Theoretical Studies for over twenty years on the Fashion Design course at the University of Westminster, UK and recently became a freelance writer on Dress History.

UK December 2012 • US January 2013 PB 9780857850713 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9780857850706 • £55.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857854292 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857854285 • £60.00 / $96.00 272 pages • 30 bw illustrations Berg Publishers

UK October 2012 • US December 2012 PB 9780857851239 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857851222 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857851253 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851246 • £60.00 / $96.00 163 pages • 46 bw illus Berg Publishers

The Swimsuit

Chinese Fashion

Fashion from Poolside to Catwalk Christine Schmidt

From Mao to Now Juanjuan Wu

"Summarized" Book Bit for WTBF-AM/FM The Swimsuit: Fashion from Poolside to Catwalk documents the modern swimsuit's trajectory from men's underwear and circus/performance wear to its unique niche in world fashion. It emphasizes the relationship between fashion, media, celebrity, sport and the cultivation of the modern body.

This fascinating book provides an historical, sociological and cultural context in which to view how the swimsuit, and is key reading for students, scholars, and the general reader interested in fashion, popular culture, history, media, sport, and gender studies.

Christine Schmidt is a fashion researcher and independent fashion and concept consultant.

"Useful to scholars, professors and students and would be a wonderful addition to university libraries." Worn Through How has fashion mirrored the social and cultural changes that have taken place in modern China? To what extent has fashion contributed to those changes?

This book provides the first comprehensive account of modern Chinese fashion from 1978 to the present day. The post-Mao era witnessed the birth of the Chinese market economy, the reawakening of Chinese fashion, and the rejuvenation of Chinese society. The program of economic reform turned China into the world's leading manufacturing powerhouse, and the Chinese fashion industry now plays a key international role. During the same period, Western companies discovered China as a significant market for branded fashion and luxury goods.

This book, which takes a chronological approach, offers an analysis of the development of the Chinese fashion industry as well as an analysis of the relationship between dress, gender, identity and consumption in contemporary China. As such it will be welcomed by all students of fashion and textiles.

Juanjuan Wu is Assistant Professor in the Department of Design, Housing, & Apparel at the University of Minnesota. She has written extensively on Chinese fashion and dress. She is former editor and journalist of Dadushi (Metropolis), a fashion magazine in Shanghai.

UK October 2012 • US December 2012 PB 9780857851239 • £21.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857851222 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857851253 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851246 • £60.00 / $96.00 163 pages • 46 bw illus Berg Publishers

UK October 2009 • US October 2009 PB 9781845207793 • £19.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845207786 • £60.00 / $99.95 256 pages • 50 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

72

Victorian Fashion Accessories Ariel Beaujot In Victorian England, women's accessories were always much more than incidental finishing touches to their elaborate dress. Accessories helped women to fashion their identities.Victorian Fashion Accessories explores how women's use of gloves, parasols, fans and vanity sets revealed their class, gender and colonial aspirations.

The colour and fit of a pair of gloves could help a middle-class woman indicate her class aspirations.The sun filtering through a rose-colored parasol would provide a woman of a certain age with the glow of youth. The use of a fan was a socially acceptable means of attracting interest and flirting.Even the choice of vanity set on a woman's bedroom dresser reflected her complicity with colonial expansion. By paying attention to the particular details of women's accessories we discover the beliefs embedded in these artefacts and enhance our understanding of the culture at large.

Fashioning Models Image, Text and Industry Edited by Joanne Entwistle & Elizabeth Wissinger The fashion model's hold on popular consciousness is undeniable. How did models emerge as such powerful icons in modern consumer culture? This volume presents a cutting-edge examination of modelling through race, class and gender, as well as its structure as an aesthetic marketplace within the global fashion economy. Accessible and highly engaging, Fashioning Models is essential reading for students and scholars of fashion and related disciplines.

Joanne Entwistle is Senior Lecturer at King's College London, UK. Elizabeth Wissinger is Associate Professor at the BMCC campus of the City University of New York, USA.

Beaujot's engaging prose illuminates the complex identities of the women who used accessories in the Victorian culture that created and consumed them. Victorian Fashion Accessories is essential reading for students and scholars of, history, gender studies, cultural studies, material culture and fashion studies, as well as anyone interested in the history of dress.

Ariel Beaujot is a Visiting Scholar and Post-Doctoral Fellow with the Department of History at the University of Vermont. She has also published the following articles relating to this study of Victorian fashion accessories: The Beauty of Her Hands: The Glove and the Making of the Middle-Class Body, and Coiffing Vanity: A Study of the Manufacture, Design, and Meaning of the Celluloid Hairbrush in America, 1900-1930.

UK April 2012 • US June 2012 PB 9781847886828 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781847886835 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853202 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853196 • £60.00 / $96.00 192 pages • 53 bw illus Berg Publishers

UK October 2012 • US December 2012 PB 9781847881540 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781847881557 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853110 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853103 • £60.00 / $96.00 240 pages • 12 bw illus Berg Publishers

Fashioning Models

The Dictionary of Fashion History

Image, Text and Industry Edited by Joanne Entwistle & Elizabeth Wissinger

Valerie Cumming, C. W. Cunnington & P. E. Cunnington

The fashion model's hold on popular consciousness is undeniable. How did models emerge as such powerful icons in modern consumer culture? This volume presents a cutting-edge examination of modelling through race, class and gender, as well as its structure as an aesthetic marketplace within the global fashion economy. Accessible and highly engaging, Fashioning Models is essential reading for students and scholars of fashion and related disciplines.

"Nearly forty years on and now hard to find save in reference libraries, the volume reappears as The Dictionary of Fashion History, skilfully enlarged and re-edited by Valerie Cumming, formerly Deputy Director of the Museum of London. Given fresh life and thorough coverage from 1900 through the present day, the new dictionary is once again ready to prove itself a trustworthy guide and companion to all those interested in the absorbing study of clothing." Ann Saunders, Editor of Costume 1967-2007

Joanne Entwistle is Senior Lecturer at King's College London, UK.

A Dictionary of English Costume by C. Willett Cunnington, Phillis Cunnington and Charles Beard was originally published in 1960. A monumental achievement and encyclopaedic in scope, it was a comprehensive catalogue of fashion terms from the mid-medieval period up to 1900. It was reissued and updated several times, for the last time in 1976. For decades it has served as a bible for costume historians.

The Dictionary of Fashion Historycompletely updates and supplements the Cunningtons' landmark work to bring it up to the present day.

Elizabeth Wissinger is Associate Professor at the BMCC campus of the City University of New York, USA.

Featuring additional terms and revised definitions, this new edition represents an essential reference for costume historians, students of fashion history, or anyone involved in creating period costume for the theatre, film or television. It also is fascinating reading for those simply interested in the subject.

Clear, concise, and meticulous in detail, this essential reference answers countless questions relating to the history of dress and adornment and promises to be a definitive guide for generations to come.

UK October 2012 • US December 2012 PB 9781847881540 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781847881557 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857853110 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857853103 • £60.00 / $96.00 240 pages • 12 bw illus Berg Publishers

UK September 2010 • US September 2010 PB 9781847885333 • £18.99 / $34.95 HB 9781847885340 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9781847887382 • £18.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857851437 • £57.00 / $92.00 304 pages • 75 bw illus Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

73

A Cultural History of Jewish Dress Eric Silverman A Cultural History of Jewish Dress explores the rich history of Jewish dress, examining how Jews and non-Jews alike debated and legislated Jewish attire in different places, as well as outlining the big debates on dress within the Jewish community today.

Focusing on tensions over gender, ethnic identity and assimilation, each chapter discusses the meaning and symbolism of a specific era or type of Jewish dress, whether traditional or contemporary.

Fascinating and accessibly written, A Cultural History of Jewish Dress will appeal to anybody interested in the central role of clothing in defining Jewish identity.

Eric Silverman is Associate Professor of Anthropology in the American Studies and Human Development department, Wheelock College, Boston, USA and a Scholar at the Women's Studies Research Center, Brandeis University, USA.

Fashion Law A Guide for Designers, Fashion Executives and Attorneys Guillermo C. Jimenez & Barbara Kolsun In a highly competitive global market, fashion designers and executives need state, federal, and international laws to protect their intellectual property —their brands and the products by which their customers recognize them. Written agreements are essential for the successful management of any fashion business. Fashion Law provides a guide to such vital issues as the application of copyright, patent, trademark; agreements for licensing, selling, and marketing fashion goods; and laws affecting treatment of employees. Fashion law is an emerging legal specialty, and this text provides a foundation for fashion professionals and their legal advisors to work together effectively.

Guillermo C. Jimenez is an instructor at the Fashion Institute of Technology.

Barbara Kolsun is General Counsel at Stuart Weitzman, LLC.

UK January 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781847882868 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845205133 • £60.00 / $99.95 Individual eBook 9780857852106 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9780857852090 • £60.00 / $96.00 288 pages • 77 bw illus Series: Dress & Body & Culture Bloomsbury Academic

UK December 2009 • US October 2009 PB 9781563677786 • £52.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609016722 • £202.00 / $308.00 368 pages Fairchild Books

Creative Industries

Skintight

Critical Readings Edited by Brian Moeran & Ana Alacovska

An Anatomy of Cosmetic Surgery Meredith Jones

Across post-industrial societies worldwide, the creative industries are increasingly seen as a key economic driver. These industries - including fields as diverse as advertising, art, computer games, crafts, design, fashion, film, museums, music, performing arts, publishing, radio, theatre and TV - are built upon individual creativity and innovation and have the potential to create wealth and employment through the mechanism of intellectual property.

"'Cosmetic surgery has become one of the most polarizing topics of our time. While feminists have used it as an example of the impact of sexist notions of the perfect body, other cultural critics and performers see plastic surgery as a metaphor for the flexible body in global capitalism. Jones carefully navigates the critical and material terrains of cosmetic surgery and gives us a beautifully nuanced account of what she calls 'makeover citizenry.' This is a must-read for anyone interested in the body and global capitalism.'Judith Halberstam, University of Southern California'Meredith Jones' excellent book playfully demonstrates the working of mediation in the current 'makeover culture', in which our bodies and appearance are constantly being readjusted. It steers away from the familiar moralism towards cosmetic surgery while also raising important ethical questions about its specific procedures.'Joanna Zylinska, Goldsmiths, University of London'Skintight is a brilliant anal"

Creative Industries: Critical Readings brings together the key writings drawing on both journals and books - to present an authoritative and wide-ranging survey of this emerging field of study.

The set is presented with an introduction and the writings are divided into four volumes, organized thematically: Volume 1: Concepts - focuses on the concept of creativity and the development of government and industry interest in creative industries; Volume 2: Economy - maps the role and function of creative industries in the economy at large; Volume 3: Organization - examines the ways in which creative institutions organize themselves; and Volume 4: Work - addresses issues of creative work, labour and careers This major reference work will be invaluable to scholars in economics, cultural studies, sociology, media studies and organization studies.

Brian Moeran is Professor and Director of the Creative Encounters Research Programme, Copenhagen Business School. The author of numerous articles on the social processes surrounding the creative industries, his most recent book with Berg is the multivolume reference set, Advertising: Critical Readings (Berg, 2010).

UK November 2011 • US October 2011 1600 pages Berg Publishers World English

Cosmetic surgery is everywhere: we are surrounded by altered, enhanced, skinny and stretched celebrities, in a hyped media culture that focuses increasingly on the body beautiful. Once only associated with the rich and famous, cosmetic surgery is now widely available, advertised in magazines, doctors' surgeries, and even on television. In some parts of the world it has become an aesthetic and cultural norm, yet remains deeply troubling for many. Skintight argues that cosmetic surgery is the most provocative and controversial aspect of a new 'makeover culture'. Shows such as Ten Years Younger and Extreme Makeover demonstrate that 'fixing' the body is a way to improve lifestyle and uncover true identity. Meanwhile, celebrities such as Michael Jackson and Jocelyn Wildenstein demonstrate the horrors of extreme surgical alteration. Presenting a multidisciplinary approach, and UK February 2008 • US February 2008 PB 9781845206697 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781845206680 • £60.00 / $109.95 256 pages • 20 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

74

Goth Culture

Skintight

Gender, Sexuality and Style Dunja Brill

An Anatomy of Cosmetic Surgery Meredith Jones

"The book is strikingly illustrated with blackand-white photographs and is highly readable: Brill has elicited some fascinating material from her interviewees, and her analysis is perceptive and witty. It should provide thought-provoking reading, not only for subcultural scholars, but also for those within the scene itself." THE Goth Culture explores Goths' expressive practices of dress, fashion, style and the body, in relation to issues of identity and representation.

The book shares vivid accounts of the author's experiences exploring gender and sexuality and doing fieldwork in the Gothic subculture.

Through the voices of Goths from the UK, US and Germany, it draws the reader into the gender-bending and heavily gendered world of Goth. It reassesses the significance of the dress of both male and female Goths, examining these striking and often highly creative subcultural fashion displays.

Using a wide range of methods and sources, from ethnography to critical examination of music, literature, social theory and different types of popular media, Goth Culture offers an original and accessible analysis of the fashion, media and counterculture of the Gothic world.

Dunja Brill is at Humboldt University, Berlin.

"Cosmetic surgery has become one of the most polarizing topics of our time. While feminists have used it as an example of the impact of sexist notions of the perfect body, other cultural critics and performers see plastic surgery as a metaphor for the flexible body in global capitalism. Jones carefully navigates the critical and material terrains of cosmetic surgery and gives us a beautifully nuanced account of what she calls 'makeover citizenry.' This is a must-read for anyone interested in the body and global capitalism." Judith Halberstam, University of Southern California, USA Cosmetic surgery is everywhere: we are surrounded by altered, enhanced, skinny and stretched celebrities, in a hyped media culture that focuses increasingly on the body beautiful. Once only associated with the rich and famous, cosmetic surgery is now widely available, advertised in magazines, doctors' surgeries, and even on television. In some parts of the world it has become an aesthetic and cultural norm, yet remains deeply troubling for many. Skintight argues that cosmetic surgery is the most provocative and controversial aspect of a new 'makeover culture'. Shows such as Ten Years Younger and Extreme Makeover demonstrate that 'fixing' the body is a way to improve lifestyle and uncover true identity. Meanwhile, celebrities such as Michael Jackson and Jocelyn Wildenstein demonstrate the horrors of extreme surgical alteration. Presenting a multidisciplinary approach, and examining a wide range of popular culture case studies from women's magazines, television, architecture and the Internet amongst others, Skintight dissects the realities of cosmetic surgery and culture.

Meredith Jones is based at the Institute for Interactive UK February 2008 • US February 2008 PB 9781845206697 • £21.99 / $42.95 HB 9781845206680 • £60.00 / $109.95 256 pages • 20 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

UK November 2008 • US November 2008 PB 9781845207687 • £17.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845207670 • £60.00 / $109.95 224 pages • 20 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

Basics Fashion Design 10: Jewellery Design

Media and

Merchandising: Theory, Principles, and Practice

From Fashion to Fine Jewellery Elizabeth Galton

Grace I. Kunz

"This book is a great resource for all recent jewelry design graduates and those wishing to break into the business and start a collection. Beautifully produced and with insightful, professional commentary, this book offers both encouragement and direction. I wish such a book existed when I was starting out!" Karen Bachmann, Fashion Institute of Technology, New York, US Basics Fashion Design 10: Jewellery Design is an introduction to the world of jewellery. It explores how inspiration and research can be used to build a jewellery collection. It provides an brief overview of how the design process evolves, and demonstrates that even on a limited budget it is possible to carve out a niche in this exciting genre. Each chapter includes interviews with some of the world's most famous jewellery designers, giving an insight into the creative process and exploring their brands. Projects and case studies ensure that students are given a practical and inspirational introduction to the world of jewellery design.

Merchandising: Theory, Principles, and Practice, 3rd Edition, focuses on the process of merchandising and the principles applied to the planning, development, and presentation of product lines in both the manufacturing and retailing sectors. Each chapter includes case studies that illustrate how merchandising principles and theories are applied by actual businesses, and the chapter learning activities promote an interactive learning environment with multiple course objectives.

Students will learn how to make sequential and integrated decisions to develop a complete merchandise plan and analyze the effectiveness of that plan.

Grace I. Kunz is Associate Professor Emerita at Iowa State University.

Elizabeth Galton is a celebrated British creative talent. Former Creative Director of Links of London, Elizabeth successfully modernized the brand's design. Elizabeth has consulted for many high-profile brands including Swarovski, Liberty and Harvey Nichols. She is a graduate of the Royal College of Art and visiting lecturer at the University of the Arts, the London College of Fashion and Central Saint Martins. She was appointed an official ambassador for London Jewellery Week in 2011.

UK October 2012 • US November 2012 PB 9782940411948 • £23.99 / $39.95 Library eBook 9782940447213 • £72.00 / $96.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design AVA Publishing

UK October 2009 • US August 2009 PB 9781563678264 • £65.00 / $120.00 Library eBook 9781628921021 • £242.00 / $369.00 544 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

75

Multi-Channel Retailing

Perry's Department Store 3rd Edition A Buying Simulation Karen M. Videtic & Cynthia W. Steele

Lynda Rose Poloian As one of the first textbooks to present a comprehensive view of multichannel retailing—the practice of trading through several selling channels concurrently—Multichannel Retailing is critical for any student preparing for today’s job market. This timely and compelling textbook identifies and explains the underlying principles of e-retailing and its relationship with conventional retail methods. Strategic integration of brick-andmortar stores, electronic retailing, and direct marketing methods form the core of the text. Multichannel Retailing examines the roots of the multichannel approach, analyzes key players, and explores the techniques that are used to develop effective online stores and synchronize cross-channel functions. This book is a guide to implementing and operating a successful e-retailing business, and it offers ideas and solutions for expanding the cross-channel capabilities of traditional retail operations.

The 3rd Edition of this classic text continues to use the fictitious Perry’s Department Store to bridge the gap between the principles of retail buying and mathematical formulas and concepts. The authors use their experience to provide students with the tools to understand a buyer’s responsibilities by walking them through the various steps a new buyer would take to complete a six-month dollar plan and a merchandise assortment plan.

This new edition emphasizes the professional perspective with the inclusion of two new chapters that go beyond theory to explain the importance of preparation before the buyer enters the market.

Lynda Gamans Poloian is Professor Emerita at Southern New Hampshire University.

Karen M. Videtic is an associate professor and Chairperson of the Department of Fashion Design and Merchandising at Virginia Commonwealth University. Cynthia W. Steele is Creative Manager for C & F Enterprises, Inc. and Gallerie II.

UK August 2009 • US June 2009 PB 9781563676307 • £55.00 / $105.00 Library eBook 9781501306969 • £210.00 / $321.00 448 pages Fairchild Books

UK May 2009 • US March 2009 PB 9781563677335 • £50.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609017330 • £202.00 / $308.00 160 pages Fairchild Books

The Language of Fashion

A History of the Paper Pattern Industry

Roland Barthes Barthes' essays range from the history of clothing to the cultural importance of Coco Chanel, from hippy style in Morocco to the figure of the dandy, from colour in fashion to the power of jewellery. Barthes' acute analysis and constant questioning make this book an essential read for anyone seeking to understand the cultural power of fashion.

ROLAND BARTHES (1915-1980) was a major French writer, literary theorist and critic of French culture and society.

Roland Barthes (1915-1980) was a major French writer, literary theorist and critic of French culture and society.

The Home Dressmaking Fashion Revolution Joy Spanabel Emery "The book fills a void of information on the paper pattern industry and provides a related historical tangent to the growth of the fashion industry, particularly in the United States. This book will be of interest to those teaching or learning about the history of the home sewing or apparel industry. The many illustrations of styles throughout the centuries, and the rendered patterns, will also be of interest to costume and fashion design students." Nancy Fawley, Art Libraries Society of North America Sewing patterns have been the principle blueprint for making garments in the home for centuries. From their origins in the tailoring manuals of the 16th century to the widely produced pamphlets of the 18th and 19th centuries, through to the full size packet patterns of today, their history and development has reflected major changes in technology (such as the advent of the sewing machine), retailing and marketing practices (the fashion periodical), and shifts in social and cultural influences.

This accessible book explores this history, outlining innovations in patternmaking by the companies who produced patterns and how these reflected the fashions and demands of the market.

Showcasing beautiful illustrations from original pattern pamphlets, packets and ads, as well as 9 complete patterns from which readers can reproduce vintage garments of different eras, the book provides a unique visual guide to homemade fashions as well as essential exploration of the industry that produced them.

UK October 2013 • US December 2013 PB 9781472505422 • £12.99 / $19.95 Individual eBook 9781472534767 • £12.99 / $20.99 Library eBook 9781472534323 • £39.00 / $63.00 192 pages Series: Bloomsbury Revelations Bloomsbury Academic World English (excluding Australia/New Zealand)

UK April 2014 • US June 2014 PB 9780857858313 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857858306 • £55.00 / $94.00 Individual eBook 9781472577467 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472577450 • £60.00 / $96.00 272 pages • 125 colour & 75 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

www.bloomsbury.com

76

A History of the Paper Pattern Industry The Home Dressmaking Fashion Revolution Joy Spanabel Emery • An essential read for fashion students, researchers, sewers and fashion enthusiasts, this is the fi rst book to offer an overview of the history of the paper dressmaking pattern industry from the 16th century to the present day • Highly illustrated with 200 images from packets and advertising, the book includes 9 original patterns from different decades which readers can use to make vintage garments • Provides a unique visual guide to homemade fashions as well as essential exploration of the industry that produced them

Joy Emery is Professor Emerita of Theatre and the Curator of The Commercial Pattern Archive at the University of Rhode Island, USA.

Stripping, Sex, and Popular Culture Catherine M. Roach At the heart of Stripping, Sex, and Popular Culture lies a very personal story, of author Catherine Roach's response to the decision of her life-long best friend to become an exotic dancer. Catherine and Marie grew up together in Canada and moved to the USA to enroll in PhD programs at prestigious universities. For various reasons, Marie left her program and instead chose to work as a stripper. The author, at first troubled and yet fascinated by her friend's decision, follows Marie's journey into the world of stripping as an observer and analyst. She finds that this world raises complex questions about gender, sexuality, fantasy, feminism, and even spirituality. Moving from first hand interviews with dancers and others, the book broadens into a provocative and accessible examination of the current popularity of "striptease culture," with sexsaturated media imagery, thongs gone mainstream, and stripper aerobics at your local gym. Stripping, Sex, and Popular Culture scrutinizes the naked truth of a lucrative industry whose norms are increasingly at the center of contemporary society.

A PDF version of this book is available for free in open access via the OAPEN Library platform, www.oapen.org

Catherine M. Roach is Associate Professor of New College, and Affiliated Faculty in Religious Studies and Women's Studies, at The University of Alabama, USA. She received her PhD from Harvard University in 1998 and is also the author of Mother / Nature: Popular Culture and Environmental Ethics (Indiana University Press, 2003).

UK April 2014 • US June 2014 PB 9780857858313 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9780857858306 • £55.00 / $94.00 Individual eBook 9781472577467 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472577450 • £60.00 / $96.00 272 pages • 125 colour & 75 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK November 2007 • US November 2007 PB 9781845201296 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845201289 • £58.00 / $104.95 Individual eBook 9780857850942 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781847883476 • £60.00 / $96.00 224 pages • bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

Stripping, Sex, and Popular Culture

Technical Sourcebook for Designers

Catherine M. Roach "[Roach] neither oversimplifies nor romanticizes stripping... What makes Roach's book different is her intensely personal concern about the ramifications of stripping... she puts real faces on abstract theories.

Recommended." CHOICE At the heart of Stripping, Sex, and Popular Culture lies a very personal story, of author Catherine Roach's response to the decision of her life-long best friend to become an exotic dancer. Catherine and Marie grew up together in Canada and moved to the USA to enroll in PhD programs at prestigious universities. For various reasons, Marie left her program and instead chose to work as a stripper. The author, at first troubled and yet fascinated by her friend's decision, follows Marie's journey into the world of stripping as an observer and analyst. She finds that this world raises complex questions about gender, sexuality, fantasy, feminism, and even spirituality. Moving from first hand interviews with dancers and others, the book broadens into a provocative and accessible examination of the current popularity of "striptease culture," with sexsaturated media imagery, thongs gone mainstream, and stripper aerobics at your local gym. Stripping, Sex, and Popular Culture scrutinizes the naked truth of a lucrative industry whose norms are increasingly at the center of contemporary society.

Jaeil Lee & Camille Steen More than a “how­to” book, Technical Sourcebook for Designers is a “why­to” text for aspiring apparel designers and merchandisers whose responsibilities include communicating about specifications by means of design flats and technical packages. In the global apparel industry, these tools are essential for mass production and evaluation of products that may be manufactured in factories outside of the United States. This text presents a holistic approach to technical design, including such considerations as selection of fabrics, finding seasonal fashion trends, garment construction, and fit evaluation, all in the context of meeting the needs of the target consumer with costeffective decisions.

Jaeil Lee is an associate professor and Director of Clothing and Textiles Program at Seattle Pacific University.

Camille Steen is Senior Technical Designer at Ex Officio LLC, a leading maker of travel apparel.

A PDF version of this book is available for free in open access via the OAPEN Library platform, www.oapen.org

Catherine M. Roach is Associate Professor of New College, and Affiliated Faculty in Religious Studies and Women's Studies, at The University of Alabama, USA. She received her PhD from Harvard University in 1998 and is also the author of Mother / Nature: Popular UK November 2007 • US November 2007 PB 9781845201296 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781845201289 • £58.00 / $104.95 Individual eBook 9780857850942 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781847883476 • £60.00 / $96.00 224 pages • bibliography, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

UK September 2009 • US July 2009 PB 9781563675867 • £55.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9781501305115 • £46.99 / $80.99 416 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

77

Principles of Flat Pattern Design 4th Edition

The Real World Guide to Fashion Selling and Management

Nora M. MacDonald The basic principles of the flat-pattern method are the foundation of producing effective apparel designs. Principles of Flat-Pattern Design, 4th Edition, maintains its simple and straightforward presentation of flat-patternmaking principles which is proven to be less intimidating for beginning students. Numbered and fully illustrated steps guide students through a logical series of pattern manipulation procedures, each beginning with a flat sketch of the design to be developed and ending with a representation of the completed pattern. A significant expansion of the introductory chapters in this 4th Edition aligns the patternmaking process with current industry practices, including technological advancements, design analysis, and production basics such as grading, marker making, and specifications.

Gerald J. Sherman & Sar Perlman "I like the fact that this book covers selling yourself and follow-through... I would [love] to change my [current] book to this one."

Tammy Tavassoli, The Illinois Institute of Art - Schaumburg, US This ‘sales bible’ for the apparel and retail industries is now updated with successful sales and management principles and current information on social media, content marketing and retail in the digital world. It details the roles and expectations of sales managers for leading a successful sales force and includes real-world terms, concepts, and principles plus new role play exercises which reinforce the text. The case studies feature high-calibre businesspeople and their successful methods.

Nora M. MacDonald is a professor at West Virginia University, US. Gerald J. Sherman is co-founder and partner of Sherman & Perlman, LLC, USA, a public relations and integrated marketing company. He has held adjunct teaching positions at the Fashion Institute of Technology in New York, Lynn University in Boca Raton, Florida, Miami International University of Art and Design in Miami, Florida and at Johnson and Wales University, College of Business, North Miami, Florida, USA. Sar S. Perlman is a partner at Sherman & Perlman, LLC, USA, a public relations and integrated marketing company. He a veteran writer and journalist whose more than 100 articles have appeared in national and regional publications such as Car and Driver, Power and Motoryacht, Art and Antiques, Wildlife Art, Millionaire, Boca Raton, Florida International,

UK December 2009 • US October 2009 HB 9781563678516 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781628920208 • £222.00 / $339.00 416 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK July 2014 • US May 2014 PB 9781609019334 • £64.00 / $105.00 Individual eBook 9781609019310 • £54.99 / $93.99 Library eBook 9781609018757 • £210.00 / $321.00 352 pages • 25 bw illus and photos Fairchild Books

Apparel Merchandising

Fashion Law

The Line Starts Here Jeremy A. Rosenau & David L. Wilson • Describes today’s challenges for both apparel manufacturers and retailers in meeting the consumer’s demands for the right products at the right prices — and at the right times • This edition addresses the impact of technology and social media on all facets of product development • Executive profiles and case studies provide current real-world context and examples

Jeremy A. Rosenau is a Professor Emeritus and Program Director of the graduate program in Fashion Apparel Studies at Philadelphia University, USA, and Program Director of Master of Science in Fashion Apparel Studies.

David L. Wilson is a former Assistant Professor and Director of Fashion and Apparel Programs at Philadelphia University, USA, where he established the Fashion Design program and won the National SearsRoebuck Foundation Teaching Excellence and Campus Leadership Award.

UK April 2014 • US February 2014 PB 9781609015398 • £64.99 / $105.00 Individual eBook 9781609019648 • £64.99 / $93.99 Library eBook 9781609018634 • £180.00 / $270.00 512 pages • 138 bw and 12 color illus Fairchild Books

A Guide for Designers, Fashion Executives, and Attorneys Edited by Guillermo C. Jimenez & Barbara Kolsun The revised edition of Fashion Law provides authoritative information on all legal aspects of the fashion business — from the start­up phase all the way through international expansion — with new information on intellectual property law and cases.

Topics covered include licensing, anti-counterfeiting, start-ups and finances, commercial transactions, employment regulations, advertising and marketing, celebrity endorsements, and customs and international trade issues.

• Provides practical tips and templates for legal agreements that apply to the unique needs of the fashion industry • Contributed essays by attorneys specialising in various aspects of fashion law and business issues • Sample clauses familiarise readers with the legal language that covers the rights and responsibilities of the parties to agreements

Guillermo C. Jimenez, Esq., is Professor of International Trade and Marketing at Fashion Institute of Technology (U.S.), and holds adjunct teaching appointments at the New York University Stern School of Business, the International School of Management in Paris (France), and New York’s Iona College. Jimenez is an academic advisor to the Fashion Law Committee of the New York County Law Association and is a technical expert on international trade for the International Chamber of Commerce.

Barbara Kolsun, Esq., Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Stuart Weitzman Holdings, LLC (U.S.); she is also an adjunct professor at the New York University School of Law and Benjamin N. UK May 2014 • US March 2014 PB 9781609018955 • £64.00 / $100.00 Individual eBook 9781609018610 • £59.99 / $89.99 Library eBook 9781609018658 • £180.00 / $270.00 416 pages • 16 bw illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

78

Fashion Retailing

Mathematics for Retail Buying

From Managing to Merchandising Dimitri Koumbis

Bette K. Tepper

Fashion Retailing looks at fashion retailers from the store level — exploring and explaining how they are conceived, managed and provide consumercentric spaces. The volume features case studies and interviews with Uniqlo, AllSaints, JCrew, Urban Outfitters, Nordstrom and American Apparel. Readers will gain a thorough understanding of how the retail model operates in an effort to continually capture the ever-changing market, as well as an insight into corporate social responsibility (CSR) and brand sustainability.

Dimitri Koumbis is the Creative Director of Situ Retail Environments in NYC, USA. He is also Adjunct Faculty for Fashion Merchandising and Marketing courses at The Art Institute of New York, USA, where he teaches contemporary retail environments, store design, visual merchandising, branding, trends/forecasting, textiles, portfolio, and apparel/HR management. Dimitri is also the co-author of Fashion Buying: From Trend Forecasting to Shop Floor (Bloomsbury Publishing, 2013).

This best-selling textbook meets the needs of students who will be directly or indirectly involved in the activities of merchandising and buying at the retail level. Tepper explains the essential concepts, practices, procedures, calculations, and interpretations of figures that relate to producing profitable retail buying and selling operations. Now in its seventh edition, the text has been reorganised and expanded to provide real world examples that reflect current industry practices and trends.

BETTE K. TEPPER is a founding faculty member of the Fashion Management Department at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA.

Bette K. Tepper is a former faculty member of the Fashion Management Department at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA, where she taught for more than 30 years, and served as Assistant Chairperson of Marketing Fashion and Related Industries Department.

UK September 2014 • US November 2014 PB 9782940496235 • £23.99 / $41.95 Library eBook 9781472568625 • £72.00 / $116.00 192 pages • 120 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Management Fairchild Books

UK September 2013 • US July 2013 PB 9781609015244 • £64.99 / $120.00 Individual eBook 9781628924466 • £62.99 / $107.99 Library eBook 9781609018283 • £242.00 / $369.00 392 pages • 50 B&W illus Fairchild Books

Merchandise Buying and Management

The Dynamics of Fashion

John Donnellan

Elaine Stone

This new edition has been updated to cover the most current information on merchandising and retailing.

Written for college level courses dealing with retail buying and the management for retail inventories, the text covers topics relevant to future buyers and store management personnel. The material is presented within the context of a contemporary retail environment — with examples from both fashion and non­fashion retailers — in which buyers often act as fiscal managers as well as product developers, and store managers play important roles in sales productivity and assortment planning.

JOHN DONNELLAN was Dean of Business and Computer Information Systems at Holyoke Community College, USA. For 20 years, he held management, merchandising, and sales promotions positions in various department and speciality stores.

John Donnellan was Dean of Business and Computer Information Systems at Holyoke Community College, USA. For 20 years, he held management, merchandising, and sales promotions positions in various department and specialty stores. Donnellan frequently addresses trade and professional associations on current retailing topics.

"Apart from its appearance almost as a coffee-table book, there is no other introduction for the whole apparel value system that is so rich of insight and full of inspiring ideas as this book. It´s the absolute business appetizer for our students!"

Alexander Bretz, Mediadesign Fachhochschule - University of Applied Sciences, Germany This fourth edition of the best-selling text has been updated to be on the cutting edge. Featuring the latest facts and figures, and the most current theories in fashion development, production, and merchandising, this book provides a broad foundation for students hoping to become a part of the industry. Apparel, accessories, cosmetics, home fashions, green design, and more are explored in detail. Hundreds of examples make the business aspect fun. Fresh, forward, challenging, and comprehensive, Elaine Stone's classic text is for those in fashion who want to be both in the now and in the know.

ELAINE STONE is Professor Emerita at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA, and founder of the The Enterprise Center, a business training resource for fashion industry professionals, designers, and artists.

Elaine Stone is Professor Emerita at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA, and founder of the The Enterprise Center at FIT, a business training resource for fashion industry professionals, designers, and artists.

UK November 2013 • US September 2013 PB 9781609014902 • £64.99 / $115.00 Individual eBook 9781609019679 • £64.99 / $102.99 Library eBook 9781609018467 • £231.00 / $352.00 464 pages • 192 illus Fairchild Books

UK August 2013 • US July 2013 HB 9781609015008 • £60.00 / $125.00 Individual eBook 9781609018191 • £18.99 / $111.99 Library eBook 9781609018689 • £251.00 / $383.00 480 pages • 500 color illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

79

Fashion and Textiles 2013 catalogue

Architectural Model Building Tools, Techniques & Materials Roark T. Congdon Advances in computer-aided design have proven to be an invaluable tool for the architect and designer, yet Frank Gehry still begins his creative process by making "simple" models out of modest materials. Drawings and video, while an essential part of the design process, are still not substitutes for the tactile sensation one receives from a scale model. Drawing on 20 years experience in art and architecture, the author has developed this book on model making as it applies to students and professionals of the built environment. More than 300 photographs illustrate a multitude of techniques and the use of a wide variety of materials, providing a solid foundation for students and professionals to create and enjoy threedimensional model making for interior design, architecture, landscape architecture, furniture design, theatrical design, and retail merchandising.

Roark T. Congdon is a professor of studio and history courses at the International Academy of Design and Technology in Seattle and has taught model building, sculpture, drawing, history, and design at the university and high school levels in both in the US and China for over 15 years.

UK May 2013 0 pages Bloomsbury Academic

UK June 2010 • US April 2010 PB 9781563677731 • £50.00 / $90.00 356 pages • 12pp full colour Fairchild Books

Art Directors Annual: 91

Basics Architecture 02: Construction & Materiality

Art Directors Club "The great authority and worldwide prestige of the Art Directors Club Annual Awards remain unequaled ... Each year's Annual forever commemorates the most creative work of the year. Long may the show, and the Annual, live." George Lois, art director, designer and author This annual features, in full colour, the winners of the toughest competition in the field - the Art Directors Club Annual Awards. The book presents, with exceptional clarity and detail, the work of gold and silver medallists and distinctive merit winners in national and international advertising, graphic design, interactive design, interactive media, photography, and illustration.

Continuously published since 1920, the Art Directors Annual is the world's most widely distributed creative awards reference book and source of inspiration, honouring the year's best work in design and advertising around the globe.

The Art Directors Club is one of the most concentrated groups of creative talent in the world, and is a gathering place for leaders in visual communication. ADC Members share the vision of their founder, Louis Pedlar, who brought his colleagues in advertising together in 1920 to dignify their profession and judge advertising art by the same stringent standards as fine art. For over 90 years ADC members have taken up Pedlar’s challenge by funding programmes to connect, provoke and elevate creative professionals around the world.

UK December 2012 • US December 2012 HB 9782940496211 • £40.00 / $65.00 274 pages • 1750 AVA Publishing World English

Lorraine Farrelly "Inspiring, well illustrated and relevant to the academic curricula." Boris Ceranic, University of Derby, UK Basics Architecture 02: Construction & Materiality is an in-depth exploration of the key materials used in modern architecture. The book covers materials including stone and brick, concrete, timber, glass, steel and composites. It examines their history, development and practical application in contemporary architecture.

Discussion is supported by a variety of case studies and examples of work taken from the best of contemporary architecture, as well as practical student exercises and resources.

Lorraine Farrelly co-ordinates architecture and interior design courses at the University of Portsmouth. She has lectured and taught at universities around the world, and presented her research on architecture and the European city at conferences internationally. She has written several books and articles about contemporary architecture and interior design.

UK November 2008 • US December 2008 PB 9782940373833 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439577 • £51.00 / $82.00 176 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Architecture AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

80

Design and Security in the Built Environment

The Fundamentals of Architecture Lorraine Farrelly

Linda O'Shea & Rula Awwad-Rafferty Interior design students will find inspiration in Design and Security in the Built Environment as they learn about meeting security needs in offices, hospitals, schools, and other public and private facilities.

Recognizing that design professionals must also take into account sustainability, accessibility, innovation, sense of place, and a host of other issues, the authors offer a seamless connection between security and these factors. To assist students in developing the mind-set they will need to consider security from the start of a project, the text focuses on the relationship of the psychological and physical aspects of security to interior design.

Linda O'Shea, Kean University Rula Awwad-Rafferty, University of Idaho

"This book is awesome. Wonderfully designed, easy to understand, great images, great writing. What a wonderful overview of so many aspects of the design and practice of Architecture." Eric Stark, University of Maine at Augusta, US (first edition) The Fundamentals of Architecture, 2nd Edition is an introduction to the basic ideas that inform architecture. It is intended to unravel the complexity of architecture to explain its process and make it more accessible. It guides students through the rich history of the discipline, and introduces aspects of contemporary theory and practice.

The book explores the process of architecture starting from the initial ideas and concepts, and how these ideas are informed by understanding site and context. It examines the impact of the physical environment and the historical ideas that have informed and influenced the architectural solution. The second edition has been redesigned and updated with new material, including six case studies, exercise sections and contemporary visuals from students and leading architects.

Lorraine Farrelly co-ordinates architecture and interior design courses at the University of Portsmouth, UK. She has lectured and taught at universities around the world, and presented her research on architecture and the European city at conferences internationally. She has written several books and articles about contemporary architecture and interior design.

UK December 2008 • US October 2008 PB 9781563674976 • £40.00 / $70.00 256 pages • illustrations, colour section Fairchild Books

UK July 2012 • US August 2012 PB 9782940411757 • £26.50 / $38.50 Library eBook 9782940447350 • £78.00 / $125.00 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Fundamentals AVA Publishing

Health, Sustainability and the Built Environment

Designing for Designers Jack L. Nasar & Wolfgang F. E. Preiser

Dak Kopec With the emergence of sick building syndrome in the 1970s and the emphasis on LEED standards today, interior designers are interested in the topics of health and sustainability. Health, Sustainability, and the Built Environment examines the concept of sustainability as it pertains to sustaining human health. By analyzing the many ways that humans interact with the built environment, the text teaches students how to identify both the positive and negative effects that their designs can have on the health of the occupants.

Dak Kopec, New School of Architecture and Design

UK October 2008 • US August 2008 HB 9781563675256 • £60.00 / $115.00 400 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

This book uses the approach of the seminal work The Image of the City by Kevin Lynch, by showing the importance of talking to people and gauging their shared mental images of places. That work transformed the way many design professionals and social scientists dealt with form. It complemented the "art" approach to design, in which users would be expected to move their chair to satisfy a designer's ego, with a social science approach that tried to gauge user reactions. This book brings attention to using the same approach for interiors and school buildings. The book discusses the findings for fifteen schools of design. The systematic user evaluations of the aesthetics, function, and technology reveal strengths to encourage in future designs, and weaknesses to avoid. Some of the findings on the design and process extend to all kinds of buildings on campus and elsewhere. Thus, although the book offers specific guidelines for future schools of design, it also offers guidelines with broader application to interiors for educational buildings and other building types, such as how to plan offices and gathering places to build community. This book should make readers more aware of problems in architectural interiors and of ways to make interiors work better for the building occupants.Features-- Brings a unique perspective to this important building type-- Applies a user-based and scientific approach to evaluate the interior design of fifteen schools of design-- Many of the findings for these interiors extend to all kinds of spaces on campus and elsewhere-- Offers guidelines for designs of the future

Jack L. Nasar (FAICP), Ph.D. 1979 Man-Environment Relations, Pennsylvania State University, is a Professor of City & Regional Planning, a member of the Graduate Faculty in Landscape Architecture UK September 2007 • US July 2007 PB 9781563674594 • £34.00 / $65.00 256 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

81

Basics Interior Architecture 04: Elements / Objects

Designing a Quality Lighting Environment

Graeme Brooker & Sally Stone "Very positive reaction, a good series, essential for students. I loved the design and layout." Olga Harnett-Makem, University of Ulster, UK Basics Interior Architecture 04: Elements/Objects explores the manner in which an interior space can be manipulated through the precise placement of forms.

The book describes the principles underpinning the design of objects, and their placement within the interior space. It also discusses the influence that this has upon the character and perception of the space; providing focus or rhythm, controlling visual movement or expressing scale.

The book teaches readers how the manipulation of objects and elements can create interior spaces of distinctive and apposite qualities.

Graeme Brooker is an interior designer and academic. He is the programme leader of the interior design courses at the Manchester Metropolitan University. He has lectured and presented papers at conferences in the UK and internationally.

Susan M. Winchip This comprehensive text examines the technical, practical, and aesthetic aspects of lighting design.

With its focus on quality, it demonstrates how lighting designers provide functional, safe, and aesthetically pleasing designs for both residential and commercial interiors. The author’s extensive research integrates developments in the field with an introduction to lighting systems, giving readers a foundation for applying design principles to lighting projects.

Susan M. Winchip is associate professor of interior and environmental design and director of the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences at Illinois State University. She has published in several academic journals, including Family and Consumer Sciences, Journal of Family and Consumer Sciences, and the College Student Journal. Some of the professional organisations to which she belongs are the American Association for Higher Education, the Illinois Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development, and the American Association of Family and Consumer Sciences. She has received research grant awards from the College of Applied Science and Technology and General Electric.

Sally Stone is the director of the College of Continuity in Architecture at the Manchester School of Architecture. She has lectured internationally and presented papers at conferences around the world.

UK September 2009 • US October 2009 PB 9782940411108 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439409 • £51.00 / $82.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Interior Architecture AVA Publishing

UK June 2004 • US April 2004 HB 9781563673177 • £61.00 / $115.00 550 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Environmental Psychology for Design

Sustainable Building Systems and Construction for Designers

Dak Kopec Environmental Psychology for Design introduces the discipline of environmental psychology in different and more meaningful ways to design students and does it in a way that encourages students to embrace the concepts as well as incorporate them into their daily practices.

DAK Kopec has a Ph.D. in Environmental Psychology with a concentration in Perception and Design, an M.S. in Community Psychology, B.S. in Community Health, and studied the principles and design practices of Feng Shui in China. Dr. Kopec is also certified by the National Commission for Health Education Credentialing (NCHEC), the Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC), and the International Feng Shui Guild (IFSG). In addition to being an Associate Professor of Design at the NewSchool of Architecture and Design, and regular instructor at the Design Institute of San Diego, Dr. Kopec is an independent consultant, and author. He consults on issues of environmental health, environmental design, cultural diversity, and leadership development.

Dr. Kopec is the author of the first textbook on environmental psychology specifically for the design professional, 'Environmental Psychology for Design', published by Fairchild Books, and he has also authored a monograph, 'Cultural Diversity in The Long Term Care Setting' published by the National Council for Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ).

UK June 2006 • US April 2006 HB 9781563674242 • £63.00 / $110.00 430 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

Lisa M. Tucker This text views building construction and its systems through the lens of sustainability, providing an integrated approach to the principles of sustainable design as the way a building is created. As a practicing architect and interior designer, Tucker covers all systems including construction systems, mechanical systems, electrical and plumbing systems, and interior systems. The technical knowledge and vocabulary presented here allow interior designers, architects, engineers, and contractors to communicate more effectively among themselves while collaborating on projects.

Lisa M. Tucker, ASID, AIA, LEED AP, is Assistant Professor of Interior design in the School of Architecture and Design at Virginia Polytechnic and State University.

UK March 2010 • US January 2010 PB 9781563677120 • £50.00 / $105.00 480 pages • Full colour Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

82

The Fairchild Dictionary of Interior Design 2nd Edition

The Visual Dictionary of Interior Architecture and Design

Martin M. Pegler The 2nd Edition of The Fairchild Dictionary of Interior Design presents design terminology from both historical and contemporary viewpoints—from antiquity to the 21st century. Furniture and its components, lighting principles and fixtures, materials, fabrics, construction devices, accessories, woods, styles, and periods all contribute to the language of design. Design is the continuous reuse and revitalization of forms to create meaning for each generation. There is no design that cannot find its way back in history. By integrating the historical evolution of design into the very definition of design terms, The Fairchild Dictionary of Interior Design places the fundamental, accumulated understanding of interior design in the broadest and most comprehensive of contexts.

Martin M. Pegler has worked as a design, manufacturer, store planner and consultant for over 40 years. He is considered to be one of the world's leading voices in the field of visual merchandising and is the author of over sixty books, including Visual Merchandising and Display.

"I really liked the size of the book and the idea of an alphabet of terms. An excellent pocket reference, and visual knowledge. This would be useful for the new student just starting his/her studies in Interior Architecture/Design to build up vocabulary."

Kim Atkins, Chichester College, UK The Visual Dictionary of Interior Architecture and Design is a comprehensive guide to the numerous terms associated with, and used within, the fields of interior architecture and design.

Over 250 terms are explained and contextualised, with concise definitions accompanied by illustrations and examples taken from traditional and contemporary interior architecture.

The dictionary covers traditional terms still in current usage as well as modern terminology such as hyper-reality and sustainability. It also defines a wide variety of practical terms, such as elevation, installation, and function, and conceptual terms including constructivisim, minimalism, and formalism.

Graeme Brooker is program leader on undergraduate and postgraduate courses on interior design at Manchester Metropolitan University, UK.

UK April 2006 • US February 2006 PB 9781563674440 • £35.00 / $63.00 300 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK December 2008 • US January 2009 PB 9782940373802 • £14.95 / $24.95 Library eBook 9782940439614 • £42.00 / $67.00 288 pages • 250 colour illus Series: Visual Dictionaries AVA Publishing

Basics Interior Architecture 02: Context & Environment

Basics Architecture 03: Architectural Design Jane Anderson

Graeme Brooker & Sally Stone "Very relevant. An excellent textbook." Kerry Meakin, Dublin Institute of Technology, Ireland Basics Interior Architecture 02: Context & Environment proposes a method of design based on the interpretation, evaluation and utilization of physical factors, such as light and orientation, the contextual issues of the urban form and the subject of sustainability. It examines the ways each of these factors influences the form of the interior.

The text is supported by detailed studies of contemporary work, alongside activities and resources.

Graeme Brooker MA is an interior designer and academic. He is the programme leader of the undergraduate and postgraduate interior design courses at the Manchester Metropolitan University. He has lectured internationally and has presented papers at conferences in the UK and around the world. Sally Stone MA is the director of the College of Continuity in Architecture at the Manchester School of Architecture.

She teaches studio courses at postgraduate level concerned with urban regeneration, building reuse and the relationship between interior architecture and installation art. Sally has lectured internationally and presented papers at conferences around the world. She is the author of Interventions - Attitudes Towards Public Space.

UK September 2008 • US October 2008 PB 9782940373710 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439621 • £51.00 / $82.00 176 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Interior Architecture AVA Publishing

Michael Coates, Graeme Brooker & Sally Stone

"The book is any excellent reference for students throughout the course. I would certainly recommend the book for the subject." Deepika Shetty, Manipal School of Architecture and Planning, India Basics Architecture 03: Architectural Design explains the process of designing architectural projects. It describes the design studio and the activities that take place there.

The architectural design process is as diverse as the people who practise it; all architects follows their own individual design process. In this dynamic new text the realities of the design process and the relationship between education and practice are explored in detail.

The book introduces a variety of processes through examples and case studies. This allows readers to identify with certain methods with which they could respond to in their own work, and enables them to develop their own unique approach.

Jane Anderson is the field chair for BA Architecture and Interior Architecture at Oxford Brookes University, UK. She has worked in Germany and the UK and her built works include a low-energy headquarters building for a software company and a variety of educational building types such as a music school, sports hall and nursery.

UK November 2010 • US December 2010 PB 9782940411269 • £21.95 / $32.95 Library eBook 9782940439454 • £60.00 / $96.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Architecture AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

83

Archi.Pop

Archi.Pop

Mediating Architecture in Popular Culture Edited by D. Medina Lasansky

Mediating Architecture in Popular Culture Edited by D. Medina Lasansky

"This adventurous book brings together the subjects of architectural history and popular culture through a novel set of case studies.

The interdisciplinary approach foregrounds the popular representation and understanding of modern architecture and interiors. From the Playboy Club to the car interior, the book is engaging and critically engaged." Anne Massey, Middlesex University, UK

"This adventurous book brings together the subjects of architectural history and popular culture through a novel set of case studies.

The interdisciplinary approach foregrounds the popular representation and understanding of modern architecture and interiors. From the Playboy Club to the car interior, the book is engaging and critically engaged." Anne Massey, Middlesex University, UK

How have architecture and design been represented in popular culture?

How do these fictional reflections feed back into and influence ‘the real world’? Archi.Pop: Architecture and Design in Popular Culture offers the first contemporary critical overview of this diverse and intriguing relationship in cultural forms including television, cinema, iconic buildings and everyday interiors, music and magazines.

Archi.Pop explores the relationship of architecture and design to popular culture through a variety of case studies including television, music, film, magazines and domestic interiors. The book brings the study of architecture and culture firmly to the contemporary world, offering a unique critical investigation into how this dynamic relationship has shaped the way we live and the way we interact with the constructed world around us.

Bringing the study of architecture and culture firmly to the contemporary world, Archi.Pop offers a unique critical investigation into how this dynamic relationship has shaped the way we live and the way we interact with the constructed world around us.

D. Medina Lasansky teaches architectural history at Cornell University, USA. She is co-editor of Architecture and Tourism: Perception, Performance, and Place (Bloomsbury, 2004) and the author of the Renaissance Perfected: Architecture, Spectacle and Tourism in Fascist Italy (2004).

D. Medina Lasansky teaches architectural history at Cornell University, USA. She is co-editor of Architecture and Tourism: Perception, Performance, and Place (Bloomsbury, 2004) and the author of the Renaissance Perfected: Architecture, Spectacle and Tourism in Fascist Italy (2004).

UK September 2014 • US November 2014 PB 9781472531469 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781472522542 • £65.00 / $112.00 Individual eBook 9781472526694 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472586445 • £60.00 / $96.00 248 pages • 29 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

UK September 2014 • US November 2014 PB 9781472531469 • £19.99 / $34.95 HB 9781472522542 • £65.00 / $112.00 Individual eBook 9781472526694 • £19.99 / $27.99 Library eBook 9781472586445 • £60.00 / $96.00 248 pages • 29 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

Hand Drawing for Designers

Achieving Invisibility

Communicating Ideas through Architectural Graphics Douglas R. Seidler & Amy Korté

The Art of Architectural Visualization and Rendering Adam Crespi

Hand drawing remains a powerful tool in conceptual design. Hand Drawing for Designers: Communicating Ideas through Architectural Graphics will show you how to use hand drawing to explore multiple design responses quickly and intuitively and to develop a successfully responsive design solution. The text approaches the act of drawing as a communication tool, valued within design firms for conceptual design, design development, and client presentations. The concepts and methods in the text build, progressing from an introduction to drawing rationale to two- and three-dimensional drawing techniques and presentation drawings. Designed to strengthen the user’s understanding of visual representation and technical drawing by visual teaching, Hand Drawing for Designers provides the skills for translating three-dimensional ideas into two-dimensional drawings that effectively communicate design concepts.

Achieving Invisibility: The Art of Architectural Visualization and Rendering provides working techniques for 3-D modeling with software like 3-D Studio Max. Students learn to construct architectural renderings, interior environments, and fly-through animations that appear to be photos rather than computer-generated renderings. The computer, in essence, becomes invisible, and the viewer focuses instead on the design. A CD-ROM packaged in the text contains all tutorial files and texture maps. The .max files are presented in both beginning and finished form, with intermediate steps when necessary. Each chapter includes an overview of the goals and a list of skills needed to complete the exercises. Each exercise is introduced by a brief explanation of the intended results, when and where in production it would be used, and some typical examples. Step-by-step written instructions with drawings follow. Concluding each exercise are an image and discussion of the end result, along with a brief discussion of other possible outcomes and a suggestion of more advanced exercises the user can attempt. With lessons ranging from beginner to expert, students will be able to construct almost any type of building, interior, texture, or light effect with elegance and efficiency.Features- CD-ROM contains all tutorials in beginning and finished form.- Screen grabs show software applications exactly as they appear on the computer screen.- Step-by-step, fullyillustrated exercises walk students through the creation of their own animations and renderings.- Insert shows examples of finished work in full color- Instructor's Guide provides suggestions for planning the course and using the text in the classroom

Douglas R. Seidler is based at Marymount University.

Amy Korté is based at the Boston Architectural Center.

Adam Crespi, Art Institute of California, Orange County UK January 2010 • US November 2009 PB 9781563677809 • £50.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781609014223 • £190.00 / $291.00 304 pages • Full colour + illustrations Fairchild Books

UK April 2008 • US February 2008 PB 9781563675416 • £46.00 / $90.00 650 pages • colour section Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

84

Visual Communication for Landscape Architecture

Electronic Workflow for Interior Designers & Architects

Trudi Entwistle & Edwin Knighton "This handsome book does a superb job of explaining why we use visual communication – a task which no other book on representation for landscape architecture has yet accomplished. Many gorgeous illustrations from a wide range of sources add richness and depth to this indispensable text." Tim Waterman, Senior Lecturer, Landscape Architecture, Writtle School of Design, UK Visual Communication for Landscape Architecture demonstrates not only how and where a range of visual communication skills are needed to inform a design process, but also why they are essential in order to make presentations both informative and memorable. It illustrates how representational techniques can be sensitively applied in different contexts appropriate to a diverse range of design challenges, and encourages experimentation with contemporary techniques, both 2D and 3D. Developing a professional but creative design portfolio is explored in relation to creating e-portfolios and websites.

A total of 12 contemporary case studies enable readers to contextualize the methods and techniques explored in each chapter through exploring real-life examples of winning projects by successful landscape architecture practices, making this title an inspirational resource for both budding – and practising – landscape architects.

Trudi Entwistle is a a site-specific artist as well as a Senior Lecturer in

Andrew Brody Good design is smart design, and smart designers carefully control their workflow for maximum efficiency. Interior designers use multiple programs during the design process but tend to learn each program in isolation. Electronic Workflow for Interior Designers and Architects is written with integration in mind: students and working professionals will learn how to combine traditional phases of design with the capabilities of selected software for efficient, clear project development. This book is organized to follow the design process from start to finish using a typical interior renovation project. Chapters cover everything from predesign and research to working drawings and construction documents.

Presentation renderings for schematic designs and techniques for creating physical and electronic portfolios are also discussed. Readers have the choice of working with a simple, small project or a complex, multilevel one, depending on skill level.

Andrew Brody, AIA, NCARB certified, is Assistant Professor of Interior Design at Endicott College in Massachusetts and is a Licensed Architect in Maine and Massachusetts.

UK March 2013 • US April 2013 PB 9782940496013 • £23.99 / $39.95 Library eBook 9782940447534 • £72.00 / $96.00 208 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Landscape Architecture Fairchild Books

UK December 2009 • US October 2009 PB 9781563677083 • £40.00 / $80.00 Library eBook 9781609014421 • £161.00 / $246.00 484 pages • Full colour Fairchild Books

Looking Beyond the Structure

How to Read Houses

Critical Thinking for Designers & Architects Dan Bucsescu & Michael Eng In Looking Beyond the Structure, architect Dan Bucsescu and philosopher Michael Eng record their conversations about the relationship of the built environment and other forms of design to the culture in which they are created. The authors exchange their interpretations of selected readings about design theory and invite the reader to join in the discussion. Questions following each chapter’s reading stimulate critical thinking about the philosophies and theories of design, and additional assignments encourage students to express their critical thinking skills visually.

Dan Bucsescu and Michael Eng are both based at the Pratt Institute, John Carroll University.

Will Jones How to Read Houses is an insider's guide to recognising and appreciating the diversity of domestic architecture that reflects the location, the fashion and the technological savoir-faire of the age - from Tudor timber-frames to the truly unconventional.

Houses are arranged by period and style, including Renaissance, Neoclassical, Arts and Crafts, Modernist and many more besides. Featured houses range from Sutton House in London to Port Sunlight in Merseyside; from St Fagans in Cardiff to Hill House in Glasgow.

Compact enough to travel with you, yet comprehensive enough to provide real answers, with real examples, this handy reference guide: - provides an understanding of the architectural vocabulary along with the visual clues that identify any house style and its historical context - enhances the appreciation of visits to landmark houses and lays the foundations for an architectural exploration of your own home or area - explores the main architectural styles, as well as the materials and components of a house through beautifully rendered illustrations, photographs of classic examples and the words of a friendly expert.

Will Jones has been writing for architecture and design magazines around the world for over fifteen years. He is the author of several books, including Modern Architecture in New York, Unbuilt Masterworks of the 21st Century and Architects' Sketchbook.

UK January 2010 • US November 2009 PB 9781563677199 • £42.00 / $80.00 320 pages Fairchild Books

UK August 2013 PB 9781408181621 • £9.99 256 pages • Over 500 colour photos and line drawings A&C Black Visual Arts Europe/India/Middle East/North Africa/Pakistan/South Africa

www.bloomsbury.com

85

Digital Drawing for Designers

Informing Design Joan I. Dickinson & John P. Marsden

A Visual Guide to AutoCAD 2012 Douglas R. Seidler Neither overly simplistic nor excessively technical, Digital Drawing for Designers teaches AutoCAD by relating to the visual world. It begins with the building blocks of drawing (lines, circle and arcs), and progresses through architectural graphic standards enabling students to create drawings that effectively communicate their design ideas. New learners will appreciate the step-by-step lessons and visual illustrations, while experienced professionals can easily access material to refresh their knowledge. Clear, concise and visual, this AutoCAD guide speaks directly to the needs of architects and interior designers.

Douglas R. Seidler, Associate AIA, LEED AP, NCIDQ Certificate No. 25481, IDEC, is an Assistant Professor of Interior Design at Marymount University. He teaches a wide range of graduate and undergraduate courses including foundation studio, materials and methods studio, commercial design studio, furniture design, senior studio, computer drafting, construction documents, design communication, and thesis documentation. His research focuses on the application of pedagogical research in design education. Seidler has over twelve years of professional experience in Architecture and Interior Design.

Informing Design suggests a pedagogy in which design decision making is informed by more than speculative hunches, preferences, and intuition. In this collection of contributed chapters, leaders in both design practice and education share their expertise in such specialty areas as corporate, retail, and learning environments; healthcare; and hospitality.

Introductory chapters teach students to distinguish among information gathering, programming, and research; apply the findings of others; and conduct their own investigations. Other chapters illustrate how informed design decisions were applied to various building types.

Joan I. Dickinson is based at Radford College, US. John P. Marsden is based at Mount Mercy College, US.

UK April 2012 • US February 2012 PB 9781609014117 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609017880 • £222.00 / $339.00 256 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2009 • US February 2009 PB 9781563675638 • £50.00 / $95.00 256 pages Fairchild Books

Sustainable Design for Interior Environments

Directory of British Architects, 1834-1914 Vol. 2 (L-Z) Edited by Antonia Brodie, Alison Felstead & Jonathan Franklin

Susan M. Winchip Sustainable Design for Interior Environments is the first comprehensive textbook on the subject and is intended for students and instructors as well as practicing designers, architects, contractors, and facility managers. With over 150 illustrations, and interactive activities, the text provides a complete overview of the principles and strategies for sustainable design.

UK April 2007 • US February 2007 PB 9781563674600 • £52.00 / $91.00 368 pages Fairchild Books

A comprehensive biographical directory of some 11,000 British architects who worked between 1834 and 1914 .

UK July 2001 • US December 2001 HB 9780826455147 • £375.00 / $720.00 Library eBook 9781847143594 • £150.00 / $240.00 1120 pages Continuum

www.bloomsbury.com

86

The Interior Design Intern

Modeling and Visualization with AutoCAD

Linda L. Nussbaumer Created To Prepare Interior Design Students For An Internship, The Interior Design Intern Offers Guidelines For Developing An Organized Plan For Preparing, Completing, And Evaluating Their Experience In Order To Plan For Their Future Careers. Students Will Use This Text To Guide Them Through Achievement Of Professional And Personal Goals, The Organization Of A Job Search, Preparations For Interviews, The Internship Itself, And A Post-Internship Evaluation.

Linda L. Nussbaumer is based at South Dakota State University

Suining Ding Interior designers use AutoCAD software for their drafting and rendering, but where do they learn to apply basic AutoCAD drafting standards and procedures to their specific needs? Modeling and Visualization with AutoCAD answers the question with tutorials that show students how to use AutoCAD software for such drawings as floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, interior elevations, and casework sections. Covering both 2-D and 3-D AutoCAD, the book introduces the method of importing digital images into the material library. This book introduces AutoCAD in a generic way to accommodate the minor differences between newer and older versions; the emphasis is on typical procedures and methods rather than a more detailed process.Its case studies use ancient and modern masterpieces of interior design to demonstrate various applications so that students cannot only develop their rendering skills in a creative way, but also build upon their knowledge and appreciation of the classical elements of design.Features-- Easy to follow step-by-step tutorials for different levels of learners-- Chapter objectives, key terms, and exercises to help students practice what they have learned-Integration of instructions for applying AutoCAD functions to interior design and pre-sentation of masterpieces that enhance learners' appreciation of classical architectural forms-- Full color illustrations created with the most recent version of AutoCAD to demonstrate results that can also be achieved with earlier versions-- Instructor's Guide provides suggestions for planning the course and using the text in the classroom

Suining Ding, Indiana University Purdue UK April 2011 • US February 2011 PB 9781563679070 • £40.00 / $75.00 256 pages Fairchild Books

UK October 2008 • US August 2008 PB 9781563675010 • £60.00 / $120.00 Library eBook 9781609014155 • £242.00 / $369.00 400 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

The Design Studio

Perspective Drawing

Developing Technical and Creative Skills Using AutoCAD and ADT Carolyn Gibbs This text will be most useful in both beginning and intermediate interior design and architecture CAD courses. The first two parts of the text are meant to be a general, quick reference for using the CAD program. The third and fourth parts of the text focus on learning to draw more accurately, efficiently, and effectively using CAD. The most important goal of the workbook is to integrate AutoCAD technology with the traditional design studio techniques of space planning and drawing. It will help students become more conversant with the technology they're using, while also relating it to its practice use in the fields of interior design and architecture. Also, this workbook addresses all of the criticisms of the current CAD texts: from a lack of drawing complexity to not enough professional practice; from a preponderance of computer command lessons to not enough relevant concepts and techniques.FeaturesWorkbook problems are short and quick, requiring only thirty minutes to an hour of brainstorming- Chapter objectives and assessment techniques emphasize both left- and right-brain thought processes- CDROM contains example drawing techniques and design expression problems, template AutoCAD files, and video clips for more complex demonstrations- Instructor's Guide includes course syllabi, chapter objectives, digital drawing techniques and assignments, and real-world applications of Effective AutoCAD Techniques.

A Designer's Method Robert Philip Gordon Perspective Drawing: A Designer’s Method balances the need for detail with the need for spontaneity by establishing a connection between constructed perspective and freehand sketching. The techniques illustrated and discussed in this text enable students to design a space as they are drawing it. One of the author’s students described the effectiveness of this approach as making it "one million times easier to draw freehand after learning these perspective techniques." After studying the methods for constructing linear perspective, students produce a number of freehand sketches. They test each one with an overlay grid to verify the location of horizon lines, vanishing points, and other key elements.

With practice, they develop the ability to find these key points intuitively while sketching, so that they can draw freely and confidently.

Robert Philip Gordon, Columbia College

Carolyn Gibbs, California State University - Sacramento

UK March 2008 • US January 2008 PB 9781563674426 • £56.00 / $110.00 608 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2008 • US February 2008 PB 9781563676109 • £58.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609014339 • £231.00 / $352.00 350 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

87

Environmental Psychology for Design

Fabric for the Designed Interior Frank Theodore Koe

Dak Kopec How does a room affect an occupant's mood? How does a building influence its residents' health?

Environmental Psychology for Design, Second Edition explores these questions with an in-depth look at psychosocial responses to the built environment.

Serving as an introduction to the discipline of environmental psychology, the second edition continues to analyse the interaction between environments and human behaviour and wellbeing, while exploring how individual differences related to age, gender and cultural background impact that interaction.

The first edition of this text was recipient of the 2006 ASID Joel Polsky Prize.

Interior designers and architects need to thoroughly understand fabric in order to satisfy clients’ needs and effectively meet the requirements of a given space. Fabric for the Designed Interior is a comprehensive text for students and professionals, addressing both residential and commercial interiors.

Early chapters place fabric in a historic context, examining its connection to the growth of civilization. Chapters with a practical orientation provide readers with the tools they need for successfully specifying fabric, dealing with environmental and safety concerns, understanding fabric and carpet-care issues, working with bids and contracts, and learning strategies for navigating through showrooms and fabricating facilities. Leading designers, fabric manufacturers, and suppliers weigh in with their experiences, giving readers a clear idea of real-world expectations.

David Alan "DAK" Kopec, PhD, NCHES, ASID, IDEC, is an Associate Professor of Design at the NewSchool of Architecture and Design, served as a Visiting Lecturer at Virginia Commonwealth University in Doha Qatar and Visiting Professor at the University of Hawaii in the schools of Architecture and Medicine. A member of the Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC) and certified by the National Commission for Health Education Credentialing (NCHES), Kopec is also a Fullbright Specialist and member of ASID's Distinguished Speakers. Among Kopec's most notable accomplishments include several journal articles and authoring three textbooks and two monographs. He is a recipient of ASID Foundation 2006 Joel Polsky Prize, volunteer award from Rebuilding Together San Diego 2008, and the NSAD President Award 2010.

UK April 2012 • US February 2012 PB 9781609011413 • £60.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609017736 • £231.00 / $352.00 384 pages Fairchild Books

UK November 2007 • US September 2007 HB 9781563674075 • £65.00 / $120.00 302 pages Fairchild Books

Textiles for Residential and Commercial Interiors 3rd Edition

Designing Your Business Strategies for Interior Design Professionals Gordon T. Kendall

Amy Wilbanks, Nancy Oxford, Dana Miller & Sharon Coleman Devoted entirely to textiles for interiors, Textiles for Residential and Commercial Interiors, 3rd Edition, focuses on the most current fiber and fabric information including new fiber technology and nanofibers, the role of the interior designer in selecting textiles, and the environmental impact of textiles. The book includes in-depth coverage of household and institutional textiles, in addition to commercial and residential textiles for upholstered furniture, windows, walls, and floor coverings. Full-color line drawings and photographs illustrate fibers, yarns, fabrics, manufacturing equipment, coloring, finishings, and end products.

Textiles for Residential and Commercial Interiors provides students with all of the technical information, aesthetic fundamentals, and practical knowledge they need to select textiles for every type of residential and commercial interior.

Designing Your Business brings the expertise of a business and legal professional to the practice of interior design. Accordingly, the book serves as a strong reference for basic business and legal concepts. It aims to make students savvy business people as well as creative interior designers. In an accessible tone, the text explores business organisation, and legal and ethical issues that arise in the practice of interior design. Business finance and accounting are also explained by showing the necessity of adequately defining a designer's scope of services and methods of charging. The textual explanations are augmented with chapter exercises and projects that simulate the actual, day-to-day work issues faced by interior designers. The book's hands-on approach and engaging interactive pedagogy bring relevance to the topics of law and business and show interior design students how their business decisions can facilitate their professional practices.

Gordon Kendall has taught various courses at Southwest Texas State University. An attorney with an MBA degree, he combines his legal and business knowledge with his teaching experience to prepare interior design students for their careers.

Sharon S. Coleman, Dana Miller and Nancy Oxford are based at Middle Tennessee State University.

Amy Wilbanks is based at Textile Fabric Consultants, Inc.

UK December 2009 • US October 2009 PB 9781563676512 • £60.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609013493 • £222.00 / $339.00 544 pages • Full colour Fairchild Books

UK June 2005 • US April 2005 HB 9781563673269 • £59.00 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781628927245 • £222.00 / $339.00 500 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

88

Writing for Interior Design

Furniture Design and Construction for the Interior Designer

Patricia Eakins Writing for Interior Design teaches writing skills that interior design students can apply in the classroom and in their ongoing professional lives. It guides students from basic writing skills to professional fluency in a wide range of areas including communication with colleagues,employers, suppliers, clients, and the market. It also addresses the needs of entrepreneurial designers in start-up practices with limited budgets. A unique, highly creative hands-on approach builds on design students' visual communication skills to guide the development of their ability to express themselves verbally.

Patricia Eakins has taught many English composition and creative writing courses at such colleges and universities as New York Institute of Technology,The New School, Trinity College, and New York University.

She has also served as an editorial consultant on a variety of vocational textbooks and is the author of numerous works of fiction, including short stories and a prize-winning novel.

Christopher Natale Furniture Design and Construction for the Interior Designer satisfies the need in the interior design field for a source that teaches the aesthetic as well as the construction of residential furniture. Beginning chapters cover the design process as it relates to furniture design, basic materials, hardware, joinery, and finishes. Because interior designers organize and create livable spaces, later chapters are organized room by room, showing how pieces are constructed for a particular space.

Understanding the basic construction of furniture greatly increases the success of the design. Interior designers should be confident in their design work as well as have an understanding of what is involved with the construction of their pieces, and that is what Natale and this book guide them toward.

Christopher Natale is based at the Art Institute of Phoenix.

UK March 2005 • US January 2005 PB 9781563672798 • £30.00 / $55.00 Library eBook 9781628927238 • £110.00 / $168.00 515 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2009 • US February 2009 PB 9781563675652 • £50.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781609015220 • £181.00 / $277.00 304 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Home Design in an Aging World

Sketching Interiors From Traditional to Digital Suining Ding

Jeffrey Rosenfeld & Wid Chapman Home Design in an Aging World examines changing norms and social strains in an aging world and looks at their implications for home design. Jeffrey P. Rosenfeld and Wid Chapman discuss senior home design in seven rapidly aging nations: Brazil, China, India, Israel, Japan, Sweden, and the United States.

All seven of these nations are faced with the challenge of providing housing for populations that are living longer than ever before. The cross-nation discussion follows the growing trend toward a more global understanding of social issues, covering the differences among nations in terms of the effects of policy on the types of housing available, the design elements, and what people can afford. This book sensitizes the students, professionals, and the lay reader to the unique set of challenges of designing for the aging.

Sketching Interiors: From Traditional to Digital, highlights four basic drawing skills for interior sketching across three different media—pencil, ink, and marker. The in-depth approach to various elements of sketching, including details of perception, texture, negative space, elevation, contour, and the treatment of interior and exterior spaces, will help students perfect freehand and drawing skills.

Throughout various exercises inspired by field studies, students will learn best practices for creating and presenting work for clients.

Additionally, the book introduces the techniques of transforming hand drawings into sophisticated digital drawings using Photoshop, an invaluable resource for both new and seasoned designers.

Suining Ding is based at Indiana University-Purdue University, Fort Wayne.

Jeffrey Rosenfeld, Hofstra University Wid Chapman, Parsons, The New School for Design

UK April 2008 • US February 2008 PB 9781563674723 • £40.00 / $80.00 350 pages Fairchild Books

UK May 2011 • US March 2011 PB 9781563679186 • £45.00 / $80.00 320 pages • Colour illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

89

Estimating and Costing for Interior Designers

Human Factors in the Built Environment

A Step-by-Step Workbook Diana Allison

Linda L. Nussbaumer

Math is an essential component of the interior design profession. Allison teaches readers a logical process for calculating materials and estimating the costs of installed products based on their math calculations.

The text includes step-by-step examples and worksheets, sample problems and exercises and clear sections cover wall and ceiling treatments, window treatments, soft fabrications, upholstery, flooring, and cabinetry and countertops. They include photographs of the product before, during and after installation.

Diana Allison is an interior designer and principal of her own firm, Allison and Associates Interiors. She has over 25 years of experience as an interior designer and recently spent 12 years teaching in the interior design department at Johnson County Community College, Kansas, USA.

With a global approach throughout, this book integrates the relationship of the human body and space planning to the design process for designers involved with the physical planning and detailing of interiors. Key topics include proxemics, anthropometrics, ergonomics, sensory components, diversity, global concerns, health and safety, environmental considerations, special populations and universal (inclusive) design.

Linda L. Nussbaumer is a Professor Emerita of the Interior Design Program in the Department of Consumer Sciences at South Dakota State University (SDSU), USA. Before retiring May 2010, she was a fullprofessor teaching interior design and serving as Program Coordinator and Assistant Department Head. She continues to teach through online courses for SDSU and Radford University, USA. She is author of Inclusive Design: A Universal Need (Fairchild Books, 2012), The Interior Design Intern (Fairchild Books, 2011) and Evidence-Based Design for Interior Designers (Fairchild Books, 2009).

UK April 2014 • US February 2014 PB 9781609015190 • £42.99 / $85.00 Individual eBook 9781609019860 • £42.99 / $75.99 Library eBook 9781609019624 • £180.00 / $270.00 416 pages • 290 bw illus Fairchild Books

UK March 2014 • US December 2013 PB 9781609015039 • £42.99 / $115.00 Individual eBook 9781609019433 • £59.99 / $102.99 Library eBook 9781609019464 • £231.00 / $352.00 400 pages • 370 bw illus Fairchild Books

Photoshop® for Interior Designers

Revit Architecture 2014 for Designers

A Nonverbal Communication Suining Ding

Douglas R. Seidler

With step-by-step demonstrations, interior designers will learn to use Adobe Photoshop to visually communicate their design concept through graphic images and to illustrate design ideas through a visual thinking process. Instructions show how to integrate hand drawings and freehand sketches into digital drawings and the text demonstrates how to use Photoshop to refine and modify drawings created in Google Sketchup, AutoCAD, and other 3D software programs, and introduces how to create graphic layouts for presentation to clients.

SUINING DING is Associate Professor of Interior Design and Interior Design Program Coordinator at Indiana University Purdue University Fort Wayne, USA.

"There is a real need for this book and I commend the author's attempt." Joseph Lucido, Palomar College, USA Revit Architecture is the leading software package in the Building Information Modelling (BIM) marketplace and this book is written specifically for architects and interior designers as they transition from CAD to BIM. Clear, concise, and above all visual, this is the essential Revit guide for interior designers and architects.

DOUGLAS R. SEIDLER is Assistant Professor of Interior Design at Marymount University, USA.

Suining Ding is an Associate Professor of Interior Design and Interior Design Program Coordinator in the Department of Manufacturing and Construction Engineering Technology and Interior Design at Indiana University Purdue University Fort Wayne, USA. She is author of Sketching Interiors: From Traditional to Digital (Fairchild Books, 2011) and Modeling and Visualization with AutoCAD (Fairchild Books, 2009).

Douglas R. Seidler is an Assistant Professor of Interior Design at Marymount University, USA. He teaches a wide range of graduate and undergraduate courses including retail and restaurant design, materials and methods studio, senior studio, computer drafting, construction documents, and design communications. He is author of Digital Drawing for Designers: A Visual Guide to AutoCAD 2012 (Fairchild Books, 2012) and Hand Drawing for Designers: Communicating Ideas through Architectural Graphics (Fairchild Books, 2010).

UK January 2014 • US October 2013 PB 9781609015442 • £59.99 / $95.00 Individual eBook 9781609019563 • £49.99 / $84.99 Library eBook 9781609018559 • £190.00 / $291.00 200 pages • 460 color illus Fairchild Books

UK December 2013 • US October 2013 PB 9781609014827 • £42.99 / $85.00 Individual eBook 9781609019617 • £43.99 / $75.99 Library eBook 9781609019877 • £170.00 / $260.00 280 pages • 430 illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

90

The Fairchild Books Dictionary of Interior Design

Historic Preservation for Designers

Mark Hinchman

Peter B. Dedek

With over 700 illustrations visually aligned with concise definitions of alphabetised entries, this Dictionary consolidates historic and modern terminology that all interior designers should know for both the residential and commercial sides of industry.

A comprehensive overview of historic preservation with a focus on historic interiors, historic building materials, and the adaptive reuse of interiors.

New and revised definitions focus on key areas including technology, business practices, green design, universal design, and the global marketplace as well as historic furniture, stylistic features and periods. Appendices include an expanded appendix of designers and architects listing more women and international figures from the 20th and 21st centuries, an updated appendix of professional organizations and associations, tables, and a new appendix of graphic standards.

• Includes pictorial quizzes of specific building exteriors and interiors • Features case studies that involve exterior and interior design issues in historic buildings • Includes chapter objectives, summaries, key terms, study questions and projects, end notes and bibliographies • Teaching Resources: Instructor's Guide and PowerPoint presentations are available

Mark Hinchman is an Associate Professor of Interior Design in the College of Architecture at the University of Nebraska, Lincoln, USA. He teaches design history, architectural history, and interior design studio classes.

Peter B. Dedek is Associate Professor of Interior Design at Texas State University-San Marcos, USA, where he has taught History of Design and History of Architecture courses as well as a graduate-level course in Historic Preservation within the Department of History. His professional background is centered on historic preservation and residential design, working in the Division of Architecture at the Texas Historical Commission in Austin for several years and for Michael Emrick, AIA, a preservation architect in Nashville, Tennessee.

UK February 2014 • US January 2014 PB 9781609015343 • £42.99 / $85.00 Individual eBook 9781609018504 • £43.99 / $75.99 Library eBook 9781609018535 • £170.00 / $260.00 344 pages • 767 bw illus Fairchild Books

UK May 2014 • US March 2014 PB 9781609015091 • £42.99 / $85.00 Individual eBook 9781609019396 • £43.99 / $75.99 Library eBook 9781609019235 • £180.00 / $270.00 432 pages • 175 bw illus Fairchild Books

Domestic Interiors

The Interior Plan

Representing Homes from the Victorians to the Moderns Edited by Georgina Downey Taking a room by room approach, this fascinating volume explores how representations of domestic space have embodied changing values, and considers how we see modern individuals in the process of making themselves 'at home'.

From the smallest room - the bathroom, to the spacious verandas of Singapore Deco, Domestic Interiors focuses on modern rooms 'imaged' and imagined, it builds a distinct body of knowledge around the interior, interiority, representation and modernity, and creates a rich resource for students and scholars in art, architecture and design history.

Georgina Downey is Visiting Research Fellow in Art History at the University of Adelaide, Australia.

UK January 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781847889317 • £25.99 / $46.95 HB 9781847889324 • £65.00 / $120.00 Library eBook 9781472539410 • £75.00 / $120.00 192 pages • 37 bw illus Bloomsbury Academic

Concepts and Exercises Roberto J. Rengel This introductory-level text introduces students to the planning of interior environments. Addressing both the contents of interior environments and the process of interior space planning, topics include the making of rooms, the design of effective spatial sequences, functional relationships among project parts, arrangement of furniture, planning effective circulation systems, making spaces accessible, and designing safe environments with efficient emergency egress systems. Numerous exercises throughout the book facilitate learning by encouraging students to apply ideas and concepts immediately after reading about them.

Roberto J. Rengel, IDEC, is a professor of interior design at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, where he teaches courses on professional practice, office design, and intentions in design. For 15 years, he practiced commercial interior design extensively with a number of renowned firms and clients.

UK November 2011 • US September 2011 PB 9781563679339 • £40.00 / $75.00 Library eBook 9781609014360 • £141.00 / $215.00 330 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

91

Basics Interior Design 02: Exhibition Design

Color + Design Transforming Interior Space Ronald L. Reed

Pam Locker "Excellent book, especially in the range of drawings and illustration of the design process - the first book for this specialism."

Joe Lynch, Kensington and Chelsea College, UK Basics Interior Design 02: Exhibition Design explores the role of the exhibition designer as a creative practitioner, and seeks to communicate a better understanding of exhibition design as a discipline.

This umbrella term incorporates the development of commercial trade fairs, brand experiences, themed attractions, world expositions, museum galleries, visitor centres, historic houses, landscape interpretation and art installations. Millions of people visit exhibitions of one sort or another every year, constituting a multi-billion dollar global industry.

Color + Design: Transforming Interior Space presents color theory in terms of design principles such as balance, rhythm, emphasis, proportion, unity, and variety. Original illustrations showing residential, corporate, hospitality, retail, medical, educational, dining, and public transportation venues are used in scenarios that demonstrate the results of experimental color choices, based on color theory. Insights into how people perceive color will help the young interior designer focus on the user experience of a space. "Scenarios demonstrate, through original illustrations, the results of experimental color choices, based on color theory." The text concludes with a chapter on color preferences of different international cultures. Students will gain insight into how important color is in the grand scheme of interior design, and how early in the process it should be considered.

Ronald L. Reed, ASID, IDEC, NCIDQ, is an assistant professor in the Department of Design in the College of Visual Arts and Design at the University of North Texas.

This book offers a comprehensive guide to the practice of exhibition design, and considers the blurring of its borders with other disciplines, such as graphic design.

Pam Locker is the subject leader for Design for Exhibition and Museums at the University of Lincoln. She has worked as a museum and exhibition designer and consultant for a range of projects and organisations in Britain and Europe. As a Principal Teaching Fellow she has a special interest in the use of communication design in education. She has developed an online resource, 'Pencils and Pixels,' that uses filmed demonstrations to teach design students about drawing as a means of UK November 2010 • US December 2010 PB 9782940411382 • £21.95 / $32.95 Library eBook 9782940439744 • £60.00 / $96.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Interior Design AVA Publishing

Cradle-to-Cradle Home Design

UK April 2010 • US March 2010 PB 9781563676024 • £45.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781628921601 • £181.00 / $277.00 208 pages • Full colour Fairchild Books

Drafting & Design

Process and Experience Anna Marshall-Baker & Lisa M. Tucker Residential design that is inspired, responsible, and in harmony with the planet: that is the concept behind cradle-to-cradle systems, which seek to go beyond sustainability to the use of waste-free products that return to the earth’s life cycles. Cradle to Cradle Home Design: Process and Experience is a groundbreaking text that offers a case study in this revolutionary design concept via the Cradle to Cradle (C2C) Home Competition, based out of Roanoke, Virginia. More than 600 submissions from students and professionals around the world provide the archive for the book, creating a spirited, smart, and engaging guide that both delights in the possibilities offered by the paradigm, and inspires an alternative approach to design. Developed for interior design and architecture studio courses as well as practicing design firms, this book is a must-read for anybody looking to incorporate sustainable design principles and materials into his or her work.

Basics for Interior Design Travis Kelly Wilson Using a residential design scenario that increases in scope from chapter to chapter and results in a complete set of working drawings, Drafting and Design: Basics for Interior Design teaches the art of drafting through hands-on application. Introducing essential drafting tools, equipment, and methods, the book is designed to help interior designers develop an understanding of space planning and leverage manual drafting skills to design usable and livable space.

Travis Wilson is an Associate Professor of Interior Design in the Department of Family and Consumer Science at Western Kentucky University. He is a registered interior designer running his own designbuild firm since 1998 with focuses on modular and emergency medical design. His educational research focuses on historic architectural designers and construction efficiency.

Anna Marshall-Baker, PhD, IDEC, is associate professor and undergraduate coordinator in the Department of Interior Design at University of North Carolina - Greensboro.

Lisa M. Tucker, PhD, LEED, AIA, ASID, CID, IDEC, is an associate professor of Interior Design in the School of Architecture and Design at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University (Virginia Tech).

UK February 2012 • US December 2011 PB 9781609010751 • £40.00 / $75.00 176 pages • full colour Fairchild Books

UK May 2011 • US April 2011 PB 9781563678370 • £55.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609018405 • £202.00 / $308.00 224 pages • 2 colour Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

92

Fundamentals of Lighting

Fundamentals of Lighting

Susan M. Winchip

Susan M. Winchip

Many interior design programs at the technical and associate degree level offer only one course in lighting design, or incorporate the topic of lighting in a design studio. Fundamentals of Lighting addresses the lighting education needs of these specific programs. Focusing on the basics of lighting, this book explains the fundamentals of designing quality lighting environments within the context of the design process.

Students will learn the principles of lighting, effects on color, elements of lighting systems, and styles of luminaires. They'll then learn how to apply these concepts within specific interior design contexts, including residential and commercial spaces, with a focus on universal design, human factors, and sustainability.Features:-- Design projects, excercises, and internet assignments reinforce text material.-- Final chapter provides lighting design strategies and introduces the contract documents used to specify lighting.-- Appendices include shapes of lamps; beam spread tables; and information for lighting manufacturers, distributors, suppliers, professional organizations, government agencies, and trade associations.

Fundamentals of Lighting, 2nd Edition, is written for college students who are studying lighting in their quests to become interior designers. Taking an integrative approach, the text not only includes lighting system basics, but also demonstrates how lighting relates to the design process, human factors, sustainability, global issues, regulations, business practices, and the LEED building certification program.

Susan M. Winchip is based at Illinois State University.

Susan M. Winchip is a lecturer at Illinois State University.

UK November 2007 • US September 2007 PB 9781563675287 • £59.00 / $98.50 Library eBook 9781609013356 • £170.00 / $260.00 320 pages • colour illustrations, index Fairchild Books

UK August 2011 • US June 2011 PB 9781609010867 • £45.00 / $85.00 Library eBook 9781609014551 • £170.00 / $260.00 384 pages • Full Colour Fairchild Books

Inclusive Design

Interior Design Illustrated

A Universal Need Linda L. Nussbaumer

Christina Scalise Stretching beyond the successes and challenges of universal design since the inception of the Americans with Disabilities Act in 1990 and its amendment in 2008, Inclusive Design: A Universal Need details how an inclusive approach to design creates an accessible and aesthetically pleasing environment for a total population—not just the aging or differently abled.

Fully covering CIDA accreditation standards that include both the application of ADA and universal design, the text further specifies the benefits of an inclusive approach to residential and commercial environments, product design, and technology.

Linda L. Nussbaumer, PhD, ASID, IDEC, is a Certified Interior Designer in Minnesota and a professor of interior design at South Dakota State University (SDSU). She has published in the Journal of Interior Design, Journal of Family and Consumer Sciences, Journal of Family and Consumer Sciences Education, and Implications.

In an age of reliance on CAD programs, the skill to express a vision with a hand-rendered drawing gives an interior designer a distinct advantage in communicating with clients. Interior Design Illustrated helps students develop this powerful marketing tool. The step-by-step approach, with simple, uncomplicated lessons that progress from beginner to intermediate skill levels, teaches students how to visualize interior space, perspective, and details (such as pattern and texture) and to render their vision with watercolor and markers. Because the lessons are structured around small tasks, students will become proficient with one rendering skill before moving on to another. The text and numerous illustrations reinforce each other to make the lessons easily accessible to visual learners. The comprehensive coverage includes instruction in rendering architecture, finishes, fixtures, furniture, accessories, and plantscaping.

Christina Scalise is at Miami International University of Art and Design

UK January 2012 • US November 2011 PB 9781563679216 • £55.00 / $90.00 352 pages • 16 pp full colour Fairchild Books

UK December 2008 • US October 2008 PB 9781563675317 • £59.00 / $115.00 Library eBook 9781609014636 • £231.00 / $352.00 440 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

93

Interior Design Materials and Specifications

Interior Design Practical Strategies for Teaching and Learning Katherine S. Ankerson & Jill Pable

Lisa Godsey A book and CD-Rom combination that covers the selection, care, and code compliance associated with materials for interiors. Addressing the topic of material and trade resources from the viewpoint of the working designer, the book describes each material's characteristics alongside information about specification and project management. Excerises related to the selection, specification, and installation process give students the opportunity to select materials, specify, and practice project management tools related to an adaptive reuse scenario.

Instructors Guide available

Over the last dozen years Lisa Godsey has taught numerous classes, including the Materials and Resources class, in the Interior Design Department at the International Academy of Design and Technology where she is adjunct faculty. She divides her time between teaching and practicing interior design.

Interior Design: Practical Strategies for Teaching and Learning provides a pedagogical approach specifically geared to instruction in interior design. Combining theory with practical application and examples unique to the interior design discipline, the unifying theme of the book is achieving excellence in design education.

For first-time teachers whose formal training as educators is more limited than their expertise in the discipline of interior design, this text serves as a primary, specialized resource. For both new and seasoned teachers, it is a handy, just-in-time reference for those sticky situations when one needs a fresh perspective in teaching an idea in a new way. The text is enriched by case studies; grading rubrics and student critiques; definitions of educational jargon; tables and graphs; photos of teaching-related activities and spaces; and a bibliography for further information on teaching and learning topics.

Katherine S. Ankerson, University of Nebraska-Lincoln Jill Pable, Florida State University

UK December 2007 • US October 2007 PB 9781563674877 • £55.00 / $91.00 320 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2008 • US February 2008 PB 9781563675584 • £25.00 / $47.95 300 pages Fairchild Books

Perspective Drawing for Interior Space

Shaping Interior Space Roberto J. Rengel

Christopher Natale Using step-by-step instructions together with linecolored drawings, Perspective Drawing for Interior Space offers procedural instruction that covers freehand and technical one-, two-, and three-point perspectives. This text begins with the basic fundamentals of perspective by utilizing geometric shapes (cubes, cones, pyramids) and then advances beyond the core skills, to creating furniture, and finally, complete interior spaces. Students will learn to use grids to help them draw scale and proportion in perspective. The text also teaches students to use floor plans and elevations to create these drawings.

This richly illustrated book aims to make students aware of and able to execute important interior design strategies to enhance the experience of users. Intended for intermediate and advanced design students focusing on commercial design,the text emphasizes the impact that designers make through their spatial compositions and design manipulations. Design virtues other than function and beauty are stressed, with special emphasis on the designer's role in providing appropriate amounts and interpretations of order, enrichment, and expression.

Christopher Natale is an associate professor in the Interior Design department at The Art Institute of Phoenix, a CIDA-accredited program. Natale's product design experience includes both computeraided design and traditional illustration methods. His original designs and custom pieces have earned numerous awards and gained wide recognition among prestigious galleries, private clients, and interior design firms.

Roberto J. Rengel earned his masters degree in Interior Architecture from the University of Oregon. He is a practicing interior designer and a member of the Environment,Textiles, and Design Department at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, where he teaches courses that include commercial design and sketching and rendering. He is a member of the Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC) and has practiced commercial interior design extensively with such renowned firms as Gensler and Associated Space Design.

UK December 2011 • US October 2011 PB 9781609010713 • £40.00 / $80.00 Library eBook 9781609019938 • £161.00 / $246.00 336 pages • full colour Fairchild Books

UK March 2003 • US January 2003 PB 9781563672217 • £40.00 / $64.00 384 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

94

Shaping Interior Space 2nd Ed.

Sustainable Design for Interior Environments Second Edition

Roberto J. Rengel Shaping Interior Space, 2nd Edition, emphasizes the impact that designers make through their spatial compositions and design manipulations. Intended for intermediate and advanced students focusing on commercial design, the text covers strategies for creating interior environments that work as a total system to enhance the experience of users. It places the emphasis on design virtues other than function and beauty to more fully address the designer’s role in providing appropriate amounts of order, enrichment, and expression.

Susan M. Winchip Sustainable Design for Interior Environments, 2nd Edition, builds on the first edition’s premise that the interior design profession has a social and moral responsibility to protect the health, safety, and welfare of people and the environment. The text equips professors, students, and practitioners to design sustainable interiors by addressing LEED certification, environmental concerns, ecosystems, ethics, values, worldviews, and the ways in which science and technology can be used to address environmental challenges. Through content, organization, and pedagogical features, the book integrates complex sustainability topics directly into the design process, thereby enabling readers to apply the concepts of sustainability with the same ease as they do the elements and principles of design.

Susan M. Winchip, LEED AP, is a Professor Emeritus of Interior and Environmental Design in the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences at Illinois State University. She has over 20 years of experience designing residential, corporate, and institutional interiors with specialties in lighting and sustainability.

UK October 2007 • US August 2007 PB 9781563675188 • £59.00 / $110.00 368 pages Fairchild Books

UK December 2011 • US October 2011 PB 9781609010812 • £50.00 / $95.00 Individual eBook 9781628925999 • £49.99 / $84.99 Library eBook 9781628921052 • £190.00 / $291.00 400 pages • 16 pp full colour Fairchild Books

Taking up Space

Basics Landscape Architecture 01: Urban Design

Exploring the Design Process Tiiu Poldma Taking Up Space: Exploring the Design Process focuses on the practice of interior design, providing an overview of what designers do and why, from their earliest research to the completed built environment. The book presents the design process in diagram form, breaking down each component so that one step builds upon the last. The engaging narrative introduces design methodologies and explores the different approaches designers take to solve design problems and meet the needs of the end user.

Tiiu Poldma is based at the University of Montreal.

Tim Waterman & Ed Wall "Very inspirational and useful for students when presenting their design work, for their public consultations and final year exhibition.

No other books on this subject are usually recommended but this will be on the reading list in the future." Steven Heywood, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK Basics Landscape Architecture 01: Urban Design seeks to define and describe the role played by landscape architecture in urban design, an interdisciplinary practice that is concerned with defining the form of human settlements.

It provides a brief history and definition of urban design and the roles of the various professions involved.

Urban Design looks at the elements of urban form and the importance of contextual details, from the scale of the city and its region to the importance of materials.

The text uses case studies to explore the philosophies and methodologies of urban design and to explain the importance of of urban design to landscape architecture and, in turn, the importance of landscape architecture to urban design.

Ed Wall is a landscape architect based in London. He teaches landscape architecture at Kingston University. His recent projects have focussed on the definition of the urban public realm in South London.

UK April 2009 • US February 2009 PB 9781563676284 • £47.00 / $90.00 352 pages Fairchild Books

UK October 2009 • US November 2009 PB 9782940411122 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439416 • £51.00 / $82.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Landscape Architecture AVA Publishing

www.bloomsbury.com

95

The Fundamentals of Landscape Architecture

Know Your Home Furnishings Virginia Hencken Elsasser

Tim Waterman "This book is a handy reference and easy to use especially for students ... The timeline especially is very good." Deepika Shetty, Manipal School of Architecture and Planning, India The Fundamentals of Landscape Architecture provides an introduction to the key elements of this broad field. From climate change to sustainable communities, landscape architecture is at the forefront of today’s most crucial issues.

This book explains the process of designing for sites, calling upon historical precedent and evolving philosophies to discuss how a project moves from concept to realization. It serves as a guide to the many specializations within landscape architecture, such as landscape strategy and urban design.

Filled with illustrations, this new text presents up-todate information that interior designers, merchandisers, product developers, retailers and consumers need to better understand the types of consumer goods for the home and the raw products utilized to make them. Know Your Home Furnishings will enable students to understand the major home furnishings categories and the diverse consumer demand for fashionable and functional products.

Virginia Hencken Elsasser presently serves as associate professor of fashion in the Graphics Arts and Design Department of Centenary College. Throughout her long history as an educator, she has taught courses focusing on flat pattern, the fundamentals of design, textile science and design and apparel construction. She is also the author of Textiles: Concepts and Principles and has written several articles dealing with the stimulation and engagement of students creativity.

Tim Waterman has worked on numerous large-scale strategic and master planning projects in central London and southeast England. He lectures in landscape architecture at the Writtle School of Design, UK.

UK May 2009 • US May 2009 PB 9782940373918 • £19.95 / $34.95 Library eBook 9782940439232 • £57.00 / $92.00 200 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Fundamentals AVA Publishing

UK October 2003 • US August 2003 PB 9781563672422 • £30.00 / $65.00 Library eBook 9781628927221 • £181.00 / $277.00 480 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Basics Interior Architecture 03: Drawing Out the Interior

Designing for Privacy and Related Needs Julie Stewart-Pollack & Rosemary M. Menconi

Ro Spankie "Accessible for first year students while still interesting for second and third year. Some great examples of how designers use drawing not only as a visualisation tool but also as a design tool. The book can be used as a textbook for specific workshops as well as a great reference book for students to understand the different ways of communicating their design intent." Valerie Mace, London College of Communicatrion, UK Basics Interior Architecture 03: Drawing Out the Interior is a comprehensive introduction to the representation of interior space through drawing and modelling.

The book introduces the reader to a range of techniques and methods and describes when and where to use them. Starting with what is meant by interior architecture and why designers draw in the first place, it goes on to explore what one might draw and when.

The text is supported by detailed studies of contemporary work, alongside activities and resources.

Starting with what is meant by interior architecture and why designers draw in the first place, it goes on to explore what one might draw and when.

It considers the idea that the method we choose to draw with influences the way we think and therefore what we design. It includes sketches and drawings from Le Corbusier, Iannis Xenakis, Mies van der Rohe and UK April 2009 • US May 2009 PB 9782940373888 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439270 • £51.00 / $82.00 176 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Interior Architecture AVA Publishing

This timely book provides a synthesis of research, theory, and practical application to explore and examine the concept of privacy as a function of interior design responsibility. Presenting information in a straightforward manner, the text examines privacy needs and solutions for residential, healthcare, hospitality, and work environments. Age-specific privacy needs are also covered. Students learn that privacy is not a luxury experience but a basic and restorative human need that reduces stress, enhances self-identity and creativity, and enables people to better manage both personal activities and social interactions.

Julie Stewart-Pollack teaches interior design and related courses at Rocky Mountain College of Art Design and is also a Chairwoman for the school's Department of Interior Design. She previously taught professional design at the Interior Design Institute of Denver and served as the school's Director of Education. She received her B.I.D. from the Interior Design Institute of Denver in 1991 and her M.A. in Environmental Psychology from Vermont College in 1999. She was awarded the American Society of Interior Designers (ASID) Award for Outstanding Contribution to Interior Design Education in 1999. She is currently a member of ASID, the Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC), and the Colorado Coalition for Interior Design (CCID). She authored several articles in publications such as Interiors Sources Magazine and Colorado Homes and Lifestyles Magazine. Rosemary M. Menconi teaches office design and interior business design at Rocky Mountain College of Art Design. She previously taught Interior Design at UK March 2005 • US January 2005 HB 9781563673405 • £25.00 / $50.00 248 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

96

Foundations of Interior Design

Hand Drafting for Interior Design

Susan J. Slotkis

Diana Bennett Wirtz

Foundations of Interior Design balances the theory of interior design with its practice as an applied art, combining real-life examples with a historical and conceptual look at design theory. It introduces its readers to the professional career path on which they are about to embark, highlighting the experiences of those already in the field. Its author, an interior design practitioner, educator, and writer, approaches the field from a service-industry perspective. With a conversational writing style, Slotkis presents a thorough introduction to design theory and execution, history, FFE, socially responsible design, and business practices. This book provides practical advice about interior design as a career, as well as conceptual information about colour schemes, planning, and the principles of design theory.This book is only for sale to customers in China, Taiwan, Korea, Japan & the Philippines. All other customer can order this title from Laurence King Publishing.

In Hand Drafting for Interior Design, Diana Bennett Wirtz uses her professional and academic experience to show readers how to create beautifully detailed interior design drawings to share with clients. She provides detailed examples of how to render furniture, floors, walls, windows, and even plants, in floor plans and elevations, using only drafting pencils, a T-square, and a triangle. The text covers the complete drafting process, from choosing the right tools through to a complete drawing that represents the designer’s ideas and concepts.

Diana Bennett Wirtz is based at the Art Institute of Seattle, USA.

Susan J. Slotkis teaches interior design at the Fashion Institute of Technology. She received Presidential Citations from the American Society of Interior Designers in 1998 and 2001 and is a member of the Educational Legacy Fund.

UK February 2006 • US December 2005 HB 9781563672866 • £65.00 / $112.00 592 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK October 2009 • US August 2009 PB 9781563677373 • £45.00 / $85.00 Library eBook 9781609014520 • £170.00 / $260.00 200 pages Fairchild Books

Illustrated Codes for Designers: Residential

Interior Design Materials and Specifications

Katherine S. Ankerson

Lisa Godsey

"I am overall impressed about the inclusiveness and the organization of this text. It is a well thought out approach to comprehensive 'active learning' and to convey the position and context of code, law regulation and standards in the design process of interior design and architecture." Hepi Wachter, University of Oklahoma Illustrated Codes for Designers: Residential is an interactive DVD that equips interior design students with the knowledge needed to work within the laws, codes, regulations, and standards that apply to residential environments. It explains how codes related to safety, accessibility, and more must be integrated into the design process at various stages, and explores how they affect different project types, including both one- and two-family dwellings at various phases of the design process. Based on the 2009 International Building Code, with many North American standards addressed as well, the DVD creates an active learning environment in which students will learn to use codes as an integral part of the design process.

Katherine S. Ankerson, MS, NCARB certified, IDEC, is Department Head of Interior Architecture and Product Design in the College of Architecture, Planning and Design at Kansas State University, USA.

UK December 2012 • US October 2012 0 pages Fairchild Books

"This is a very well thought out book; the content is quite comprehensive and jampacked with information. Good introduction to sustainability. Easy to read and understand."

Maruja Torres-Antonini, University of Florida, Department of Interior Design, USA This complete guide to the selection of materials for interiors has been updated to reflect recent changes to the industry. Written from the viewpoint of the working design, Interior Design: Materials and Specifications describes each material's characteristics and teaches students how to evaluate, select and specify materials.

Lisa Godsey, LEED AP, ASID Professional, IDEC, IESNA, is an Instructor of Interior Design at the International Academy of Design and Technology, Chicago and at The Illinois Institute of Art-Chicago, USA. In addition to teaching courses including materials and lighting, Godsey is a practicing interior designer and is a member of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA), and Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC). She serves on the accreditation teams reviewing interior design programs across the US and frequently jurors for the National Council for Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ).

UK February 2013 • US December 2012 PB 9781609012298 • £60.00 / $100.00 Library eBook 9781609018054 • £202.00 / $308.00 432 pages • 420 colour illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

97

Interior Design Student's Comprehensive Exam

Professional Practice for Interior Design in the Global Marketplace

Lisa Godsey

Susan M. Winchip

The Interior Design Student’s Comprehensive Exam is designed to take the mystery out of the National Council for Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ) exam. Practice tests introduce students to the NCIDQ exam’s multiple­choice format and wording, and design scenarios allow practice in a variety of residential, commercial, and mixed-use spaces. Note that these exercises are not directly endorsed by NCIDQ; however, the range and depth of the material is similar to recent professional exams, and students will gain the knowledge and flexibility required to pass the exam and jump-start their own careers.

Professional Practice for Interior Designers in the Global Marketplace emphasizes the essential skills and knowledge required to work in a firm as an entry-level designer, while also providing an overview of what is involved in starting, owning and operating an interior design business. A dynamic layout will appeal to visual learners, incorporating photographs, line drawings, graphics, fact sidebars, reading breaks, case studies and innovative exercises.

Susan M. Winchip - Professor Emerita, Illinois State University Lisa Godsey is based at the International Academy of Design & Technology, Chicago.

UK April 2009 • US February 2009 PB 9781563676826 • £30.00 / $60.00 Library eBook 9781609014124 • £121.00 / $185.00 160 pages Fairchild Books

UK August 2012 • US June 2012 PB 9781609011383 • £55.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781609018238 • £190.00 / $291.00 560 pages Fairchild Books

Re-de-sign

Residential Design Studio

New Directions for Your Career in Interior Design Cathy Whitlock Re-de-sign: New Directions for Your Interior Design Career offers a clear, concise survey of the field of interior design, from the tried-and-true areas of residential and contract design to innovative areas of specialty design. Whether delving into traditional areas such as product and furniture design or venturing into the new trends of lifestyle branding and Internet merchandising, author Cathy Whitlock deftly covers the spectrum of challenging and diverse choices available to those considering a career in design as well as to established designers who want to take their professional practice to new heights.

Robert Philip Gordon Residential Design Studio details the process of how a professional interior designer and an architect plan and design a residence. Taking the approach of an interview with a potential homeowner, students will create a profile of the end user so that decisions can be made on program and budget.

The book simulates for the residential design studio the same conditions that a professional designer faces including client requirements, program, budget, existing plan boundaries, and site location, providing a framework for students to do their own thinking and their own design work. Chapters cover everything from single-family detached homes, attached townhouses, and apartment buildings to preliminary design, remodeling, adaptive reuse, and urban design.

Robert Philip Gordon is an architect, planner and designer with an international reputation in multiple design disciplines and as an educator.

He currently teaches Architectural Rendering and Design at Columbia College Chicago in the graduate and undergraduate program of Architectural Studies and Interior Architecture. Gordon has previously taught at Illinois Institute of Technology, the University of Illinois, Chicago, the Academy of Art College in San Francisco, and the Paris/American Academy of Beaux Arts in Paris. His work has been exhibited in galleries and expositions in Chicago, Paris and San Francisco, as well as on the electronic scoreboard at Old Comiskey Park.

Gordon has also written numerous articles on architecture and design for newspapers and magazines.

UK August 2009 • US June 2009 PB 9781563676390 • £50.00 / $100.00 480 pages • colour illustrations Fairchild Books

UK September 2010 • US July 2010 PB 9781563678417 • £50.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781628927290 • £181.00 / $277.00 384 pages • Full colour Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

98

Residential Planning and Design

Sketching Interiors at the Speed of Thought

Jeannie Ireland

Jill Pable

This comprehensive text introduces the reader to the entire process of planning residential interiors.

Extensive full-color photos and diagrams augment the text to explain what an interior designer should know to work with other professionals, such as architects, electricians, and plumbers, to meet clients’ housing needs. The focus on contemporary American housing trends is enriched with references to interiors from the past and from other countries.

Jeannie Ireland is associate professor of housing and interior design in the Applied Consumer Science Department at Missouri State University.

She has taught residential design for over 25 years and was awarded the 2005 College Teaching Award.

This CD-ROM and workbook package helps students and professionals pursuing a career in Interior Design improve their impromptu sketching skills when working face-to-face with clients. The CD-ROM contains timed exercises that increase in difficulty as the student progresses through the course. Students must complete and reflect on how they might improve each of their sketches and sketching times in order to move on to the next exercise. Exercises may be repeated as many times as needed until students feel comfortable with the sketches they have produced and the time taken to complete them. This spiral-bound workbook containing special paper serves as the students’ sketchbook.

Jill Pable is assistant professor in the Department of Design at California State University of Sacramento. She served as owner and principal designer of a commercial interior design firm in Florida and interior designer with the Creative Design team for Universal Studios Florida.

She has taught at Florida State University,University of South Florida, and Southeast Missouri State University and has twice been awarded "Best Teaching Presentation" at the international Interior Design Educator's Council conference.

UK November 2006 • US September 2006 HB 9781563673849 • £63.00 / $115.00 550 pages Fairchild Books

UK March 2004 • US March 2004 HB 9781563673139 • £30.00 / $60.00 272 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Textiles for Residential and Commercial Interiors 2nd edition

The State of the Interior Design Profession Caren S. Martin & Denise A. Guerin

Jan I. Yeager & Lura K. Teter-Justice This revision is devoted entirely to textiles for interiors and provides a comprehensive and complete coverage of essential topics. Beginning with a primer on textile fibers, the content ranges from basic textiles to end-products used in residential and commercial interiors, including textile and non-textile upholstery fabrics, window coverings, drapery linings, textile wall coverings, soft floor coverings and cushions, and household and institutional textiles. Numerous photographs and illustrations bring these concepts to life. This text includes pedagogy such as case studies, key terms, review questions, and an extended glossary.

The State of the Interior Design Profession provides an informed view of the interior design profession as it stands, challenging students and inspiring them to consider their role and responsibility in developing the profession’s future. Martin and Guerin have identified 12 issues integral to the future development of the interior design profession. Renowned and emerging interior design thinkers (authors), who represent complementary and conflicting viewpoints on the same issue, have written their opinions (essays) in response to each issue. Their experiences are diverse; they have contributed to practice, industry, publication, research, education, engagement, and service—and many to several of these. Their responses reflect the currency of their opinions, thoughts, and research on the issue.

Jan I. Yeager is Associate Professor at West Virginia University and has served as director of the Division of Family and Consumer Sciences at the university since November 1997. She is also a fellow of the International Textile and Apparel Association and is a member of the Gamma Sigma Delta and Phi Upsilon Omicron honorary societies.Lura Teter-Justice was Assistant Professor at Eastern Kentucky University and was a showroom consultant for Ferguson Enterprises, Inc.

Caren S. Martin and Denise A. Guerinare based at the Department of Design, Housing, and Apparel, University of Minnesota.

UK June 2000 • US April 2000 HB 9781563671784 • £56.00 / $97.00 535 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

UK May 2010 • US March 2010 PB 9781563679209 • £37.00 / $70.00 512 pages Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

99

Basics Interior Architecture 01: Form and Structure

Illustrated Codes for Designers: NonResidential

Graeme Brooker & Sally Stone "The book is subdivided into thought provoking chapters that provide scenarios that are easy for the student to grasp and for the instructor to build upon. It facilitates the transfer of information from art studio foundation coyrses to the dessign studio. It should help students interpret the built environment better." Thom Houser, University of Georgia, USA Basics Interior Architecture 01: Form and Structure examines the basic ideas that underpin the design and remodelling of interior space.

It covers the process from the establishment of a relationship between the existing building and the new components that inhabit it, to the design and positioning of significant elements within the space.

The book proposes a method of analysis, understanding and exploitation of the existing building that can be used to realise the design of a new insertion.

Studies of contemporary work, alongside activities and resources are displayed in an engaging and stimulating way that appeals to students as well as practioners.

Graeme Brooker is an interior designer and academic. He is the programme leader of the interior design courses at the Manchester Metropolitan University. He has lectured internationally and has presented papers at conferences in the UK and around the world.

UK November 2007 • US December 2007 PB 9782940373406 • £17.95 / $29.95 Library eBook 9782940439867 • £51.00 / $82.00 176 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Interior Architecture AVA Publishing

Basics Landscape Architecture 02: Ecological Design

Katherine S. Ankerson "Endorsed by the International Code Council (ICC®), a membership association dedicated to building safety, fire prevention and energy efficiency, develops the codes and standards used to construct residential and commercial buildings, including homes and schools." The International Code Council (ICC®) Illustrated Codes for Designers: Non-Residential is an interactive DVD that equips interior design students with the knowledge needed to work within the laws, codes, regulations, and standards that apply to nonresidential environments. It explains how codes related to safety, accessibility, and more must be integrated into the design process at various stages, and explores how they affect different project types, including office, retail, healthcare, and assembly environments. Based on the 2009 International Building Code, with many North American standards addressed as well, the DVD creates an active learning environment in which students will learn to use codes as an integral part of the design process.

Katherine S. Ankerson, MS, NCARB certified, IDEC, is Department Head of Interior Architecture and Product Design in the College of Architecture, Planning and Design at Kansas State University. She has previously held positions as Associate Dean and Professor of Interior Design at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Professor at both Radford University and Washington State University following 15 years as an architectural and interior design practitioner. Ankerson's work lies in the areas of senior living environments, particularly adaptive environments that encourage aging-in-place; and learning and teaching UK May 2013 • US June 2013 0 pages Fairchild Books

Foundations of Interior Design Susan J. Slotkis

Nancy Rottle & Ken Yocom "This lively, engaging primer provides a succinct explanation of the value and the benefits of ecological design. The book includes numerous, colorful examples of how ecological design is being realized globally."

Frederick Steiner, University of Texas at Austin, USA Basics Landscape Architecture 02: Ecological Design provides an overview of ecological design and planning for landscape architects. It explores the concepts and themes important to the contemporary practice of ecological design and planning in a highly accessible and richly illustrated format. Focusing primarily on urban environments, this book examines the relationships between ecological design theory and design methods. It describes and illustrates the basic structures and functions of natural and human systems through landscape ecology principles and the dynamics of landscape processes.

"Appropriate for an introductory course as it speaks to a nonspecialized audience and does not require previous knowledge in area, explains concepts well." Rula AwwadRafferty, University of Idaho, USA This text is a comprehensive introduction to the creative, technical and business knowledge required by the interior design profession. It encompasses colour theory, design history, architectural elements, finishing touches, trend forecasting and the basics of running a business. The integrated CD-Rom helps students apply that knowledge in a hands-on fashion.

Susan J. Slotkis is an Adjunct Assistant Professor in the Interior Design Department of Fashion Institute of Technology and an adjunct instructor at New York University, USA. For 25 years she has provided interior design services through her firm Profiles-Personalized Interiors.

She develops and delivers seminars on a variety of design topics.

Nancy Rottle has focused most of her professional and academic life on the pedagogy and practice of ecological design and planning in landscape architecture. In addition to over a decade of teaching ecological and sustainable design courses, she founded and directs the Green Futures Lab in the University of Washington's College of Built Environments.

Ken Yocom is an ecologist and landscape architect based in Seattle, Washington. He teaches in the Landscape Architecture Department at the University of Washington. Ken began his career as a wildlife ecologist working on a wide range of projects across the Pacific UK August 2011 • US September 2011 PB 9782940411443 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447114 • £69.00 / $111.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Landscape Architecture AVA Publishing

UK February 2013 • US December 2012 PB 9781609011154 • £75.00 / $120.00 Library eBook 9781609019112 • £242.00 / $369.00 576 pages • 863 colour illus Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

100

Residential Kitchen and Bath Design

Programming and Research Skills and Techniques for Interior Designers Rosemary Botti-Salitsky

Anastasia Wilkening "Author goes into how to estimate cabinets and the different types of showrooms that you can work in as well as how to measure different jobsites. I had to learn this on the job and it would be good to pass along before you are left to fend for yourself." Amy BodellHersch, Western Kentucky University, USA Provides students with a core knowledge of this interior design specialty and equips them with skills they can use to create functional and beautiful residential kitchens and baths. It starts with an overview of the kitchen and bath industries, and covers the designer's role at each step of the design process. It then explains functional and ergonomic considerations in the arrangement of appliances, fixtures and storage, and provides detailed instruction on communicating designs to clients and tradespeople using floor plans, models and other renderings.

Programming and Research: Skills and Techniques for Interior Designers provides a step-by-step approach to mastering the process of documenting client and user requirements for any design project. Replete with examples and analyses of student and professional work, this book guides its readers through the creation of their own program documents. Both the National Council for Interior Design Qualification and the Council for Interior Design Accreditation consider programming a required core of knowledge. Programming and Research focuses on how the study of programming for interior designers prepares students for and advances them into the professional realm.

Rosemary Botti-Salitsky is based at Mount Ida College, US.

Anastasia Wilkening is an adjunct instructor at International Academy of Design and Technology, Chicago, USA, in the Interior Design Department. Wilkening is a full-time kitchen and bath designer serving the Chicago area. She has won multiple design awards from the National Kitchen and Bath Association (NKBA) Midwest Chapter's design competition. Her work has been published in Trends and Home Improvement magazines.

UK April 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781609011253 • £60.00 / $100.00 272 pages • 189 colour illus Fairchild Books

UK April 2009 • US February 2009 PB 9781563676376 • £57.50 / $110.00 Library eBook 9781609012519 • £222.00 / $339.00 272 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Evidence-Based Design for Interior Designers

Furniture Marketing From Product Development to Distribution Richard R. Bennington

Linda L. Nussbaumer A design solution is only as good as the quality of its research. Evidence-based design is an approach in which qualitative and quantitative research inform decisions. Evidence-Based Design for Interior Designers examines how designers conduct research into commercial and residential spaces and use this research to achieve optimal design solutions.

Linda L. Nussbaumer, Ph.D., CID, ASID, IDEC, is Professor in the Department of Interior Design at South Dakota State University.

Furniture Marketing, 2nd Edition, contains an overview of how furniture products are developed, marketed, and presented to targeted retailers and consumers. Bennington focuses on developing an appreciation for furniture as a functional art form.

This new edition covers the entire industry, including types of furniture, design periods, product development, and manufacturing. The text also explains how to sell furniture through pricing, promotion, and distribution. Residential furniture is the main focus of Furniture Marketing, but there is a chapter on contract furniture. This book can serve as a helpful reference for students as well as beginning and experienced employees of manufacturers, retailers, and wholesalers.

Richard Bennington is a professor in the School of Business at High Point University where he teaches furniture marketing, retailing, and marketing, among other courses. He is Financial Vice President of the International Furnishings and Design Association, a member of the Awards Committee in the American Society of Furniture Designers, and on the Board of Directors at the Furniture Design Center and Bienenstock Furniture Library. In 2000, he served as a US Furniture Industry Representative and Product Judge at the International Furniture and Woodworking Machinery Fair in Shenzen, China. He has had his writing published in the North American Handbook of Home Furnishings and in Western Retailer.

UK October 2009 • US July 2009 PB 9781563677595 • £55.00 / $95.00 Library eBook 9781609013974 • £190.00 / $291.00 432 pages • 12 pp colour section Fairchild Books

UK December 2003 • US October 2003 HB 9781563673016 • £25.00 / $47.95 464 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

101

Basics Interior Architecture 05: Texture + Materials

Meanings of Designed Spaces Edited by Tiiu Poldma & Tiiu Poldma

Russell Gagg "Very clear, laid out in a logical and accessible manner ... The students found the Interior Architecture books very accessible and love the contemporary design case studies they contain. The books really help them to build a working knowledge of their design specialism." Jean Whitehead , University College Falmouth, UK Basics Interior Architecture 05: Texture + Materials forms an inspiring introduction to many of the materials currently used in the design of interior spaces.

The book explores the choice and use of materials and evaluates the effects of these choices on a space, discussing topics such as light, termperature, acoustics and general atmosphere.

Poldma and the contributors explore diverse types of spaces, what constitutes 'designed space' and what this means for technology, business, design thinking and doing, ethics, culture, sustainability and society.

This book will encourage debate, conversation and discussion.

Tiiu Poldma is an academic and award-winning researcher and currently the Vice Dean of Graduate Research in the Faculty of Environmental Design at the University of Montreal, USA. She also coordinates the interior design program at the School of Industrial Design. Her expertise includes creating spaces in flexible and temporal environments using light, color and design elements through changing human user experiences of interior space.

Each chapter assesses a single material, with its inherent flaws and individual qualities, and places it in its historical, geographical and cultural context. Readers are encouraged to consider the sustainability of each material and its future use, and text is accompanied by both historical and contemporary case studies.

Russell Gagg has practised as an architect in some of the most high profile architecture firms across South Asia, Australasia and the UK, working on a wide range of architectural, landscape and interior desig projects. He now leads the Interior Architecture and Design program at the Arts University College Bournemouth, UK. UK November 2011 • US December 2011 PB 9782940411535 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447299 • £69.00 / $111.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Interior Architecture AVA Publishing

UK April 2013 • US February 2013 PB 9781609011451 • £40.00 / $75.00 432 pages • 140 illus Fairchild Books

Skateboarding, Space and the City

Stitched in Scandinavia 39 Contemporary Embroidery Projects Karin Holmberg

Architecture and the Body Iain Borden "Those few of us in the academy engaged in writing about the sociospatial relations of skating delight in the polished arguments that Borden presents over nine logically structured, pertinent and stylishly illustrated chapters." Cultural Geographies Skateboarders are an increasingly common feature of the urban environment - recent estimates total 40 million world-wide. We are all aware of their often extraordinary talent and manoeuvres on the city streets. This book is the first detailed study of the urban phenomenon of skateboarding. It looks at skateboarding history from the surf-beaches of California in the 1950s, through the purpose-built skateparks of the 1970s, to the street-skating of the present day and shows how skateboarders experience and understand the city through their sport. Dismissive of authority and convention, skateboarders suggest that the city is not just a place for working and shopping but a true pleasure-ground, a place where the human body, emotions and energy can be expressed to the full.

The huge skateboarding subculture that revolves around graphicallydesigned clothes and boards, music, slang and moves provides a rich resource for exploring issues of gender, race, class, sexuality and the family. As the author demonstrates, street-style skateboarding, especially characteristic of recent decades, conducts a performative critique of architecture, the city and capitalism. Anyone interested in the history and sociology of sport, urban geography or architecture will find this book riveting.

Iain Borden Director of Architectural History and Theory and Reader in UK April 2003 • US April 2003 PB 9781859734933 • £20.99 / $37.95 HB 9781859734889 • £58.00 / $120.95 Previously published in HB 9781859734889 336 pages • 75 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

"The author Karin Holmberg has drawn upon the rich tradition of embroidery in her native Sweden, inspired by its strong colours and age­old patterns … Karin keeps her instructions simple and includes sections on techniques, fabrics and threads. Last but not least the beautifully shot photos show how traditional embroidery can make a fashion statement."

Embroidery Looking to add some originality to your wardrobe? Need the perfect finishing touch for a great vintage purchase? Stitched in Scandinavia provides everything you need to bring beautiful Scandinavian style to your home and clothing with unique stitch designs and style ideas, and thirty-nine projects for stitching on table linen, t-shirts, bags, hoodies, underwear, pillowcases and many more things besides!

Inspired by Sweden's traditional embroidery heritage, Karin Holmberg creates fresh, contemporary designs that accentuate modern trends.

Simple yet comprehensive instructions paired with beautifully shot photos will inspire your creativity. A helpful techniques section is included, with directions on how to work every stitch, and expert tricks to prepare embroiderers of any level to begin stitching. Stitched in Scandinavia provides the spark you need to begin updating your old favourite pieces into new fashion statements.

Karin Holmberg studied textiles in Stockholm, where her degree show exhibition was greatly admired for its original work stitching traditional Scandinavian motifs onto clothes from H&M. Her work has been exhibited internationally in museums and design fairs. Karin is the new star in the Swedish craft world when it comes to stitching, and teaches embroidery UK May 2013courses and workshops in Stockholm. She also takes on PB 9781408191941 • £18.99 128 pages • 150 colour images A&C Black Visual Arts Commonwealth (excluding Canada)/UK/Open Market

www.bloomsbury.com

102

Basics Textile Design 01: Sourcing Ideas

J.J. Pizzuto's Fabric Science Swatch Kit

Researching Colour, Surface, Structure, Texture and Pattern Josephine Steed & Frances Stevenson "The concepts, sentences and ideas were very clear and written in a student friendly way ... very good illustrations which are very appropriate and quite exciting. The case studies and interviews are excellent, giving students a broad look at the different aspects of textiles, also some really good quotes. One particular strength is the fact that the authors and interviewees all continually reiterate the value of drawing and solid research ... I did feel like picking up my sketchbook and starting to draw many times whilst reading."

Tom Embleton, Northbrook College, UK

Allen C. Cohen, Joseph J. Pizzuto & Ingrid Johnson Accompanying Fabric Science, this book includes swatches representing the types of fabrics used today by industrial, apparel, furniture and interior designers.

Allen C. Cohen - Professor Emeritus, Fashion Institute of Technology Ingrid Johnson - Professor, Fashion Institute of Technology Joseph J. Pizzuto

Sourcing Ideas: Researching colour, surface, structure, texture and pattern is a visual goldmine for designers hungry for inspiration. The book includes a huge array of beautiful and diverse images, but it is more than a sourcebook. Using a number of different approaches, it teaches readers how to look for inspiration in the world around them, and how to extract visual information from a variety of sources using five key themes - colour, surface, structure, texture and pattern.

By exploring new ways of seeing ordinary things, Sourcing Ideas enables readers to create extraordinary effects with textiles. The first in AVA's Basics Textile Design series, the book follows the successful formula of Basics Fashion Design 01: Research and Design, which is used by students and designers all over the world. However, in this book, every example, idea and exercise is geared towards textile design.

UK March 2012 • US April 2012 PB 9782940411634 • £23.50 / $34.50 Library eBook 9782940447336 • £69.00 / $111.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Textile Design AVA Publishing

UK November 2011 • US September 2011 HB 9781609013585 • £55.00 / $90.00 Library eBook 9781609014537 • £181.00 / $277.00 124 pages Fairchild Books

JJ Pizzuto's Fabric Science 10th Edition

Sewing Techniques

Allen C. Cohen, Ingrid Johnson & Joseph J. Pizzuto Based on their combined experience in both education and the industry, Cohen and Johnson provide readers with a comprehensive text about the design, structure and application of textiles. Fabric Science includes information on basic fibre makeup, fibre innovation, the formation of fabrics, quality issues and laws that regulate textiles.

Updated topics include environmental responsibility, and technology and innovations in industrial textiles.

Allen C. Cohen - Professor Emeritus, Fashion Institute of Technology Ingrid Johnson - Professor, Fashion Institute of Technology

An Introduction to Construction Skills Within the Design Process Jenny Prendergast "Easy to follow. Nice graphics, visual imagery and layout of pages. Another excellent offering from Basics Fashion Design range Complimentary to fashion design use." Jayne Littlehales, Staffordshire College, UK Sewing Techniques simplifies the often complex processes required to turn a two-dimensional design into its three-dimensional realisation by arming readers with the basic sewing skills they need; clear diagrams demonstrate essential techniques in a step-by-step way. The book encourages students to develop their own sample folio and emphasises the importance of developing these for individual projects. It explores the work of contemporary fashion practices, including Barbour, Nike and Sarah Burton.

Jennifer Prendergast is a Senior Lecturer in Design and Product Development at Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, and teaches both design and garment technology.

UK January 2012 • US November 2011 HB 9781609013806 • £65.00 / $110.00 400 pages Fairchild Books

UK April 2014 • US June 2014 PB 9782940411917 • £23.99 / $39.95 Library eBook 9782940447718 • £72.00 / $116.00 184 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Basics Fashion Design Fairchild Books

www.bloomsbury.com

103

Sourcing and Selecting Textiles for Fashion

The Fundamentals of Printed Textile Design

Erin Cadigan

fashion collection.

Alex Russell

Written with the innovative fashion student in mind, Cadigan gives a full overview of the current textile market and shows how to apply this knowledge when creating a fashion collection. Students will learn about the different textiles available, where to source them, how their specific properties affect design, how to manipulate or create custom textiles and the steps to creating a well-rounded

ERIN CADIGAN is a fashion design instructor at Pratt Institute in New York, USA, and runs a successful eco-friendly lifestyle company, THREE Erin Cadigan.

Erin Cadigan is a fashion design instructor at Pratt Institute in New York, USA, and runs a successful eco-friendly lifestyle company, THREE Erin Cadigan.

"The book is a welcome addition to the library of any student or designer hoping to break into or further their career in printed textiles ... It is great to see a book that finally covers the whole process from concept or commission through to production and sale ...

The Fundamentals of Printed Textile Design will be the go-to guide for the next generation of printed textile designers."

Matthew Taylor, University of Huddersfield, UK The Fundamentals of Printed Textile Design explores contemporary practice in printed textile design. It outlines the process of creating designs, looking at the vital role played by drawing, colour, style and content. It also analyses how to contextualise and communicate effectively in order to build a professional portfolio, whether through traditional design staples or via a more original approach. It examines the positions occupied by designers in the industry, and the technical and ethical considerations of which they must be aware.

Alex Russell studied printed textiles at Manchester. After graduating, he worked as a designer and full-time lecturer in Nottingham. He then set up a freelance business, working across Europe, with an interntational client list creating print, pattern, forecasting and illustration work for fashion and interiors. He is now a senior lecturer on the Textile Design for Fashion program at Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, and continues to practice as a freelance designer. Alex's work features widely in books on print and pattern.

UK December 2013 • US February 2014 PB 9782940496105 • £37.99 / $70.00 Library eBook 9782940447671 • £114.00 / $183.00 208 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Required Reading Range Fairchild Books

UK July 2011 • US August 2011 PB 9782940411474 • £26.50 / $38.50 Library eBook 9782940447176 • £78.00 / $125.00 208 pages • 200 colour illus Series: Fundamentals AVA Publishing

The Textile Reader

Textile Surface Manipulation

Edited by Jessica Hemmings & Jessica Hemmings "This is a book that will undoubtedly become a key resource for all those interested in considering the location of textile practice, but also for those who seek to understand and challenge textile practice's perceived inferiority as a mode of practice." Embroidery Magazine, November 2012 The Textile Reader is the first anthology to address textiles as a distinctive area of cultural practice and a developing field of scholarly research. Revealing the full diversity of approaches to the study of textiles, The Textile Reader introduces students to the theoretical frameworks essential to the exploration of the textile from both a critical and a creative perspective.

Content is drawn from a wide range of genres - blogs, artists' statements and fiction, as well as critical writings - and organized in themed sections covering touch, memory, structure, politics, production and use. The content of each thematic section is separately introduced and concludes with a bibliography for further reading. The Textile Reader is an invaluable resource for students of textile design, textile art, applied arts and crafts and material culture.

Selected authors include Anni Albers; Gilles Deleuze; Félix Guattari; Sarat Maharaj; Rozsika Parker; Sadie Plant; Peter Stallybrass; Alice Walker; and Catherine de Zegher.

Nigel Cheney & Helen McAllister "[T]his is an exceedingly useful book that is well presented, with plenty of inspiring images of results you can achieve." Textile Fibre Forum Textile Surface Manipulation is about developing a diverse variety of textile surface design techniques from personal visual inspiration sources, and applying them to your projects. The techniques covered are an assortment of traditional and unconventional methods, from smocking to soldering, and the end products might range from fashion to interiors to textile art.

The book encourages the full exploration of visual sources to discover their potential for imagery, texture, structure and manipulation, supporting readers in the development and creation of their own unique pieces. The purpose of the book is to inspire artists to explore alternative possibilities, to manipulate existing textile surfaces or to create new ones. Textile Surface Manipulation will inspire students as well as engaging more experienced artists and makers looking for new inspiration and techniques.

Nigel Cheney and Helen McAllister both lecture on textiles and fashion at the National College of Art and Design, Dublin.

Nigel's interests focus particularly on embroidered textiles, and he is researching the potential of industrial CAD technology for embroidery.

Helen's research interests centre on binary forces and oppositions, also with an emphasis on embroidered textiles.

Jessica Hemmings is Head of Context and Deputy Director of Research at Edinburgh College of Art. She writes articles and exhibition reviews for publications including Crafts, Selvedge and the Surface UK March 2012 • US March 2012 PB 9781847886347 • £25.99 / $42.95 HB 9781847886354 • £75.00 / $115.00 488 pages • 40 bw illus Berg Publishers World English

UK November 2013 • US January 2014 PB 9781408156704 • £16.99 / $27.95 144 pages • 300 colour illustrations Series: Textiles Handbooks Bloomsbury Visual Arts

www.bloomsbury.com

104

The Fairchild Books Dictionary of Textiles Phyllis G. Tortora & Ingrid Johnson The new edition of this industry standard for textile terminology features approximately 100 new entries and over 14,000 definitions of fibers, fabrics, laws and regulations affecting textile materials and processing, inventors of textile technology, and business and trade terms relevant to textiles. Fully illustrated with over 500 photographs and line drawings, entries include pronunciation, derivation, definition, and industry uses.

PHYLLIS G. TORTORA is Professor Emerita at Queens College, New York, USA. INGRID JOHNSON is Full Professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA.

Phyllis G. Tortora is a Professor Emerita at Queens College, USA, where she was Department Chair for 17 years, teaching historic costume and furnishings, and textiles. She has also served as a consultant to the Historic Costume Collection of the Huntington Historical Society.

Ingrid Johnson is a Full Professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA, where she has been Chair and a member of the Textile Development and Marketing Department as well as acting vice president for academic affairs for the institution and acting chair of the Home Products Department. With more than 30 years of experience in the textile industry, Johnson has lectured both in the United States and internationally and is frequently sought by the media to offer commentary on textiles and industry trends, including Money Line with Lou Dobbs, the Wall Street Journal, Wired, and Glamour magazines, NPR, Martha Stewart Radio and others.

Fairchild's Dictionary of Textiles 7th edition Phyllis G. Tortora & Robert S. Merkel The revised and expanded edition features over 14,000 definitions of fibers, fabrics, laws, and regulations affecting textile materials and processing, inventors of textile technology, and business and trade terms relevant to textiles. Key terms are comprehensively defined and include details about historic background, geographic references, and uses both past and present. Extensive cross-referencing and listings of synonyms help the user to gain a broader understanding of the specific term being defined. Names of governmental entities relevant to the textile field and their acronyms are also included in the text including U.S. and multinational trade, educational, and professional associations, together with a description of their purposes and/or functions. This dictionary is an invaluable reference for students and those working in the textile industry.

Phyllis G. Tortora is Professor Emerita at Queens College, where she was department chair for 17 years, teaching historic costume and furnishings, and textiles. Among the textbooks of which she is the author or co-author are Survey of Historic Costume and Fairchilds Dictionary of Textiles, 7th Edition. She also serves as a consultant to the Historic Costume Collection of the Huntington Historical Society in Huntington, New York. Robert S. Merkel has taught apparel studies at Florida International University.

UK October 2013 • US September 2013 HB 9781609015350 • £120.00 / $210.00 Individual eBook 9781609019181 • £69.99 / $188.99 Library eBook 9781609019501 • £423.00 / $646.00 736 pages • 425 B&W illus Fairchild Books

UK May 2009 • US March 2009 HB 9780870057076 • £34.00 / $63.00 688 pages • illustrations Fairchild Books

Crochetopedia

Tech Knits

From Retro Robots to Space Rockets: 20 TechnologyInspired Projects for Knitters Sue Culligan

Julie Oparka "This is an attractive and well designed book which would appeal to anyone interested in crochet. The cover opens to reveal a spiral binding, enabling the book to stay open at any page without the need for pegs or weights to keep it that way. It has a comprehensive selection of sections covering a wide range of crochet related subjects, which are neatly organised with colour coded page-top banners." Ann Lovick, Hampshire Guild, Journal for Weavers, Spinners & Dyers Crochetopedia is a comprehensive reference guide to crochet.

Encompassing all the know-how essential for learning to crochet through intermediate stitches and advanced techniques, this guide is designed to help its readers learn and master every skill before moving on.

"Knitting and nerdiness are actually quite compatible. They both involve being passionate and knowledgeable (occasionally to the point of obsession) about your hobby.

People have tried to combine the two into pattern books before, with much potential but disappointing results, I have to admit. Not so with Sue Culligan's new book, Tech Knits. This is for the knitter who not only wants to make a cute nerd rocket mobile for their children but also recognise the retro irony in a cassette tape smart phone cover, a circuit board scarf or ray gun placemats. Embrace you inner geek with these quirky, cool projects." Knitting Magazine

An array of over thirty fun, fabulous projects helps the reader to progress, and exploring advanced techniques such as chainless foundations, thread crochet, and garment construction gives the reader confidence to try different crochet methods. A gallery section featuring photographs of experimental and fashion crochet is also included as a springboard to inspire readers to begin creating their own patterns.

Tech Knits is a collection of fun, technology-inspired projects for knitters of all abilities. The unique patterns are inspired by science fiction and technological themes, with a cool retro vibe. The book begins with a detailed section on the basics of knitting, and offers advice on equipment and materials needed to complete the projects. It then includes over twenty original and creative knitting projects.

Crochetopedia also comes complete with a handy photographic stitch directory, allowing the reader to browse through and easily select a crochet stitch. This alphabetical directory provides cross-references to detailed stitch instructions, and easy discovery of any corresponding projects. The ease of cross-referencing, attention to detail, and beauty of this book make Crochetopedia an essential guide for all who enjoy this craft.

The projects in Tech Knits are a mix of stand-alone objects (toys and knick-knacks) and practical everyday items (wearables and accessories) with technology and science-fiction motifs and a 70s/80s retro feel.

Each project features beautiful full-colour photography of the finished pieces, clear making-up instructions and easy-to-follow knitting patterns. Projects include: the Robot Cushion Cover, Cassette Tape iPod Cover, Robo Dog Coat, Headphones Hat, Space Race Nursery Mobile, Ray-Gun Place Mats, Reel-to-reel Tote Bag, Calculator Laptop Cover and a Graphic Equalizer Scarf - to name just a few.

Julie Oparka is a crocheter, crochet instructor, and President of the UK June 2013 HB 9781408181614 • £19.99 224 pages • 500+, full colour throughout A&C Black Visual Arts Europe/South Africa

UK March 2013 PB 9781472504739 • £12.99 144 pages • 90 colour photos A&C Black Visual Arts Europe

www.bloomsbury.com

105

Quiltessential

A Visual Directory of Contemporary Patterns, Fabrics and Colours Erin Harris How do you match different fabric types together?

How much backing fabric does a quilt need? Which fabrics are likely to cause allergies, run in the wash, pucker, or skip stitches? How do pattern styles work?

What shapes complement one another? What are warm and cool colours and how do you pick accent colours from prints? Much more than just a book of designs and projects to follow, Quiltessential is a quick-reference directory of fabric types, colour combinations, block settings, and piecing styles that shows you how to design your own quilting patterns from the limitless combinations on offer.

The book is divided into sections on fabric, colour, design, and assembly. Each section offers clear advice accompanied by illustrations, photos, charts, and tables, arming you with everything you need to know to design your own quilts. Profiles of contemporary fabric designers, quilters, and sewing virtuosos provide insights, advice and stunning inspiration to demonstrate how this traditional craft is being reinvented by a new wave of artisans. Tapping into the aesthetic of designers such as Amy Butler, Marimekko and Cath Kidston, Quiltessential acknowledges the highly design-savvy audience that is taking over the quilting world and provides an indispensable worktop reference for modern quilters, sewers, and crafters.

Erin Burke Harris is a patchwork, sewing, and quilting pro, based in Louiseville, Kentucky, USA. She began sewing as a young girl and has been playing with fabric ever since. Erin enjoys exploring different combinations of print, pattern and color and finds modern quilting to be a wonderful vehicle to view these in the context of a traditional craft.

Aside from sharing her quilting adventures and tutorials on her blog, UK October 2013 PB 9781408191934 • £19.99 208 pages • 300 colour images Bloomsbury Visual Arts Europe/South Africa

Jonathan Faiers "An outstanding and comprehensive contribution to the history of Tartan."

Telegraph

around the globe.

Tartan has colonized the world. The flexibility of its design and the traditionalism of its symbolism - as well as the travels of the Scots - have taken the fabric

Traditionally the visual sign of clanship and district, tartan was popularized outside Scotland by the tartan-clad Highland regiments and Queen Victoria's royal endorsement. Hollywood has continued to sustain the romantic fictions of tartan from Brigadoon to Braveheart. At the same time, designers such as Westwood and McQueen have deliberately subverted the traditional and historical associations of the fabric, as have contemporary artists such as Matthew Barney. Postpunk, tartan now turns up in the most surprising places, influencing the conceptual clothing of a generation of Japanese designers such as Watanabe and Takahashi, the stage costumes of Outkast's Andre 3000 and contemporary interior design.

Beautifully illustrated and weaving together a story out of history, art, music, film and fashion, Tartan contains everything you ever wanted to know about this most radical and most traditional of fabrics.

Dr Jonathan Faiers is a writer, lecturer and artist who has exhibited internationally. Having taught at Goldsmiths College he is currently a Senior Lecturer in Cultural Studies at Central St Martins College of Art & Design and is a consultant for the Victoria & Albert Museum. As a cultural theorist he has published many articles which theoretically examine the interface between fashion and textiles, popular culture, film and museology.

UK October 2008 • US October 2008 HB 9781845203771 • £29.99 / $49.95 384 pages • 150 colour illustrations, bibliography, index Series: Textiles that Changed the World Berg Publishers

Learn to Weave with Anne Field

A Project-Based Approach to Learning Weaving Basics Anne Field "I really wish that I’d had this book when I first began messing around with looms … As well as step by step instructions, the book is stuffed full of practical hints and advice gained in Anne Field’s decades of weaving and teaching … The no­nonsense approach, careful selection of projects and the wealth of experience Anne Field brings to the task of teaching and captures in print make this a book that every beginner or intermediate weaver will benefit from. It’s fantastic and I’m really glad to see it." Gordon Findlay, Booksellers New Zealand blog Internationally acclaimed masterweaver Anne Field always found that people learn best when they can start making things right away. So this book takes a project-based approach, where beginners learn techniques through actually doing a weaving project. Each project is described in detail, with photographs showing every step in the process, as well as the finished work.

Learn to Weave with Anne Field focuses on shaft looms only, with most projects woven on four-shaft looms, plus one or two eight-shaft projects. Table looms are also covered. The first part of the book looks at choosing your loom and setting it up, then the second part gets straight into the projects, which include scarfs, wraps, table runners, table mats, weaving fabric for a jacket, cushions, wall hangings and rugs. As well as traditional yarns such as wool and cotton, Anne also explores the latest yarns, such as Tencel and bamboo, and discusses the use of computers in weaving.

UK April 2014 PB 9781472504029 • £19.99 196 pages • 200 colour images Bloomsbury Visual Arts Europe

Tartan

The Culture of Knitting Joanne Turney "I gladly recommend this book not only to scholars working in visual and textile arts but also to those with interests in broad interdisciplinary treatments of culture.

Turney covers a lot of ground, and the book offers copious photos as exemplars as well as thorough and thought-provoking analyses."

THE From booties and scarves to art and fashion, The Culture of Knitting addresses knitting as art, craft, design, fashion and performance, and as an aspect of the everyday. Drawing on a variety of sources, including interviews with knitters from different disciplines as well as amateurs, the text breaks down hierarchical boundaries and stereotypical assumptions that have previously negated the academic study of knitting. The book also highlights the diversity and complexity of knitting in all its guises.

The Culture of Knitting investigates not merely why knitting is so popular now but also the reasons why knitting has such longevity. By assessing the literature of knitting, manuals, patterns, social and regional histories, alongside testimonial discussions with artists, designers, craftspeople and amateurs, the book offers new ways of seeing and new methods of critiquing knitting - without the constraints of disciplinary boundaries - in the hope of creating an environment in which knitting can be valued, recognized and discussed.

Joanne Turney is Senior Lecturer in the History and Theory of Design at Bath School of Art and Design.

UK August 2009 • US August 2009 PB 9781845205928 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845205911 • £60.00 / $99.95 288 pages • 40 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

106

Quilting

The Culture of Knitting

The Fabric of Everyday Life Marybeth C. Stalp

Joanne Turney

Quilting, once regarded as a traditional craft, has broken through the barriers of history, art and commerce to become a global phenomenon, international multi-billion dollar industry and means of gendered cultural production. In Quilting, sociologist and quilter Marybeth C. Stalp explores how and why women quilt.This close ethnographic study illustrates that women's lives can be transformed in often surprising ways by the activity and art of quilting. Some women who quilt as a leisure pastime are too afraid to admit to being a quilter for fear of ridicule; others boldly identify themselves as quilters and regard it as part of their everyday lives.The place of quilting in women's lives affects core family and personal identity issues such as marriage, childcare, friendship and aging. The book's accessible and intimate portrayal of real quilters' lives provides a fabric for the sociology, anthropology and textile student to understand more about wider issues of cultural production and identity that stem from this very personal pastime.

Marybeth C. Stalp is Assistant Professor of Sociology at the University of Northern Iowa.

"I gladly recommend this book not only to scholars working in visual and textile arts but also to those with interests in broad interdisciplinary treatments of culture.

Turney covers a lot of ground, and the book offers copious photos as exemplars as well as thorough and thought-provoking analyses."

THE From booties and scarves to art and fashion, The Culture of Knitting addresses knitting as art, craft, design, fashion and performance, and as an aspect of the everyday. Drawing on a variety of sources, including interviews with knitters from different disciplines as well as amateurs, the text breaks down hierarchical boundaries and stereotypical assumptions that have previously negated the academic study of knitting. The book also highlights the diversity and complexity of knitting in all its guises.

The Culture of Knitting investigates not merely why knitting is so popular now but also the reasons why knitting has such longevity. By assessing the literature of knitting, manuals, patterns, social and regional histories, alongside testimonial discussions with artists, designers, craftspeople and amateurs, the book offers new ways of seeing and new methods of critiquing knitting - without the constraints of disciplinary boundaries - in the hope of creating an environment in which knitting can be valued, recognized and discussed.

Joanne Turney is Senior Lecturer in the History and Theory of Design at Bath School of Art and Design.

UK December 2007 • US December 2007 PB 9781845206550 • £20.99 / $35.95 HB 9781845206543 • £58.00 / $104.95 168 pages • 20 b&w and 30 colour illustrations, biblio, index Series: Dress & Body & Culture Berg Publishers

UK August 2009 • US August 2009 PB 9781845205928 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845205911 • £60.00 / $99.95 288 pages • 40 b&w illustrations, bibliography, index Berg Publishers

Felt

Digital Jacquard Design

Willow Mullins "It is pleasing to find a book on felt that is not about crafting quick results, but instead describes a deceptively complex and sophisticated substance, multi-cultured yet culturally specific." THE From nomads' tents to poodle skirts, from car parts to Christmas tree ornaments, felt is one of the world's oldest and most understated textiles. Felt has developed simultaneously in multiple cultures, and often its origins are lost. However, far from having been supplanted by new fabrics, not only has felt retained its traditional uses among peoples around the world, but it has also seen a revival of popularity among today's hand feltmakers, craftspeople and fashion designers. This book follows the journey of felt through time, space, and purpose by pulling into focus a series of snapshots of different felting traditions.

Beautifully illustrated, Felt covers the wide-ranging history and development of this most unassuming but ubiquitous of fabrics from the earliest archaeological evidence in the mountains of Siberia to the groundbreaking works of contemporary fiber arts and sculptors.

Willow G. Mullins received her BA in Folklore from Brown University and her MS in Textile History and Conservation from the University of Rhode Island. She has worked as a textile conservator, and is now working on her PhD in Folklore at the University of Missouri, Columbia with an emphasis on material and visual culture and postcolonial theory. Her current research interests include the embodiment and representation of personal and cultural identities, intercultural interaction, and the ethics of representation and global aid.

UK January 2009 • US January 2009 PB 9781845204396 • £25.99 / $46.95 HB 9781845204389 • £65.00 / $119.95 224 pages • 8 b&w and 32 colour illustrations, biblio, index Series: Textiles that Changed the World Berg Publishers

Julie Holyoke "[T]his book is an excellent resource for students of jacquard, but more than that, it is a compilation of inspiration for any artist.

With the resurgence of interest in making cloth, this book will surely guide many nonweavers through this fascinating terrain … It is a book you will want to have out, handy, just to browse through for inspiration when you are feeling dull." Bhakti Ziek, Surface Design Association A beautiful resource for visual design, Digital Jacquard Design is an indispensable introduction and guide to the creative and technical processes required to produce Jacquard cloth today. Covering all aspects of figured weaving, this book equips students with a complete guide to the design process and the analytical tools essential to the understanding of weave-patterned textiles.

JULIE HOLYOKE is affiliated with the Lisio Foundation, Florence, Italy.

Julie Holyoke is affiliated with the Lisio Foundation, Florence, Italy. A pioneer in the use of digital technologies for wovens, she has worked for three decades as an educator at universities and mills in Italy and beyond, while designing interiors and fashion textiles for both industrial and handwoven productions.

UK October 2013 • US December 2013 HB 9780857853455 • £35.00 / $60.00 248 pages • 220 colour illus Bloomsbury Academic

www.bloomsbury.com

107

Textile Futures

Cotton

Fashion, Design and Technology Bradley Quinn

Beverly Lemire

"Interesting text supported by good photographs - this book makes you think again." www.karenplatt.co.uk/reviews Textiles connect a variety of practices and traditions, ranging from the refined couture garments of Parisian fashion to the high-tech filaments strong enough to hoist a satellite into space. High-performance fabrics are being reconceived as immersive webs, structural networks and information exchanges, and their ability to interface with technology is changing how the human body is experienced and how the urban environment is built. Today, textiles reveal their capacity to transform our world more than any other material. Textile Futures highlights recent works from key practitioners and examines the changing role of textiles. Recent developments present new technical possibilities that are beginning to redefine textiles as a uniquely multidisciplinary field of innovation and research. This book is an important tool for any textile practitioner, fashion designer, architect, interior designer or student designer interested in following new developments in the field of textiles, seeking new sustainable sources, or just eager to discover new works that reveal the potency of textiles as an ultramaterial.

Bradley Quinn is an author, journalist and independent scholar with expertise in fashion, textiles and design. His books include Techno Fashion, The Fashion of Architecture, Chinese Style, Scandinavian Style and Mid-century Modern. As his survey of fashion and textile technology charts recent developments, Quinn explores the furthermost boundaries of what the new generation of textiles can achieve.

UK September 2010 • US September 2010 PB 9781845208080 • £21.99 / $39.95 HB 9781845208073 • £65.00 / $99.95 320 pages • 150 b&w and 60 colour illustrations Berg Publishers

"The history of cotton has a tendency to mirror profound global transformation and this book explores the history, impact and ongoing life of this hugely influential textile.

This is a story of commercial and cultural enterprise; of the ties and tensions between East and West; of technological and industrial revolution; social history, fashion and politics. Cotton remains on of the most significant mass commodities today, yet cotton also takes other cultural forms and is part of vibrant craft traditions around the world." Embroidery magazine This book explores the fascinating history and present-day practices associated with cotton. This is a story of commercial and cultural enterprise, of the ties and tensions between East and West, of technological and industrial revolution, social modernization, colonialism and slavery. Cotton's history mirrors profound global transformations.

And cotton remains one of the most significant mass commodities today.

Cotton's track record on labor conditions in factories and plantations has tarnished its history and reputation, even as cotton clothes became the hallmark of modern industrialized society. Cotton expressed popular fashions and popular politics in dynamic ways. Yet cottons also take other cultural forms and are part of vibrant craft traditions in many parts of the world. This book explores the history, impact and ongoing life of this hugely influential textile.

Beverly Lemire is Professor and Henry Marshall Tory Chair at the Department of History and Classics, and the Department of Human Ecology at the University of Alberta.

UK March 2011 • US March 2011 PB 9781845203009 • £22.99 / $42.95 HB 9781845202996 • £60.00 / $99.95 192 pages • 25 b/w illustrations, 25 colour Series: Textiles that Changed the World Berg Publishers

www.bloomsbury.com

109